Nammcesa 000052 PDF

I A E

V2500

__________
HIGHLIGHTS
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10
Pages which have been revised are outlined below, together with the Highlights of the
Revision
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHAPTER 73
__________
L.E.P. 1- 6 REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION INDICATING

NEW,REVISED, AND/OR DELETED PAGES
T. OF C. REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION
1- 11
73-00-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
1- 9 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,










401- 411 CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
73-HIGHLIGHTS Page 1 of 4
CES

I A E

V2500

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------






1- 5, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
7- 59







501- 510 MOD.20446P1579 REMOVED 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION - PROBE HEAT COMPU-
TER - REPLACE POWER SUPPLY COMPUTERS.
CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
ADDED WARNING FOR CB OPENING
CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES

I A E

V2500

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------








601- 604 LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,




1- 31, TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
33-A003 CORRECTED TYPO ERROR
CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
LAYOUT IMPROVED

401- 408 MOD.20446P1579 REMOVED 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION - PROBE HEAT COMPU-
TER - REPLACE POWER SUPPLY COMPUTERS.
CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES

I A E

V2500

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------






401- 413 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
ADDED NOTE TO CHECK THE
POSITIONING OF LARGER STUDS
TITLE OF TASK(S) DATA UPDATED 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 73
__________
ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

_______________________
N, R or D indicates pages which are New, Revised or Deleted respectively
Remove and insert the affected pages and complete the Record of Revisions and
the Record of Temporary Revisions as necessary
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
RECORD 73-10-00 R 16 Feb01/10 73-11-47 R 406 Feb01/10

OF TEMP. 73-10-00 R 17 Feb01/10 73-11-47 R 407 Feb01/10
REVISION 73-10-00 R 18 Feb01/10 73-11-47 R 408 Feb01/10
73-10-00 R 19 Feb01/10 73-11-47 R 409 Feb01/10
L.E.P. R 1- 6 Feb01/10 73-10-00 R 601 Feb01/10 73-11-47 R 410 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 1 Feb01/10 73-10-00 R 602 Feb01/10 73-11-47 R 411 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 9 Feb01/10 73-11-47 R 601 Feb01/10
73-11-41 R 403 Feb01/10 73-11-47 R 604 Feb01/10
73-00-00 R 1 Feb01/10 73-11-41 R 404 Feb01/10 73-11-47 R 605 Feb01/10
73-00-00 R 2 Feb01/10 73-11-41 R 405 Feb01/10 73-11-48 R 401 Feb01/10
73-00-00 R 3 Feb01/10 73-11-41 R 406 Feb01/10 73-11-48 R 402 Feb01/10
73-00-00 R 4 Feb01/10 73-11-41 R 407 Feb01/10 73-11-48 R 403 Feb01/10
73-00-00 R 5 Feb01/10 73-11-41 R 408 Feb01/10 73-11-48 R 404 Feb01/10
73-00-00 R 6 Feb01/10 73-11-41 R 409 Feb01/10 73-11-48 R 405 Feb01/10
73-00-00 R 7 Feb01/10 73-11-41 R 410 Feb01/10 73-11-48 R 406 Feb01/10
73-00-00 R 8 Feb01/10 73-11-41 R 411 Feb01/10 73-11-48 R 407 Feb01/10
73-00-00 R 9 Feb01/10 73-11-41 R 412 Feb01/10 73-11-48 R 408 Feb01/10
73-11-41 R 413 Feb01/10 73-11-48 R 409 Feb01/10
73-10-00 R 1 Feb01/10 73-11-41 R 414 Feb01/10 73-11-48 R 601 Feb01/10
73-10-00 R 2 Feb01/10 73-11-41 R 415 Feb01/10 73-11-48 R 602 Feb01/10
73-10-00 R 3 Feb01/10 73-11-41 R 416 Feb01/10 73-11-48 R 603 Feb01/10
73-10-00 R 4 Feb01/10 73-11-41 R 417 Feb01/10 73-11-48 R 604 Feb01/10
73-10-00 R 5 Feb01/10 73-11-41 R 418 Feb01/10 73-11-48 R 605 Feb01/10
73-10-00 R 6 Feb01/10 73-11-41 R 419 Feb01/10 73-11-49 R 601 Feb01/10
73-10-00 R 7 Feb01/10 73-11-41 R 420 Feb01/10 73-11-49 R 602 Feb01/10
73-10-00 R 8 Feb01/10 73-11-41 R 421 Feb01/10 73-11-49 R 603 Feb01/10
73-10-00 R 9 Feb01/10 73-11-41 R 422 Feb01/10 73-11-49 R 604 Feb01/10
73-10-00 R 10 Feb01/10 73-11-41 R 423 Feb01/10 73-11-49 R 605 Feb01/10
73-10-00 R 11 Feb01/10 73-11-47 R 401 Feb01/10 73-11-49 R 606 Feb01/10
73-10-00 R 12 Feb01/10 73-11-47 R 402 Feb01/10 73-11-49 R 607 Feb01/10
73-10-00 R 13 Feb01/10 73-11-47 R 403 Feb01/10
73-10-00 R 14 Feb01/10 73-11-47 R 404 Feb01/10 73-12-41 R 401 Feb01/10
73-10-00 R 15 Feb01/10 73-11-47 R 405 Feb01/10 73-12-41 R 402 Feb01/10
73-L.E.P. Page 1
Feb 01/10
CES

I A E

V2500

73-12-41 R 403 Feb01/10 73-13-41 R 410 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 509 Feb01/10

73-12-41 R 404 Feb01/10 73-13-41 R 411 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 510 Feb01/10
73-12-41 R 405 Feb01/10 73-13-41 R 412 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 511 Feb01/10
73-12-41 R 406 Feb01/10 73-13-41 R 413 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 512 Feb01/10
73-12-41 R 407 Feb01/10 73-13-41 R 414 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 513 Feb01/10
73-12-41 R 408 Feb01/10 73-13-41 R 415 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 514 Feb01/10
73-12-41 R 409 Feb01/10 73-13-41 R 416 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 515 Feb01/10
73-12-41 R 410 Feb01/10 73-13-41 R 417 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 516 Feb01/10
73-12-41 R 411 Feb01/10 73-13-41 R 418 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 517 Feb01/10
73-12-41 R 412 Feb01/10 73-13-41 R 419 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 518 Feb01/10
73-12-41 R 413 Feb01/10 73-13-41 R 420 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 519 Feb01/10
73-12-41 R 414 Feb01/10 73-13-41 R 421 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 520 Feb01/10
73-12-41 R 415 Feb01/10 73-13-41 R 422 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 521 Feb01/10
73-12-41 R 416 Feb01/10 73-13-41 R 423 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 522 Feb01/10
73-12-41 R 417 Feb01/10 73-13-41 R 424 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 523 Feb01/10
73-12-41 R 418 Feb01/10 73-13-41 R 425 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 524 Feb01/10
73-12-41 R 419 Feb01/10 73-13-41 R 426 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 525 Feb01/10
73-12-41 R 420 Feb01/10 73-13-41 R 427 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 526 Feb01/10
73-12-41 R 421 Feb01/10 73-13-41 R 428 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 527 Feb01/10
73-12-41 R 422 Feb01/10 73-13-41 R 429 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 528 Feb01/10
73-12-41 R 423 Feb01/10 73-13-41 R 430 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 529 Feb01/10
73-12-41 R 424 Feb01/10 73-13-41 R 431 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 530 Feb01/10
73-12-41 R 425 Feb01/10 73-13-41 R 432 Feb01/10 73-13-43 R 401 Feb01/10
73-12-41 R 426 Feb01/10 73-13-41 R 433 Feb01/10 73-13-43 R 402 Feb01/10
73-12-41 R 427 Feb01/10 73-13-41 R 434 Feb01/10 73-13-43 R 403 Feb01/10
73-12-41 R 428 Feb01/10 73-13-41 R 435 Feb01/10 73-13-43 R 404 Feb01/10
73-12-41 R 429 Feb01/10 73-13-41 R 436 Feb01/10 73-13-43 R 405 Feb01/10
73-12-42 R 401 Feb01/10 73-13-41 R 437 Feb01/10 73-13-43 R 406 Feb01/10
73-12-42 R 402 Feb01/10 73-13-41 R 438 Feb01/10 73-13-43 R 407 Feb01/10
73-12-42 R 403 Feb01/10 73-13-41 R 439 Feb01/10 73-13-43 R 408 Feb01/10
73-12-42 R 404 Feb01/10 73-13-41 R 440 Feb01/10 73-13-43 R 409 Feb01/10
73-12-42 R 405 Feb01/10 73-13-41 R 441 Feb01/10 73-13-43 R 410 Feb01/10
73-12-42 R 406 Feb01/10 73-13-41 R 442 Feb01/10 73-13-43 R 411 Feb01/10
73-12-42 R 407 Feb01/10 73-13-41 R 443 Feb01/10 73-13-43 R 412 Feb01/10
73-12-42 R 408 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 401 Feb01/10 73-13-43 R 413 Feb01/10
73-12-42 R 409 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 402 Feb01/10 73-13-43 R 414 Feb01/10
73-12-42 R 410 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 403 Feb01/10 73-13-43 R 415 Feb01/10
73-12-42 R 411 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 404 Feb01/10 73-13-43 R 416 Feb01/10
73-12-42 R 601 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 405 Feb01/10 73-13-43 R 417 Feb01/10
73-12-42 R 602 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 406 Feb01/10 73-13-43 R 418 Feb01/10
73-12-42 R 603 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 407 Feb01/10 73-13-43 R 419 Feb01/10
73-13-42 R 408 Feb01/10 73-13-43 R 420 Feb01/10
73-13-41 R 401 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 409 Feb01/10 73-13-43 R 421 Feb01/10
73-13-41 R 402 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 501 Feb01/10 73-13-43 R 422 Feb01/10
73-13-41 R 403 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 502 Feb01/10 73-13-43 R 423 Feb01/10
73-13-41 R 404 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 503 Feb01/10 73-13-43 R 424 Feb01/10
73-13-41 R 405 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 504 Feb01/10
73-13-41 R 406 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 505 Feb01/10 73-20-00 R 1 Feb01/10
73-13-41 R 407 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 506 Feb01/10 73-20-00 R 2 Feb01/10
73-13-41 R 408 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 507 Feb01/10 73-20-00 R 3 Feb01/10
73-13-41 R 409 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 508 Feb01/10 73-20-00 R 4 Feb01/10
73-L.E.P. Page 2
Feb 01/10
CES

I A E

V2500

73-20-00 R 5 Feb01/10 73-20-00 R 56 Feb01/10 73-22-34 R 401 Feb01/10

73-20-00 6 Nov01/07 73-20-00 R 57 Feb01/10 73-22-34 R 402 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 7 Feb01/10 73-20-00 R 58 Feb01/10 73-22-34 R 403 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 8 Feb01/10 73-20-00 R 59 Feb01/10 73-22-34 R 404 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 9 Feb01/10 73-22-34 R 405 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 10 Feb01/10 73-22-00 R 501 Feb01/10 73-22-34 R 406 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 11 Feb01/10 73-22-00 R 502 Feb01/10 73-22-34 R 407 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 12 Feb01/10 73-22-00 R 503 Feb01/10 73-22-34 R 408 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 13 Feb01/10 73-22-00 R 504 Feb01/10 73-22-34 R 409 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 14 Feb01/10 73-22-00 R 505 Feb01/10 73-22-34 R 410 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 15 Feb01/10 73-22-00 R 506 Feb01/10 73-22-34 R 411 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 16 Feb01/10 73-22-00 R 507 Feb01/10 73-22-34 R 412 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 17 Feb01/10 73-22-00 R 508 Feb01/10 73-22-34 R 413 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 18 Feb01/10 73-22-00 R 509 Feb01/10 73-22-34 R 414 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 19 Feb01/10 73-22-00 R 510 Feb01/10 73-22-34 R 415 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 20 Feb01/10 73-22-00 R 511 Feb01/10 73-22-34 R 416 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 21 Feb01/10 73-22-00 R 512 Feb01/10 73-22-34 R 417 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 22 Feb01/10 73-22-00 R 513 Feb01/10 73-22-34 R 501 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 23 Feb01/10 73-22-00 R 514 Feb01/10 73-22-34 R 502 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 24 Feb01/10 73-22-00 R 515 Feb01/10 73-22-34 R 503 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 25 Feb01/10 73-22-00 R 516 Feb01/10 73-22-34 R 504 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 26 Feb01/10 73-22-11 R 401 Feb01/10 73-22-34 R 505 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 27 Feb01/10 73-22-11 R 402 Feb01/10 73-22-34 R 506 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 28 Feb01/10 73-22-11 R 403 Feb01/10 73-22-34 R 507 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 29 Feb01/10 73-22-11 R 404 Feb01/10 73-22-34 R 508 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 30 Feb01/10 73-22-11 R 405 Feb01/10 73-22-34 R 509 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 31 Feb01/10 73-22-11 R 406 Feb01/10 73-22-34 R 510 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 32 Feb01/10 73-22-11 R 407 Feb01/10 73-22-35 R 401 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 33 Feb01/10 73-22-11 R 408 Feb01/10 73-22-35 R 402 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 34 Feb01/10 73-22-11 R 501 Feb01/10 73-22-35 R 403 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 35 Feb01/10 73-22-11 R 502 Feb01/10 73-22-35 R 404 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 36 Feb01/10 73-22-11 R 503 Feb01/10 73-22-35 R 405 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 37 Feb01/10 73-22-11 R 504 Feb01/10 73-22-35 R 406 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 38 Feb01/10 73-22-11 R 801 Feb01/10 73-22-35 R 407 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 39 Feb01/10 73-22-11 R 802 Feb01/10 73-22-35 R 408 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 40 Feb01/10 73-22-11 R 803 Feb01/10 73-22-35 R 409 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 41 Feb01/10 73-22-11 R 804 Feb01/10 73-22-35 R 410 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 42 Feb01/10 73-22-11 R 805 Feb01/10 73-22-35 R 601 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 43 Feb01/10 73-22-11 R 806 Feb01/10 73-22-35 R 602 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 44 Feb01/10 73-22-11 R 807 Feb01/10 73-22-35 R 603 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 45 Feb01/10 73-22-11 R 808 Feb01/10 73-22-35 R 604 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 46 Feb01/10 73-22-11 R 809 Feb01/10 73-22-35 R 605 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 47 Feb01/10 73-22-15 R 401 Feb01/10 73-22-35 R 606 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 48 Feb01/10 73-22-15 R 402 Feb01/10 73-22-35 R 801 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 49 Feb01/10 73-22-15 R 403 Feb01/10 73-22-35 R 802 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 50 Feb01/10 73-22-15 R 404 Feb01/10 73-22-35 R 803 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 51 Feb01/10 73-22-15 R 405 Feb01/10 73-22-35 R 804 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 52 Feb01/10 73-22-15 R 406 Feb01/10 73-22-35 R 805 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 53 Feb01/10 73-22-15 R 407 Feb01/10 73-22-35 R 806 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 54 Feb01/10 73-22-15 R 408 Feb01/10 73-22-35 R 807 Feb01/10
73-20-00 R 55 Feb01/10 73-22-15 R 409 Feb01/10 73-22-35 R 808 Feb01/10
73-L.E.P. Page 3
Feb 01/10
CES

I A E

V2500

73-22-35 R 809 Feb01/10 73-22-49 R 202 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 421 Feb01/10

73-22-35 R 810 Feb01/10 73-22-49 R 203 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 422 Feb01/10
73-22-35 R 811 Feb01/10 73-22-49 R 204 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 423 Feb01/10
73-22-35 R 812 Feb01/10 73-22-49 R 205 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 424 Feb01/10
73-22-35 R 813 Feb01/10 73-22-49 R 206 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 425 Feb01/10
73-22-35 R 814 Feb01/10 73-22-49 R 207 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 426 Feb01/10
73-22-35 R 815 Feb01/10 73-22-49 R 208 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 427 Feb01/10
73-22-35 R 816 Feb01/10 73-22-49 N 209 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 428 Feb01/10
73-22-35 R 817 Feb01/10 73-22-49 R 601 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 429 Feb01/10
73-22-35 R 818 Feb01/10 73-22-49 R 602 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 501 Feb01/10
73-22-35 R 819 Feb01/10 73-22-49 R 603 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 502 Feb01/10
73-22-35 R 820 Feb01/10 73-22-49 R 604 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 503 Feb01/10
73-22-35 R 821 Feb01/10 73-22-49 D 605 73-22-52 R 504 Feb01/10
73-22-35 R 822 Feb01/10 73-22-49 D 606 73-22-52 R 505 Feb01/10
73-22-35 R 823 Feb01/10 73-22-49 D 607 73-22-52 R 506 Feb01/10
73-22-35 R 824 Feb01/10 73-22-49 D 608 73-22-52 R 507 Feb01/10
73-22-35 R 825 Feb01/10 73-22-49 D 609 73-22-52 R 508 Feb01/10
73-22-35 R 826 Feb01/10 73-22-49 D 610 73-22-52 R 509 Feb01/10
73-22-35 R 827 Feb01/10 73-22-49 D 611 73-22-52 R 510 Feb01/10
73-22-35 R 828 Feb01/10 73-22-49 D 612 73-22-52 R 511 Feb01/10
73-22-35 R 829 Feb01/10 73-22-51 R 401 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 512 Feb01/10
73-22-35 R 830 Feb01/10 73-22-51 R 402 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 513 Feb01/10
73-22-35 R 831 Feb01/10 73-22-51 R 403 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 514 Feb01/10
73-22-35 R 832 Feb01/10 73-22-51 R 404 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 515 Feb01/10
73-22-35 R 833 Feb01/10 73-22-51 R 405 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 516 Feb01/10
73-22-35 R 834 Feb01/10 73-22-51 R 406 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 517 Feb01/10
73-22-35 R 835 Feb01/10 73-22-51 R 407 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 518 Feb01/10
73-22-38 R 401 Feb01/10 73-22-51 R 408 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 519 Feb01/10
73-22-38 R 402 Feb01/10 73-22-51 R 409 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 520 Feb01/10
73-22-38 R 403 Feb01/10 73-22-51 R 410 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 521 Feb01/10
73-22-38 R 404 Feb01/10 73-22-51 R 411 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 522 Feb01/10
73-22-38 R 405 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 401 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 523 Feb01/10
73-22-38 R 406 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 402 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 524 Feb01/10
73-22-38 R 407 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 403 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 525 Feb01/10
73-22-38 R 408 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 404 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 526 Feb01/10
73-22-38 R 409 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 405 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 527 Feb01/10
73-22-38 R 410 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 406 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 528 Feb01/10
73-22-48 R 401 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 407 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 529 Feb01/10
73-22-48 R 402 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 408 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 530 Feb01/10
73-22-48 R 403 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 409 Feb01/10
73-22-48 R 404 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 410 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 1 Feb01/10
73-22-48 R 405 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 411 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 2 Feb01/10
73-22-48 R 406 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 412 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 3 Feb01/10
73-22-48 R 407 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 413 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 4 Feb01/10
73-22-48 R 408 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 414 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 5 Feb01/10
73-22-48 R 601 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 415 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 6 Feb01/10
73-22-48 R 602 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 416 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 7 Feb01/10
73-22-48 R 603 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 417 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 8 Feb01/10
73-22-48 R 604 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 418 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 9 Feb01/10
73-22-48 R 605 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 419 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 10 Feb01/10
73-22-49 R 201 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 420 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 11 Feb01/10
73-L.E.P. Page 4
Feb 01/10
CES

I A E

V2500

73-25-00 R 12 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 63 Feb01/10 73-25-34 R 503 Feb01/10

73-25-00 R 13 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 64 Feb01/10 73-25-34 R 504 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 14 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 65 Feb01/10 73-25-34 R 505 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 15 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 66 Feb01/10 73-25-34 R 506 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 16 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 67 Feb01/10 73-25-34 R 507 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 17 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 68 Feb01/10 73-25-34 R 508 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 18 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 69 Feb01/10 73-25-34 R 509 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 19 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 70 Feb01/10 73-25-34 R 510 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 20 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 71 Feb01/10 73-25-34 R 511 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 21 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 72 Feb01/10 73-25-34 R 512 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 22 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 73 Feb01/10 73-25-34 R 513 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 23 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 74 Feb01/10 73-25-34 R 514 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 24 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 75 Feb01/10 73-25-34 R 515 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 25 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 76 Feb01/10 73-25-34 R 516 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 26 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 77 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 27 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 78 Feb01/10 73-30-00 R 1 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 28 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 79 Feb01/10 73-30-00 R 2 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 29 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 80 Feb01/10 73-30-00 R 3 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 30 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 81 Feb01/10 73-30-00 R 4 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 31 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 82 Feb01/10 73-30-00 R 5 Feb01/10
73-25-00 32 Nov01/07 73-25-00 R 83 Feb01/10 73-30-00 R 6 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 33 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 84 Feb01/10 73-30-00 R 7 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 34 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 85 Feb01/10 73-30-00 R 8 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 35 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 86 Feb01/10 73-30-00 R 9 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 36 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 87 Feb01/10 73-30-00 R 10 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 37 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 88 Feb01/10 73-30-00 R 401 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 38 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 89 Feb01/10 73-30-00 R 402 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 39 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 90 Feb01/10 73-30-00 R 403 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 40 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 91 Feb01/10 73-30-00 R 404 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 41 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 92 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 42 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 93 Feb01/10 73-31-17 R 401 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 43 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 94 Feb01/10 73-31-17 R 402 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 44 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 95 Feb01/10 73-31-17 R 403 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 45 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 96 Feb01/10 73-31-17 R 404 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 46 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 97 Feb01/10 73-31-17 R 405 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 47 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 98 Feb01/10 73-31-17 R 406 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 48 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 99 Feb01/10 73-31-17 R 407 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 49 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R A 0 Feb01/10 73-31-17 R 408 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 50 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R A 1 Feb01/10 73-31-17 R 409 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 51 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R A 2 Feb01/10 73-31-17 R 410 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 52 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R A 3 Feb01/10 73-31-17 R 411 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 53 Feb01/10 73-25-34 R 401 Feb01/10 73-31-17 R 412 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 54 Feb01/10 73-25-34 R 402 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 55 Feb01/10 73-25-34 R 403 Feb01/10 73-34-15 R 401 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 56 Feb01/10 73-25-34 R 404 Feb01/10 73-34-15 R 402 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 57 Feb01/10 73-25-34 R 405 Feb01/10 73-34-15 R 403 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 58 Feb01/10 73-25-34 R 406 Feb01/10 73-34-15 R 404 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 59 Feb01/10 73-25-34 R 407 Feb01/10 73-34-15 R 405 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 60 Feb01/10 73-25-34 R 408 Feb01/10 73-34-15 R 406 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 61 Feb01/10 73-25-34 R 501 Feb01/10 73-34-15 R 407 Feb01/10
73-25-00 R 62 Feb01/10 73-25-34 R 502 Feb01/10 73-34-15 R 408 Feb01/10
73-L.E.P. Page 5
Feb 01/10
CES

I A E

V2500

73-35-15 R 401 Feb01/10

73-35-15 R 402 Feb01/10
73-35-15 R 403 Feb01/10
73-35-15 R 404 Feb01/10
73-35-15 R 405 Feb01/10
73-35-15 R 406 Feb01/10
73-35-15 R 407 Feb01/10
73-35-15 R 408 Feb01/10
73-35-15 R 409 Feb01/10
73-35-15 R 410 Feb01/10
73-35-15 R 411 Feb01/10
73-35-15 N 412 Feb01/10
73-35-15 N 413 Feb01/10
73-L.E.P. Page 6
Feb 01/10
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 73
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL - GENERAL
_________________________________ 73-00-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
General 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Component Location 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Distribution 8 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Controlling 8 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Indicating 9 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
____________
DISTRIBUTION 73-10-00
528-599,
General 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Fuel Manifold and Fuel Tubes 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Fuel Pump 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
General 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Description 7 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Operation 7 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Fuel Filter 8 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Description 8 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Operation 8 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Fuel Nozzle 8 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
General 8 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Description/Operation 11 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Fuel Diverter and Return Valve 11 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
General 11 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Description 11 501-509, 511-526
73-CONTENTS Page 1
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 73
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
528-599,
Operation 14 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Fuel Distribution Valve 17 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
General 17 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Description 17 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
_____________
DISTRIBUTION 73-10-00
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
General Visual Inspection of the 601 501-509, 511-526
Fuel Distribution System 528-599,
Components, Manifolds Tubes and
Joints
MANIFOLD - FUEL 73-11-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the Fuel Nozzle Supply 401 501-509, 511-526
Manifold 528-599,
Installation of the Fuel Nozzle 414 501-509, 511-526
Supply Manifold 528-599,
FUEL TUBES - RIGID, POWER PLANT 73-11-47
528-599,
Removal of the Rigid Fuel Tube, 401 501-509, 511-526
Aircraft to the LP Pump 528-599,
Installation of the Rigid Fuel 406 501-509, 511-526
Tube, Aircraft to the LP Pump 528-599,
Removal of the Rigid Fuel Tube, 411 501-509, 511-526
Fuel Diverter and Return Valve 528-599,
(FDRV) 4018KS
Installation of the Rigid Fuel 414 501-509, 511-526
Tube, Fuel Diverter and Return 528-599,
Valve (FDRV) 4018KS to the
Aircraft
FUEL TUBES - RIGID, POWER PLANT 73-11-47
528-599,
General Check of the Power Plant 601 501-509, 511-526
Rigid Fuel Tubes 528-599,
FUEL TUBES - FLEXIBLE, POWER PLANT 73-11-48
73-CONTENTS Page 2
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 73
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
528-599,
Removal of the Power Plant 401 501-509, 511-526
Flexible Fuel Tubes 528-599,
Installation of the Power Plant 405 501-509, 511-526
FUEL TUBES - FLEXIBLE, POWER PLANT 73-11-48
528-599,
General Check of the Power Plant 601 501-509, 511-526
FUEL TUBES - ENGINE 73-11-49
528-599,
Inspection of the Engine Fuel 601 501-509, 511-526
Tubes 528-599,
PUMPS - LP/HP FUEL 73-12-41
528-599,
Removal of the Low Pressure 401 501-509, 511-526
(LP)/High Pressure (HP) Fuel Pump 528-599,
(2001EM1)
Installation of the Low Pressure 416 501-509, 511-526
(LP)/High Pressure (HP) Fuel Pump 528-599,
(2001EM1)
Removal of the Adapter Housing 424 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the Adapter 427 501-509, 511-526
Housing 528-599,
FILTER ELEMENT - FUEL 73-12-42
528-599,
Remove, Inspect for Contamination 401 501-509, 511-526
and Replace Main Fuel Filter 528-599,
Removal of the Fuel Filter Element 402 501-509, 511-526
(2000EM) 528-599,
Installation of the Fuel Filter 407 501-509, 511-526
Element (2000EM) 528-599,
FILTER ELEMENT - FUEL 73-12-42
528-599,
Visual Inspection of the Fuel 601 501-509, 511-526
Filter Element 528-599,
NOZZLE - FUEL 73-13-41
528-599,
Removal of the Fuel Nozzle 401 501-509, 511-526
73-CONTENTS Page 3
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 73
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
(2005EM1 through 2005EM20) 528-599,
Installation of the Fuel Nozzle 417 501-509, 511-526
(2005EM1 through 2005EM20) 528-599,
VALVE - FUEL DIVERTER AND RETURN 73-13-42
528-599,
Removal of the Fuel Diverter and 401 501-509, 511-526
Return Valve (4018KS) 528-599,
Installation of the Fuel Diverter 406 501-509, 511-526
and Return Valve (4018KS) 528-599,
VALVE - FUEL DIVERTER AND RETURN 73-13-42
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Functional Test of the Fuel 501 501-509, 511-526
Recirculation Cooling System 528-599,
without Barfield Tester and
without AIDS
Recirculation Cooling System with 528-599,
Barfield Tester and without AIDS
Recirculation Cooling System 528-599,
without Barfield Tester and with
AIDS
Recirculation Cooling System with 528-599,
Barfield Tester and with AIDS
VALVE - FUEL DISTRIBUTION 73-13-43
528-599,
Removal of the Fuel Distribution 401 501-509, 511-526
Valve 2002EM 528-599,
Installation of the Fuel 407 501-509, 511-526
Distribution Valve 2002EM 528-599,
Removal of the Fuel Distribution 415 501-509, 511-526
Valve Filter 528-599,
Distribution Valve Filter 528-599,
___________
CONTROLLING 73-20-00
528-599,
General 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
System Description 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
73-CONTENTS Page 4
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 73
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
FADEC 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Gas Generator Control 4 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Engine Limits Protection 21 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Power Management 22 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Engine Starting/Ignition Control 38 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Engine Parameter Transmission 44 501-509, 511-526
for Cockpit Display 528-599,
Engine Condition Parameter 44 501-509, 511-526
Transmission 528-599,
FADEC System Maintenance 44 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Component Description 45 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Engine Sensors 45 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Dedicated Permanent Magnet 51 501-509, 511-526
Alternator (PMA) 528-599,
Engine Electronic Control (EEC) 51 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Fuel Metering Unit (FMU) 56 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Ignition Boxes 59 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Pneumatic Starter Valve 59 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Thrust Reverser Control Valve 59 501-509, 511-526
Actuation 528-599,
VSV Feedback Signal 59 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
BSBV Feedback Signal 59 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
HP Turbine Cooling Controlled 59 501-509, 511-526
Air System Feedback Signal 528-599,
HPT/LPT ACC Feedback Signal 59 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
FADEC SYSTEM 73-22-00

ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Operational Test of the FADEC 501 501-509, 511-526
SYSTEM on the Ground 528-599,
73-CONTENTS Page 5
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 73
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Correct faults of the Engine 506 501-509, 511-526
Scheduled Maintenance Report (SMR) 528-599,
Check for Erroneous Signal 510 501-509, 511-526
Positions to the Zones Controller 528-599,
from the Bleed and Wing/Nacelle
Anti-Ice Valves with Engines, APU
and Packs Operating (with AIDS)
Check for Erroneous Signal 514 501-509, 511-526
Positions to the Zone Controller 528-599,
from the Bleed and Wing/Nacelle
Anti-Ice Valves with Engines, APU
and Packs Operating
SENSOR - P2/T2 73-22-11
528-599,
Removal of the P2/T2 Sensor 401 501-509, 511-526
(4014KS) 528-599,
Installation of the P2/T2 Sensor 404 501-509, 511-526
(4014KS) 528-599,
SENSOR - P2/T2 73-22-11
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Operational Test of the P2/T2 501 501-509, 511-526
Probe Heater 528-599,
SENSOR - P2/T2 73-22-11
REPAIRS 801 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Replace the Aerodynamic Sealant on 801 501-509, 511-526
the Air Intake Cowl or the P2/T2 528-599,
Sensor - VRS2725
SENSOR - P3/T3 73-22-15
528-599,
Removal of the P3/T3 Sensor 401 501-509, 511-526
(4024KS) 528-599,
Installation of the P3/T3 Sensor 405 501-509, 511-526
(4024KS) 528-599,
ENGINE ELECTRONIC CONTROL (EEC) 73-22-34
528-599,
Removal of the Electronic Engine 401 501-509, 511-526
Control (EEC) (4000KS) 528-599,
Installation of the Electronic 409 501-509, 511-526
Engine Control (EEC) (4000KS) 528-599,
ENGINE ELECTRONIC CONTROL (EEC) 73-22-34
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 501-509, 511-526
73-CONTENTS Page 6
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 73
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
528-599,
Operational Test of the EEC 501 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
PLUG ASSEMBLY - DATA ENTRY 73-22-35
528-599,
Removal of the Data Entry Plug 401 501-509, 511-526
Assembly 4000KS-J6 528-599,
Installation of the Data Entry 405 501-509, 511-526
Plug Assembly 4000KS-J6 528-599,
528-599,
Inspection of the Data Entry Plug 601 501-509, 511-526
Assembly 528-599,
REPAIRS 801 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Replace the Jumpers, Contacts or 801 501-509, 511-526
Connector - VRS3500 528-599,
Replace the Jumpers, Contacts or 816 501-509, 511-526
Connector - VRS3500 528-599,
Repair the Jumper Contact or 824 501-509, 511-526
Contact - VRS3501 528-599,
Replace the Data Entry Plug 829 501-509, 511-526
Backshell Assembly - VRS3503 528-599,
STATOR - ENGINE DEDICATED ALTERNATOR 73-22-38
528-599,
Removal of the Engine Dedicated 401 501-509, 511-526
Alternator (EDA) Stator and/or 528-599,
Cooling Shroud
Installation of the Engine 406 501-509, 511-526
Dedicated Alternator (EDA) Stator 528-599,
and or Cooling Shroud
AIR TUBES - P2/T2 73-22-48
528-599,
Removal of the P2T2 Probe Tube 401 501-509, 511-526
Assembly 528-599,
Installation of the P2T2 Probe 405 501-509, 511-526
Tube Assembly 528-599,
AIR TUBES - P2/T2 73-22-48
528-599,
General Check of the P2/T2 Air 601 501-509, 511-526
73-CONTENTS Page 7
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 73
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
Tubes 528-599,
TUBES - FUEL SYSTEM AIR 73-22-49
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Leak Check of the Pb Sense Line 201 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
TUBES - FUEL SYSTEM AIR 73-22-49
528-599,
Inspection of the EEC Pb Inlet 601 501-509, 511-526
Port 528-599,
SENSOR AND MANIFOLD - P4.9 73-22-51
528-599,
Removal of the P4.9 Sensor and 401 501-509, 511-526
Manifold 2004EM1, 2004EM2, 2004EM3 528-599,
Installation of the P4.9 Sensor 406 501-509, 511-526
and Manifold 2004EM1, 2004EM2, 528-599,
2004EM3
METERING UNIT - FUEL 73-22-52
528-599,
Removal of the Fuel Metering Unit 401 501-509, 511-526
(FMU) (4000KC) 528-599,
Installation of the Fuel Metering 418 501-509, 511-526
Unit (FMU) (4000KC) 528-599,
METERING UNIT - FUEL 73-22-52
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Adjustement/Test of the Fuel 501 501-509, 511-526
Metering Unit (FMU) 4000KC - 528-599,
Convert the Woodward FMU SBE
73-0172
Adjustement/Test of the Fuel 517 501-509, 511-526
Metering Unit (FMU) 4000KC - 528-599,
Convert the TRW Lucas FMU SBE
73-0173
FUNCTIONAL INTERFACES 73-25-00

528-599,
General 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
System Description 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
FADEC Inputs/Outputs 1 501-509, 511-526
73-CONTENTS Page 8
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 73
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
528-599,
Interface 27 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
ADIRU/EEC Interface 27 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
EIU/EEC Interface 29 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
EIU/A/C Interface 59 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Cockpit System Display/EEC 85 501-509, 511-526
Interface 528-599,
Throttle Control System/EEC 89 501-509, 511-526
Interfaces 528-599,
Thrust Reverser Interface 98 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
FADEC Interfaces A 0 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
28VDC Power Supply A 0 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
115VAC Power Supply A 0 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Additional Engine Sensors A 0 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Additional Engine Sensors A 3 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
General A 3 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
P12.5 Sensor A 3 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
P2.5 Sensor A 3 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
T2.5 Sensor A 3 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
INTERFACE UNIT - ENGINE (EIU) 73-25-34
528-599,
Removal of the Engine Interface 401 501-509, 511-526
Unit (EIU) (1KS1, 1KS2) 528-599,
Installation of the Engine 405 501-509, 511-526
Interface Unit (EIU) (1KS1, 1KS2) 528-599,
INTERFACE UNIT - ENGINE (EIU) 73-25-34
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Operational Test of the EIU with 501 501-509, 511-526
the CFDS 528-599,
Change the EIU DISCRETE OUTPUTS 505 501-509, 511-526
73-CONTENTS Page 9
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 73
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
Menu Data Status 528-599,
EIU DISCRETE OUTPUTS Simulation 507 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
__________
INDICATING 73-30-00
528-599,
General 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Fuel Flow Indication 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Fuel Flow Indication 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Fuel Flow Transmitter 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Fuel Filter Clogging Indication 6 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Fuel Filter Clogging Indication 6 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Fuel Filter Differential 10 501-509, 511-526
Pressure Switch 528-599,
___________
INDICATING 73-30-00
DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Fuel Filter CLOG Warning - Filter 401 501-509, 511-526
Servicing 528-599,
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 73-30-03 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Reactivation of Fuel Filter CLOG 404 501-509, 511-526
Warning 528-599,
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 73-30-03 404 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
FLOWMETER - FUEL 73-31-17
528-599,
Removal of the Fuel Flow 401 501-509, 511-526
Transmitter (4010KS) 528-599,
Installation of the Fuel Flow 408 501-509, 511-526
Transmitter (4010KS) 528-599,
SWITCH - FUEL FILTER DIFFERENTIAL 73-34-15
PRESSURE
528-599,
Removal of the Fuel Filter 401 501-509, 511-526
73-CONTENTS Page 10
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 73
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
Differential Pressure Switch 528-599,
(4000EL)
Differential Pressure Switch 528-599,
(4000EL)
SENSOR - FUEL TEMPERATURE 73-35-15
528-599,
Removal of the Fuel Cooled Oil 401 501-509, 511-526
Cooler Fuel Temperature 528-599,
Thermocouple (4017KS)
Temperature Thermocouple (4017KS) 528-599,
73-CONTENTS Page 11
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL - GENERAL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The fuel system enables delivery of a fuel flow corresponding to the power
required and compatible with engine limits.
The system consists of:
- the two stage fuel pump with low pressure and high pressure elements,
- the Fuel Metering Unit (FMU),
- the engine Fuel Cooled Oil Cooler (FCOC),
- the Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) Fuel Cooled Oil Cooler (FCOC),
- the fuel filter,
- the fuel distribution valve,
- the fuel flow meter,
- 20 fuel nozzles,
- the fuel diverter and return (to tank) valve.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003, 004, 005, 006)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1KS1 EIU-1 85VU 127 824 73-25-34
1KS2 EIU-2 86VU 128 824 73-25-34
5KS1 ANN-ENG/1 115VU 210
5KS2 ANN-ENG/2 115VU 210
6KS0 SEL SW-ENG/MODE/CRANK/NORMAL/
IGN/START 115VU 210
7KS1 P/BSW-ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1 50VU 212
7KS2 P/BSW-ENG/FADEC GND PWR/2 50VU 212
8KS1 CTL UNIT-THROTTLE, ENG 1 211 831 76-11-19
8KS2 CTL UNIT-THROTTLE, ENG 2 211 831 76-11-19
9KS1 P/BSW-ENG/MAN START/1 22VU 212
9KS2 P/BSW-ENG/MAN START/2 22VU 212
4000KS EEC 436 448AR 73-22-34
2000EM FILTER ELEMENT-FUEL 430 447AL 73-12-42
2001EM PUMP-HP/LP FUEL 430 447AL 73-12-41
2002EM VALVE-FUEL DISTRIBUTION 440 438AR 73-13-43
4010KS FLOWMETER-FUEL 430 447AL 73-31-17
4018KS VALVE-FUEL DIVERTER AND RETURN 430 447AL 73-13-42
2005EM NOZZLE-FUEL 400 73-13-41
4000KC FUEL METERING UNIT 435 437AL 73-22-52
2004EM SENSOR AND MANIFOLD-P4.9 454 452AR 73-22-51
4005EV STATOR-ENGINE DEDICATED ALTERNATOR 435 437AL 73-22-38
- DATA ENTRY PLUG 436 438AR 73-22-35

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-00-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel System Schematic

Figure 001

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-00-00

Page 2
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Component Location
Figure 002

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-00-00

Page 3
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Component Location
Figure 003

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-00-00

Page 4
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Aft Avionics Compartment - Component Location

Figure 004

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-00-00

Page 5
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Engine Electronic Control (EEC) - Component Location

Figure 005

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-00-00

Page 6
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Component Location
Figure 006

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-00-00

Page 7
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2003EM SENSOR-P3/T3 454 452AR 73-22-15
4014KS SENSOR-P2/T2 431 73-22-11
4017KS SENSOR-FUEL TEMPERATURE 435 437AL 73-35-15
3. ____________
Distribution
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The fuel supplied from aircraft tanks flows through a centrifugal pump Low
Pressure (LP) stage then through the FCOC and then through a filter and a
gear pump High Pressure (HP) stage.
The fuel from the HP pump is delivered to the FMU which controls the fuel
flow supplied to the fuel nozzles (through the fuel flow-meter and the fuel
distribution valve).
The FMU also provides hydraulic pressure to all hydraulic system external
actuators. These include the booster stage bleed valve actuators, stator
vane actuator, Air Cooler Oil Cooler (ACOC) air modulating valve, High
Pressure Turbine Active Clearance Control (HPTACC) and Low Pressure Turbine
Active Clearance Control (LPTACC) valve. Low pressure return fuel from the
actuators is routed back into the fuel diverter and return valve.
The fuel diverter and return valve enables the selection of one of the four
basic configurations between which the flow paths of the fuel in the engine
are varied to maintain the IDG oil, engine oil and fuel temperatures within
specified limits.
The transfer between configurations is determined by a software logic
contained in the Electronic Engine Control (EEC).
4. ___________
Controlling
The Full Authority Digital Electronic Control (FADEC) system provides full
range control of the engine to achieve steady state and transient
performance when operated in combination with aircraft subsystems.
The FADEC is a dual channel EEC with crosstalk and failure detection
capability.
In case of failure detection, the FADEC switches from one channel to the
other.
The FADEC system operates in conjunction with the applicable aircraft
systems to perform the following:
- Control of fuel flow, stator vanes and bleeds to automatically maintain
forward and reverse thrust settings and to provide satisfactory transient
response.
- Protect the powerplant from exceeding limits for N1, N2, maximum allowable
thrust, and burner pressure.
- Control of the High Pressure Turbine (HPT) 10th stage cooling air, and low
and high turbine active clearance control systems.
- Control of fuel, engine and IDG oil temperature.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-00-00

Page 8
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

- Control of the thrust reverser.
- Automatic sequencing of the start system components.
- Diagnosis and maintenance capability.
5. __________
Indicating
The engine fuel system is monitored from:
- the ECAM display,
- the warning and caution lights.
The indications cover all the main engine parameters through the FADEC.
The warnings and cautions reflect:
- the engine health and status through the FADEC,
- the FADEC health & status,
- the fuel filter condition through a dedicated hardwired pressure switch.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-00-00

Page 9
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

DISTRIBUTION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The engine fuel supply distribution system mainly consists of:
- a fuel supply line
- an engine 2-stage pump High Pressure/Low Pressure (HP/LP),
- a fuel filter,
- an engine Fuel Cooled Oil Cooler (FCOC),
- a Fuel Metering Unit (FMU),
- an Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) Fuel Cooled Oil Cooler (FCOC),
- a fuel diverter and return (to tank) valve,
- a fuel flowmeter,
- a Fuel Distribution Valve (FDV),
- 20 fuel nozzles.
2. Fuel
____________________________
Manifold and Fuel Tubes
(Ref. Fig. 002)
The fuel manifold and fuel tubes consist of several single wall tubes which
carry fuel between components in the fuel system. Fuel supplied to the fuel
nozzles is carried by a large tube from the FMU to the fuel distribution
valve. At the fuel distribution valve the fuel supply is split and carried
to twenty fuel nozzles by ten manifolds. Each fuel manifold feeds two fuel
nozzles. Fuel pressure for actuating various valves is supplied by small
tubes from the FMU mounted on the fuel pump.
All the brackets and tubing are fireproof.
3. Fuel
_________
Pump
(Ref. Fig. 003, 004, 005)
A. General
The Low Pressure/High Pressure (LP/HP) fuel pumps are housed in a single
pump unit which is driven by a common gearbox output shaft. A LP stage
and a HP stage provide fuel at the flows and pressures required for the
operation of the hydromechanical components and for combustion in the
burner.
The unit consists of a LP centrifugal boost stage which feeds an HP
single stage, two gear pump. The housing has a provision for the
installation of the FMU.
Fuel from the aircraft tanks flows to the LP stage of the engine fuel
pumps, through the aircraft fuel pumps.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-10-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel System Schematic

Figure 001

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-10-00

Page 2
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Manifold and Fuel Tubes

Figure 002

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-10-00

Page 3
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

LP/HP Fuel Pumps

Figure 003

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-10-00

Page 4
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

LP/HP Fuel Pumps - Cross Section

Figure 004

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-10-00

Page 5
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

LP/HP Fuel Pumps - Flow Schematic

Figure 005

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-10-00

Page 6
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

The LP pump is designed to provide fuel to the HP gear stage with the
aircraft pumps inoperative. After passing through the LP boost stage, the
fuel flows through the fuel filter to the HP gear stage. A coarse mesh
strainer is provided at the inlet to the HP gear stage. This stage is
protected from overpressure by a relief valve. Excess flow from the gear
stage pump is recirculated through the FMU bypass loop to the low
pressure side of the pump.
B. Description
The LP/HP fuel pump is installed on the rear face of the accessory
gearbox. It is attached with an adapter housing and driven by an input
shaft which has a shear section.
The low pressure stage is a shrouded radial flow centrifugal impeller
with an axial inducer.
The HP pump is a two gear type. Its drive gear is attached to the drive
shaft and this turns the driven gear.
These are input shaft, which is connected by external spline to the
internal spline of the drive gear. The journals of the drive and driven
gear are held by stationary and floating set of matched bearings.
The centrifugal pumping element has the impeller/inducer installed on the
drive shaft.
The pump has four ports:
- gear pump inlet port,
- gear pump discharge port,
- booster pump inlet port,
- booster pump discharge port.
C. Operation
Fuel goes into the booster pump inlet port and flows through the
centrifugal pumping element. There, the impeller/inducer sends the fuel
to the external FCOC. The fuel returns through the external filter.
The fuel goes through the gearpump element which sends the fuel through
the pump discharge port to the FMU.
The gearpump element sends the fuel through the discharge port which has
the relief valve. The valve set to limit gear discharge pressure increase
to 1365 psi (94 bar) differential at fuel pump flow. The relief valve
sends fuel back to the inlet side of the gear pump element.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-10-00

Page 7
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. ___________
Fuel Filter
(Ref. Fig. 006)
NOTE : A 40 micron fuel filter provides the main filtration for the fuel
____
system.
A. Description
(1) The fuel filter element is a low pressure filter which removes all
contamination from fuel to go through it.
(2) The filter element is installed in the lower housing of a Fuel Cooled
Oil Cooler (FCOC). The FCOC includes the following components:
(a) A filter cap which has a pressure plate to keep the filter
element in position once installed.
(b) A filter bypass valve to let the fuel go around the filter
element when it becomes clogged.
The filter cap of the FCOC also includes a fuel drain plug to
drain the fuel for maintenance purposes.
B. Operation
(1) The fuel from the FCOC goes through the filter element into the high
pressure gear element of an LP/HP fuel pump.
(2) The filter bypass valve keeps a pressure drop across the filter
element to a maximum of 17 psi (1.17 bar) differential. If the
pressure drop is higher than the maximum limit, the bypass valve will
start to open and let the fuel go around the filter element.
5. Fuel
___________
Nozzle
(Ref. Fig. 007)
A. General
The fuel nozzles receive fuel from the fuel manifolds. The fuel nozzles
mix the fuel with air, and send the mixture into the combustion chamber
in a controlled pattern.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-10-00

Page 8
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Filter Element

Figure 006

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-10-00

Page 9
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Nozzle
Figure 007

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-10-00

Page 10
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

B. Description/Operation
There are 20 fuel nozzles equally spaced around the diffuser case
assembly. The fuel nozzles are installed through the wall of the case,
and each nozzle is held in position by three bolts.
The fuel nozzles carry the fuel through a single orifice.
The fuel is vaporized by high-velocity air as it enters the combustion
chamber. The fuel nozzle forms the atomized mixture of fuel and air into
the correct pattern for satisfactory combustion.
The design of the fuel nozzle results in fast vaporization of the fuel
through the full range of operation.
The high-velocity flow of fuel prevents formation of coke on areas where
fuel touches metal. Heatshields installed also prevent formation of coke.
6. ______________________________
Fuel Diverter and Return Valve
A. General
The Fuel Diverter and Return Valve (FD and RV) is a primary unit in the
Heat Management System (HMS) of the engine. The FD and RV has two valves
in one body. They are a Fuel Diverter Valve (FDV) and a Fuel Return Valve
(FRV).
The FDV operates to change the direction of the FMU spill flow to:
- The Fuel Cooled Oil Cooler (FCOC) or,
- the fuel filter (element) inlet or,
- the IDG FCOC.
The FRV operates to control fuel flow which goes back to the aircraft
fuel tank acting as a fuel cooler.
B. Description
(Ref. Fig. 008, 009)
The fuel diverter and return valve is installed on the FCOC.
(Ref. Fig. 009)
The FDV is a two-position selector valve which has two pistons in a
sleeve. The two pistons are mechanically connected and make two valve
areas which are referred to as valve A and valve B. The FRV has a main
valve and a pushing piston in a sleeve. This main valve is a half-area
piston-type valve which moves the valve to change the metering port area.
The main valve has two valve functions that are referred to as valve C
and valve D
(Ref. Fig. 009)
The EEC gives the electrical signal to the FDRV to change the position of
the valves. The FDRV gives a feedback signal to the EEC to transmit the
position of valves in the unit. The fuel flow changes with the position
of the valves. Thus, the fuel flow can be controlled through the FDRV and
the EEC.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-10-00

Page 11
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Diverter and Return Valve

Figure 008

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-10-00

Page 12
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Diverter and Return Valve - Simplified Diagram

Figure 009

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-10-00

Page 13
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

C. Operation
(Ref. Fig. 010, 011)
(1) General
The FDRV configuration allows four modes of operation according to
the electrical signals generated from the EEC (based on fuel and oil
temperature measurements transmitted by means of thermocouples).
(2) Fuel return valve

- The EEC operates the dual-wound torque motor to control the servo
pressure. This servo fuel pushes the main valve.
- The pressure balance between two sides of the main valve (Valves C
and D) gives the direction and the speed of the valve movement.
Then the valve changes the direction of the fuel flow and controls
the metering port area.
(3) Fuel diverter valve

- The EEC energizes the solenoid valve to let the servo fuel flow.
This servo fuel goes into one side of the piston face in the valve
B.
- The servo pressure pushes two pistons (which are the valves A and
B) in the same direction. Then these valves change the direction of
the fuel flow, and one of these pistons compresses the spring.
- When the solenoid is de-energized, this spring pushes back two
pistons.
(There is an orifice to release the servo fuel to the FMU spill
port).
And the other one of two pistons pushes the switch assemblies.
- The switch assemblies transmit the EEC the valve position when the
solenoid is de-energized.
(4) Constant Pressure Valve (CPV)

The CPV makes the servo pressure constant between the HP port and LP
port of the FDRV. This servo flow moves each valve in the FDRV.
(5) Failure mode
(a) When the servo pressure becomes zero:
1
_ The pushing piston comes up to hold the main valve at a mode 5
position.
2
_ The spring extends to hold the FDV pistons at a mode 5
position.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-10-00

Page 14
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Diverter and Return Valve - Operation

Figure 010

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-10-00

Page 15
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Diverter and Return Valve - Operation

Figure 011

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-10-00

Page 16
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) Other than in (a), the FDRV keeps the mode 5 position in these
conditions:
1
_ The failure of the electrical signal.
2
_ During the engine stops.
(c) If the IDG FCOC port is clogged in this valve position, relief
valve releases the FMU spill flow. This relief valve is in the
valve A and it can release the unwanted pressure to the FCOC
port.
7. Fuel
_______________________
Distribution Valve
(Ref. Fig. 012, 013)
A. General
The FDV subdivides scheduled engine fuel flow from the FMU equally to ten
fuel manifolds, each of which in turn feeds two nozzles.
B. Description
The fuel distribution valve is installed at the 4:00 oclock location, at
the front flange of the diffuser case.
The fuel distribution valve receives fuel through a fuel line from the
FMU. The fuel goes through a 200 micron strainer, and then into ten
internal discharge ports. The ten discharge ports are connected to the
ten fuel manifolds.
Eight of the ten internal discharge ports in the valve are connected
after an engine shutdown. This lets fuel drain from eight of the fuel
manifolds, and into the engine through the lowest fuel nozzle.
The two fuel manifolds which remain full help supply fuel for the next
engine start.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-10-00

Page 17
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Distribution Valve - Installation

Figure 012

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-10-00

Page 18
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Distribution Valve - Schematic

Figure 013

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-10-00

Page 19
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

DISTRIBUTION - INSPECTION/CHECK
_______________________________
TASK 73-10-00-200-010-A
General Visual Inspection of the Fuel Distribution System Components, Manifolds

Tubes and Joints
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU WORK ON THE ENGINE COMPONENTS IMMEDIATELY AFTER
_______
THE ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS CAN STAY HOT FOR UP TO
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for a General Visual Inspection of the Engine
Fuel Distribution system Components, Manifolds, Tubes and Joints.
This TASK is for V2500-A5 engines.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific inspection lamp

No specific inspection mirror
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
70-52-11-918-010 Specified Types of Damage

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
24-21-42-000-010 Removal of the Fuel-Cooled IDG Oil-Cooler (for
corrective action)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-10-00

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-21-42-400-010 Installation of the Fuel-Cooled IDG Oil-Cooler (for

corrective action)
73-11-41-000-010 Removal of the Fuel Nozzle Supply Manifold (for
corrective action)
73-11-41-400-010 Installation of the Fuel Nozzle Supply Manifold (for
corrective action)
73-12-41-000-010 Removal of the Low Pressure (LP)/High Pressure (HP)
Fuel Pump (2001EM1) (for corrective action)
73-12-41-400-010 Installation of the Low Pressure (LP)/High Pressure
(HP) Fuel Pump (2001EM1) (for corrective action)
73-13-42-000-010 Removal of the Fuel Diverter and Return Valve
(4018KS) (for corrective action)
73-13-42-400-010 Installation of the Fuel Diverter and Return Valve
(4018KS) (for corrective action)
73-13-43-000-010 Removal of the Fuel Distribution Valve 2002EM (for
corrective action)
73-13-43-400-010 Installation of the Fuel Distribution Valve 2002EM
(for corrective action)
73-22-52-000-010 Removal of the Fuel Metering Unit (FMU) (4000KC) (for
corrective action)
73-22-52-400-010 Installation of the Fuel Metering Unit (FMU) (4000KC)
79-21-43-000-010 Removal of the Fuel Cooled Oil Cooler (6003EM). (for
corrective action)
79-21-43-400-010 Installation of the Fuel Cooled Oil Cooler (6003EM)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-10-00-941-051
A. Safety Precautions
(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:
(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.
(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-10-00

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:
(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.
(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).
Subtask 73-10-00-010-052
B. Get Access
(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
(2) Put the access platform in position.
Subtask 73-10-00-040-051
C. Deactivate the thrust reverser.
WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______ CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 73-10-00-010-053
D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010)

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-10-00

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-10-00-210-059
A. Examine the fuel nozzle supply manifolds on the diffuser case between the
fuel distribution valve and the fuel nozzles. Use the inspection lamp and
inspection mirror if necessary
(1) Examine the fuel nozzle supply manifolds for security of attachment.
(2) If loose attachment is found replace the packings and torque the
manifold coupling nuts and attachment clips (Ref. TASK 73-11-41-000-
010) and (Ref. TASK 73-11-41-400-010).
(3) Examine the fuel nozzle supply manifold connections for leaks.
(4) If leaks are found replace the manifold connection packings or

manifolds as necessary (Ref. TASK 73-11-41-000-010) and (Ref. TASK
73-11-41-400-010).
(5) Examine the fuel nozzle supply manifolds for damage such as bends,
dents, kinks and wrinkles (Ref. TASK 70-52-11-918-010).
(6) If damage is found replace the manifold (Ref. TASK 73-11-41-000-010)

and (Ref. TASK 73-11-41-400-010).
(7) Examine the fuel nozzle supply manifolds for contact with other parts
(such as tubes, ducts, and hoses).
(8) If contact is found replace the parts as necessary.
Subtask 73-10-00-210-060
B. Examine the fuel tubes between the fuel pump and the fuel distribution
valve. Use the inspection lamp and inspection mirror if necessary
(1) Examine the fuel tubes for security of attachment.
(2) If loose attachment is found reject the packings and torque the tube
coupling nuts and attachment clips.
(3) Examine the fuel tube connections for leaks.
(4) If leaks are found reject the tube connection packings or the tubes
as necessary.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-10-00

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(5) Examine the fuel tubes for damage such as bends, dents, kinks and
wrinkles (Ref. TASK 70-52-11-918-010).
(6) If damage is found reject the tubes.
(7) Examine the fuel tubes for contact with other parts (such as tubes,
ducts and hoses).
(8) If contact is found reject the parts as necessary.
Subtask 73-10-00-210-061
C. Examine the LP/HP fuel pump. Use the inspection lamp and inspection
mirror, if necessary
(1) Examine the fuel pump for security of attachment.
(2) If loose attachment is found replace the accessory drive (pump

attachment) clamp or the fuel pump (Ref. TASK 73-12-41-000-010) and
(Ref. TASK 73-12-41-400-010).
(3) Examine the fuel pump connections for leaks.
(4) If leaks are found replace the tube connection packings or the pump
as necessary (Ref. TASK 73-12-41-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 73-12-41-
400-010).
(5) Examine the fuel pump for damage such as dents, cracks and chafed
areas (Ref. TASK 70-52-11-918-010).
(6) If damage is found replace the fuel pump (Ref. TASK 73-12-41-000-010)
and (Ref. TASK 73-12-41-400-010).
Subtask 73-10-00-210-062
D. Examine the fuel diverter and return valve. Use the inspection lamp and
inspection mirror, if necessary
(1) Examine the fuel diverter and return valve for security of
attachment.
(2) If loose attachment is found replace the valve attachment bolts as

necessary (Ref. TASK 73-13-42-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 73-13-42-400-
010).
(3) Examine the fuel diverter and return valve tube connections for
leaks.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-10-00

Page 605
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(4) If leaks are found replace the tube connection packings or the valve
400-010).
(5) Examine the fuel diverter and return valve for damage such as dents,
cracks and chafed areas (Ref. TASK 70-52-11-918-010).
(6) If damage is found replace the fuel diverter and return valve (Ref.
TASK 73-13-42-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 73-13-42-400-010).
Subtask 73-10-00-210-063
E. Examine the fuel distribution valve. Use the inspection lamp and
(1) Examine the fuel distribution valve for security of attachment.

010).
(3) Examine the fuel distribution valve tube connections for leaks.
(4) If leaks are found replace the tube connection packings or the valve
400-010).
(5) Examine the fuel distribution valve for damage such as dents, cracks
and chafed areas (Ref. TASK 70-52-11-918-010).
(6) If damage is found replace the fuel distribution valve (Ref. TASK 73-
13-43-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 73-13-43-400-010).
Subtask 73-10-00-210-064
F. Examine the fuel metering unit. Use the inspection lamp and inspection
mirror, if necessary
(1) Examine the fuel metering unit for security of attachment.

010).
(3) Examine the fuel metering unit tube connections for leaks.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-10-00

Page 606
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(4) If leaks are found replace the tube connection packings or the
metering unit as necessary (Ref. TASK 73-22-52-000-010) and (Ref.
TASK 73-22-52-400-010).
(5) Examine the fuel metering unit for damage such as dents, cracks and
chafed areas (Ref. TASK 70-52-11-918-010).
(6) If damage is found replace the fuel metering unit (Ref. TASK 73-22-
52-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 73-22-52-400-010).
Subtask 73-10-00-210-065
G. Examine the fuel cooled IDG oil cooler. Use the inspection lamp and
(1) Examine the oil cooler for security of attachment.
(2) If loose attachment is found replace the oil cooler attachment bolts
400-010).
(3) Examine the oil cooler tube connections for leaks.
(4) If leaks are found replace the tube connection packings or the oil
cooler as necessary (Ref. TASK 24-21-42-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 24-
21-42-400-010).
(5) Examine the oil cooler for damage such as dents, cracks and chafed
areas (Ref. TASK 70-52-11-918-010).
(6) If damage is found replace the oil cooler (Ref. TASK 24-21-42-000-
010) and (Ref. TASK 24-21-42-400-010).
Subtask 73-10-00-210-066
H. Examine the fuel cooled oil cooler. Use the inspection lamp and
(1) Examine the oil cooler for security of attachment.
(2) If loose attachment is found replace the oil cooler attachment bolts
400-010).
(3) Examine the oil cooler tube connections for leaks.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-10-00

Page 607
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(4) If leaks are found replace the tube connection packings or the oil
cooler as necessary (Ref. TASK 79-21-43-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 79-
21-43-400-010).
(5) Examine the oil cooler for damage such as dents, cracks and chafed
areas (Ref. TASK 70-52-11-918-010).
(6) If damage is found replace the oil cooler (Ref. TASK 79-21-43-000-
010) and (Ref. TASK 79-21-43-400-010).
Subtask 73-10-00-210-067
J. Examine the fuel system connections. Use the inspection lamp and
(1) Examine the fuel system connections for security of attachment.
(2) If loose attachment is found reject the fuel system connection

packings and torque the coupling nuts as necessary.
(3) Examine the fuel system connections for leaks.
(4) If leaks are found, repair as necessary.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-10-00-410-052
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 73-10-00-440-051
B. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-10-00

Page 608
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-10-00-410-053
C. Close Access
(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
(2) Remove the warning notice(s).
(3) Remove the access platform(s).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-10-00

Page 609
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

MANIFOLD - FUEL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________
TASK 73-11-41-000-010
Removal of the Fuel Nozzle Supply Manifold
WARNING : DO NOT LET ENGINE FUEL STAY ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME. FLUSH THE
_______
FUEL FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE FUEL IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO
THROUGH YOUR SKIN AND IN TO YOUR BODY.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET ENGINE FUEL OR OIL FALL ON THE ENGINE. UNWANTED FUEL OR
_______
OIL MUST BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN LINT FREE CLOTH. THE
FUEL OR OIL CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE PROTECTION AND TO SOME
PARTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
The removal procedure given here is for the removal of one, some or all of
the fuel nozzle supply manifolds.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific clean container, minimum capacity 1 USgal (4 l)

No specific covers caps plugs
IAE1P16139 1 WRENCH-TIGHTEN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-11-41-991-150 Fig. 401
73-11-41-991-151 Fig. 402
73-11-41-991-153 Fig. 403
73-11-41-991-152 Fig. 404

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-41

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
73-11-41-991-154 Fig. 405

73-11-41-991-155 Fig. 406
73-11-41-991-156 Fig. 407
73-11-41-991-159 Fig. 408
73-11-41-991-157 Fig. 409
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-11-41-941-051
1(2).
Subtask 73-11-41-010-058
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-41

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-11-41-040-053

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 73-11-41-010-054
D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-11-41-020-053
A. Disconnect the tube nuts which attach the fuel nozzle supply manifold(s)
which are to be removed.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-11-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-11-41-991-151, 403/TASK
73-11-41-991-153)
(1) Put a clean container, minimum capacity 1 USgal (4 l) below the fuel
nozzle supply manifold(s) to catch the drained fuel.
(2) Cut and discard the lockwire which safeties the tube nuts (4) and
(10) on the applicable fuel manifold(s).
(3) Disconnect the tube nuts (10) from the fuel distribution valve with
the wrench WRENCH-TIGHTEN (IAE1P16139).
(4) Disconnect the tube nuts (4) from the fuel nozzle supply manifold
with the wrench, WRENCH-TIGHTEN (IAE1P16139).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-41

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Nozzle Supply Manifolds (3), (15) and (17)

Figure 401/TASK 73-11-41-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-41

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Nozzle Supply Manifolds (18), (19) and (20)

Figure 402/TASK 73-11-41-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-41

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Nozzle Supply Manifolds (21), (22), (23) and (24)

Figure 403/TASK 73-11-41-991-153

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-41

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-11-41-010-055
B. Remove the transfer tubes from the fuel nozzle supply manifold.
73-11-41-991-153)
(1) Remove the transfer tubes (2).
(2) Remove the packings (5) from the transfer tubes.
(3) Discard the packings (5).
Subtask 73-11-41-010-056
C. Remove the loop clamp(s) from the fuel nozzle supply manifold(s).
73-11-41-991-152, 405/TASK 73-11-41-991-154, 406/TASK 73-11-41-991-155,
407/TASK 73-11-41-991-156, 408/TASK 73-11-41-991-159, 409/TASK 73-11-41-
991-157)
NOTE : The fuel nozzle supply manifolds (18), (19) and (20) do not have
____
loop clamps.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 73-11-41-991-151)
(1) Remove the nut(s) (7) and the bolt(s) (9), (13) and/or (23) from the
applicable bracket(s) (8), (14), (16), (25), (26), (27), (30), (31),
(32) or (33) (34).
(2) Hold the applicable fuel nozzle supply manifold(s) and remove the
loop clamp(s).
Subtask 73-11-41-020-051
D. Remove the Fuel Nozzle Supply Manifold:
(1) Remove the applicable fuel nozzle supply manifold(s) (3), (15), (17),
(18), (19), (20), (21), (22), (23) and/or (24).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-11-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-11-41-991-151,
403/TASK 73-11-41-991-153)
(2) Remove the container and discard the drained fuel.
(3) Put the applicable covers caps plugs on all the openings.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-41

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Loop Clamps and Brackets

Figure 404/TASK 73-11-41-991-152

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-41

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 405/TASK 73-11-41-991-154

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-41

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Nozzle Supply Manifolds

Figure 406/TASK 73-11-41-991-155

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-41

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 407/TASK 73-11-41-991-156

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-41

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 408/TASK 73-11-41-991-159

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-41

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Nozzle Supply Manifold - Connections

Figure 409/TASK 73-11-41-991-157

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-41

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-11-41-400-010
Installation of the Fuel Nozzle Supply Manifold
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
The installation procedure given here is for the installation of one, some
or all of the fuel nozzle supply manifolds.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 50.00 lbf.in
R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)
(2.00 to 20.00 m.daN)
IAE1P16042 1 ADAPTER, LEAK TEST
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. V02-141 *

lockwire (Ref. 70-30-00)
anti galling compound (Ref. 70-30-00)
leak tec fluid (Ref. 70-30-00)
lubricant (engine oil) (Ref. 70-30-00)
lubricating fluid (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-41

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 packings 73-11-41 80A-010

5 packings 73-11-41 80A-010A
10 packing 73-11-49 84A-100
12 ring 73-11-49 74A-020
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques

70-23-13-911-010 Procedures for the Installation of Preformed Packings
70-40-11-911-012 General Instructions for the Uses of Lockwire
70-40-11-911-014 Locking Devices General Information
71-00-00-710-012 Test No.3 : Idle Leak Check
71-00-00-710-045 Test No.1 : Dry Motor Leak Check
71-00-00-710-046 Test No.2 : Wet Motor Leak Check
73-11-41-991-150 Fig. 401
73-11-41-991-151 Fig. 402
73-11-41-991-153 Fig. 403
73-11-41-991-152 Fig. 404
73-11-41-991-154 Fig. 405
73-11-41-991-155 Fig. 406
73-11-41-991-156 Fig. 407
73-11-41-991-159 Fig. 408
73-11-41-991-157 Fig. 409
73-11-41-991-158 Fig. 410

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-41

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-11-41-860-051
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.
(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure
that a warning notice is in position to tell persons not to energize
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 73-11-41-010-060
B. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the fan cowls are open: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(2) Make sure that the thrust reverser halves are open: (Ref. TASK 78-32-
00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 73-11-41-040-052
C. Make sure that the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) is
deactivated (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-41

Page 416
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-11-41-410-053
A. Install the transfer tubes from the fuel nozzle supply manifold
(1) Remove the applicable covers/caps/plugs from all the openings.
(2) Install the transfer tubes.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-11-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-11-41-991-151,
403/TASK 73-11-41-991-153, 409/TASK 73-11-41-991-157)
and (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010)
NOTE : Use lubricating fluid (Material No. V10-121) to lubricate the

____
parts.
(a) Install two packings (5) to each transfer tube (2).
(b) Install the transfer tube(s) (2) in the fuel nozzle and support
assembly.
(c) Install the transfer tube(s) (2) in the fuel distribution valve
(28).
Subtask 73-11-41-420-052
B. Install the fuel nozzle supply manifold(s)

73-11-41-991-153)
(1) Apply anti galling compound (Material No. V10-031) to the shoulders
of the end fittings on the fuel supply manifolds.
(2) Put the applicable manifold(s) (3), (15), (17), (18), (19), (20),
(21), (22), (23) and/or (24) into position.
(3) Attach the manifold(s) to the fuel nozzle and support assembly and
the fuel distribution valve with the tube nuts (4) and (10).
(4) Tighten the tube nuts with your hand.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-41

Page 417
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-11-41-790-053
C. Check the fuel system for leaks

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 73-11-41-991-158)
(1) Remove the fuel supply tube.
(a) Remove the nut (1), the washer (3) and the bolt (4) from the clip
point 5700. Do not remove the loop clamps (2) and (5).
(b) Remove the three bolts (6) that attach the fuel supply tube (7)
to the fuel distribution valve.
(c) Remove the lockwire from the fuel supply tube nut (11) at the
bifurcation panel (8).
(d) Disconnect the tube nut (11).
(e) Remove the tube (7) from the engine.
(f) Remove and discard the ring (12) and the packing (10).
(2) Do the fuel system pressure test.
(a) Install the ADAPTER, LEAK TEST (IAE1P16042) to the front of the
fuel distribution valve and attach with bolts. Tighten the bolts
with your hand.
(b) Attach a 100 psi (6.9 bar) air source to the test adapter.
(c) Pressurize the system to between 95 psi (6.5 bar) and 105 psi
(7.2 bar).
(d) Check the fuel manifold coupling nuts for leaks at the fuel
distribution valve and the applicable fuel nozzles with leak tec
fluid (Material No. V10-045).
(e) Hold the pressure for 5 minutes. No leaks are permitted from any
surface, joint or connection. Repair all leaks you find.
(f) Decrease the air pressure to zero and remove the air pressure
source from the test adapter.
(g) Remove the three bolts that attach the test adapter and remove
the adapter from the engine.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-41

Page 418
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Distribution Valve (Fuel Supply Tube and Clip Point 5700)
Figure 410/TASK 73-11-41-991-158

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-41

Page 419
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Install the fuel supply tube.
(a) Apply lubricating fluid (Material No. V10-121) to a new ring

(12).
(b) Install the new ring (12) in the groove on the flanged end of the
fuel supply tube (7) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
(c) Install the fuel supply tube (7) to the front of the fuel
distribution valve.
(d) Apply lubricant (engine oil) (Material No. V10-077) to the

threads of the fuel supply tube bolts (6).
(e) Install the bolts (6) and tighten with your hand.
(f) Apply lubricating fluid (Material No. V10-121) to a new packing

(10).
(g) Install the new packing (10) to the connector (9) located on the
bifurcation panel (8) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
(h) Connect the fuel supply tube nut (11) to the connector (9) and
tighten with your hand.
(i) TORQUE the three bolts (6) to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and
1.18 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(j) TORQUE the supply tube nut (11) to between 1150 and 1250 lbf.in
(12.99 and 14.12 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(k) Safety the supply tube nut (11) with lockwire (Material No. V02-
141) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).
(l) Put the washer (3) on the bolt (4) and install the bolt through
the loop clamps (2) and (5) and the raceway clip and attach with
the nut (1).
(m) TORQUE the nut (1) to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.50
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-41

Page 420
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-11-41-410-054
D. Install the loop clamp(s)

73-11-41-991-152, 405/TASK 73-11-41-991-154, 406/TASK 73-11-41-991-155,
407/TASK 73-11-41-991-156, 408/TASK 73-11-41-991-159, 409/TASK 73-11-41-
991-157)
NOTE : The fuel nozzle supply manifolds (18), (19) and (20) do not have
____
loop clamps.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 73-11-41-991-151)
(1) Install the loop clamp(s) (6) to the applicable fuel nozzle supply
manifolds (3), (15), (17), (21), (22), (23) and/or (24).
(2) Position the loop clamp(s) on the applicable bracket(s) (8), (14),
(16), (25), (26), (27), (30), (31), (32), (33) and/or (34).
(3) Attach the loop clamp(s) to the bracket(s) with the nuts (7) and the
bolts (9), (13) and/or (23).
(4) TORQUE the nuts (7) to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.50 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 73-11-41-420-053
E. Safety the fuel nozzle supply manifold tube nuts

73-11-41-991-153)
CAUTION : WHEN YOU USE THE IAE 1P16139 WRENCH, THE CORRECT TORQUE WILL
_______
HAVE TO BE CALCULATED USING THE FORMULA IN THE STANDARD
PRACTICES SECTION OF THIS MANUAL.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO THE PROCEDURE THAT FOLLOWS TO CORRECTLY
_______
TORQUE THE FUEL MANIFOLD COUPLING NUTS. INCORRECT TORQUE COULD
RESULT IN DAMAGE TO ENGINE PARTS.
(1) TORQUE the fuel manifold tube nuts (10), at the fuel distribution
valve, with the WRENCH-TIGHTEN (IAE1P16139) to between 85 and 95
lbf.in (0.96 and 1.07 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(2) Continue to TORQUE the applicable tube nuts (10) until the nuts hold
the necessary torque. If a nut will not hold torque after four torque
procedures, replace and/or repair the fuel manifold or seals.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-41

Page 421
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) TORQUE the applicable tube nuts (4) at the fuel nozzles to between
205 and 225 lbf.in (2.31 and 2.54 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-
013).
(4) Continue to TORQUE the applicable tube nuts (4) until the nuts hold
the necessary torque. If a nut will not hold torque after four torque
procedures, replace and/or repair the fuel manifold or seals.
(5) Do a fuel manifold clearance check at fuel nozzle number 18.
(a) Make sure the clearance between the fuel manifold and the fuel
manifold bracket is 0.098 in. (2.489 mm) or more.
(6) Safety the tube nuts (4) and (10) with lockwire (Material No. V02-
141) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-012).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-11-41-410-058
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 73-11-41-440-051
Subtask 73-11-41-410-055
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-41

Page 422
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-11-41-790-051
D. Do this test:
(1) Do an Idle Leak check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-012).
NOTE : A dry motor leak check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-045) may be

____
used to check for leaks, but this must be followed by an idle
leak check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-012).
NOTE : A wet motor leak check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-046) may be

____

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-41

Page 423
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

FUEL TUBES - RIGID, POWER PLANT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________
TASK 73-11-47-000-010
Removal of the Rigid Fuel Tube, Aircraft to the LP Pump
_______
ONE HOUR.
_______
_______
PARTS.
CAUTION : DO NOT PUT FUEL THAT HAS BEEN DRAINED FROM THE ENGINE BACK IN TO THE
_______
FUEL SYSTEM.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific caps/covers/plugs
No specific container, capacity 1 USgal (4 L)
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-11-47-991-151 Fig. 401

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-47

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-11-47-941-051
1(2).
Subtask 73-11-47-010-051
B. Get Access
(1) Open the fan cowls. (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(2) Put the access platform in position
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-11-47-020-050
A. Removal of the rigid fuel tube, aircraft to the LP pump

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-11-47-991-151)
(1) Do the steps which follow :
CAUTION : HOLD THE UNION DURING THE DISCONNECT PROCEDURE TO PREVENT

_______
DAMAGE TO THE FLEXIBLE HOSE.
(a) Loosen the bolts (2) and the nuts (4)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-47

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) Loosen the fuel tubes (6) and (7) at the unions on the mounting
bracket and drain the fuel into the container, capacity 1 USgal
(4 L)
(c) Loosen the nut (5) at the union on the mounting bracket.
(2) Remove the aircraft to the LP pump fuel tube
(a) Remove the bolts (9) and the washers (11).
(b) Remove the bolts (12) and disconnect the fuel tube (6) from the
LP fuel pump. Drain the fuel into the clean container, capacity 1
USgal (4 L)
(c) Disconnection of the tube
CAUTION : HOLD THE UNION DURING THE DISCONNECT PROCEDURE TO

_______
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE FLEXIBLE HOSE.
1
_ Disconnect the tube (6) from the union on the mounting bracket
and remove the tube from the engine.
(d) Remove and discard the sealing ring (13) from the tube flange.
(3) Remove the clips (10) from the tube and keep them for the
installation of the replacement tube.
Subtask 73-11-47-620-050
B. Put the applicable caps/covers/plugs on all the openings.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-47

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Rigid Fuel Tubes

Figure 401/TASK 73-11-47-991-151- 12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-47

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Rigid Fuel Tubes


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-47

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-11-47-400-010
Installation of the Rigid Fuel Tube, Aircraft to the LP Pump
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)
(2.00 to 20.00 m.daN)
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13 seal ring 73-12-41 80A-050

13 seal ring 73-12-41 80A-050A
13 seal ring 73-12-41 80A-050B
13 seal ring 73-12-41 80A-050C
13 seal ring 73-12-41 80A-050D
13 seal ring 73-12-41 80A-050E

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-47

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-11-47-991-151 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-11-47-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position.
Subtask 73-11-47-010-053
B. Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-47

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-11-47-420-052
C. Do these steps :
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-11-47-991-151)
(1) Install the clips (10) to the replacement fuel tube (6).
(2) Install a new seal ring (13) to the tube flange (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-
911-010).
Subtask 73-11-47-630-050
D. Remove the applicable covers/caps/plugs from all of the openings.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-11-47-991-151)
Subtask 73-11-47-420-050
A. Installation of the rigid fuel tube, aircraft to the LP pump
(1) Install the aircraft to the LP fuel pump tube:
(a) Put the fuel tube (6) on the engine.
(b) Attach the fuel tube and the bracket to the LP fuel pump with the
bolts (12).
(c) TORQUE the bolts (12) to 100 lbf.in (1.13 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-
23-11-911-013).
(2) Attach the clips:
(a) Attach the clips (10) with the bolts (9) and the washers (11).
(b) TORQUE the bolts (9) to 40 lbf.in (0.45 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-
11-911-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-47

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Connect the fuel tubes (6) and (7):
(a) Connect the fuel tube (6) to the union on the mounting bracket.
(b) Examine the mounting bracket installation. Make sure there is no

clearance between the mounting bracket and the union. Make sure
that the mounting bracket is horizontal. If there is a clearance
at the mounting bracket, disconnect the tubes (6) and (7) and do
the steps that follow:
1
_ Adjust the mounting bracket (on the bolt slots) until it is
horizontal.
2
_ Remove the nuts (5) and (8) from the unions.
3
_ Install the applicable washers (1) and (3) between the unions
and the mounting bracket. Install the nuts (5) and (8).
4
_ Tighten the bolts (2) and the nuts (4).
5
_ Tighten the nuts (5) and (8).
6
_ Connect the tubes (6) and (7) to the unions on the mounting
bracket.
7
_ Make sure there is no clearance and that the mounting bracket
is horizontal.
(c) TORQUE the bolts (2) and the nuts (4) to 100 lbf.in (1.13 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(d) Do the steps that follow:
CAUTION : HOLD THE UNIONS DURING THE TORQUE PROCEDURE TO PREVENT

_______
DAMAGE TO THE FLEXIBLE HOSES.
1
_ TORQUE the nut (5) to between 960 and 1120 lbf.in (10.84 and
12.65 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
2
3.16 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
3
_ TORQUE the connector nut of the tube (6) to between 1520 and
1680 lbf.in (17.17 and 18.98 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-
013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-47

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4
510 lbf.in (5.31 and 5.76 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-11-47-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010).

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 73-11-47-790-050
B. Test requirements
(1) Do an Idle Leak Check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-012).

____
leak check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-012)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-47

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-11-47-000-011
Removal of the Rigid Fuel Tube, Fuel Diverter and Return Valve (FDRV) 4018KS
_______
ONE HOUR.
_______
_______
PARTS.
_______
FUEL SYSTEM.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific caps/covers/plugs
No specific container, capacity 1 USgal (4 L)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-11-47-991-151 Fig. 401

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-47

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-11-47-941-050
1(2).
Subtask 73-11-47-010-052
B. Get Access
(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-11-47-020-051
A. Removal of the rigid fuel tube, fuel diverter and return valve
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-11-47-991-151)
(1) Do the steps which follow :

_______
DAMAGE TO THE FLEXIBLE HOSE.
(a) Loosen the bolts (2) and the nuts (4).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-47

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) Loosen the fuel tubes (6) and (7) from the unions on the mounting
bracket and drain the fuel into the container, capacity 1 USgal
(4 L).
(c) Loosen the nut (8) at the union on the mounting bracket.
(2) Remove the FDRV to the aircraft fuel tube
(a) Remove the bolts (14) and disconnect the tube from the fuel
diverter and return valve. Drain the fuel into the clean
container, capacity 1 USgal (4 L)
(b) Disconnection of the tube
CAUTION : HOLD THE UNION DURING THE DISCONNECT PROCEDURE TO

_______
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE FLEXIBLE HOSE.
1
_ Disconnect the tube (7) from the union on the mounting bracket
and remove the tube from the engine.
(c) Remove and discard the sealing ring (15) from the tube flange.
Subtask 73-11-47-620-051
B. Put the applicable caps/covers/plugs on all the openings.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-47

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-11-47-400-011
Installation of the Rigid Fuel Tube, Fuel Diverter and Return Valve (FDRV)
4018KS to the Aircraft
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)
(2.00 to 20.00 m.daN)
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15 sealing ring 73-13-42 80 -180
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-11-47-991-151 Fig. 401

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-47

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-11-47-860-051
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 73-11-47-010-054
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 73-11-47-420-053
C. Install a new sealing ring (15) to the tube flange (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-
911-010)
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-11-47-991-151)
Subtask 73-11-47-630-051
D. Remove the applicable covers/caps/plugs from all of the openings.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-47

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-11-47-991-151)
Subtask 73-11-47-420-051
A. Installation of the rigid fuel tube, fuel diverter and return valve.
(1) Install the FDRV to the aircraft fuel tube:
(a) Put the fuel tube (7) on the engine.
(b) Attach the fuel tube to the fuel diverter and return valve with
the bolts (14).
(c) TORQUE the bolts to 100 lbf.in (1.13 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-
911-013).
(2) Connect the fuel tubes (6) and (7):
(a) Connect the fuel tube (7) to the union on the mounting bracket.
(b) Examine the mounting bracket installation. Make sure there is no

clearance between the mounting bracket and the union. Make sure
that the mounting bracket is horizontal. If there is a clearance
at the mounting bracket, disconnect the tubes (6) and (7) and do
the steps that follow:
1
_ Adjust the mounting bracket (on the bolt slots) until it is
horizontal.
2
_ Remove the nuts (5) and (8) from the unions.
3
_ Install the applicable washers (1) and (3) between the unions
and the mounting bracket. Install the nuts (5) and (8).
4
_ Tighten the bolts (2) and the nuts (4).
5
_ Tighten the nuts (5) and (8).
6
_ Connect the tubes (6) and (7) to the unions on the mounting
bracket.
7
_ Make sure there is no clearance and that the mounting bracket
is horizontal.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-47

Page 416
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) TORQUE the bolts (2) and the nuts (4) to 100 lbf.in (1.13 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(d) Do the steps that follow :

_______
DAMAGE TO THE FLEXIBLE HOSES.
1
12.65 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
2
3.16 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
3
1680 lbf.in (17.17 and 18.98 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-
013).
4
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-11-47-410-052
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010).

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-47

Page 417
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-11-47-790-051
(1) Do an Idle Leak Check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-012).

____

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-47

Page 418
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

FUEL TUBES - RIGID, POWER PLANT - INSPECTION/CHECK
__________________________________________________
TASK 73-11-47-200-010
General Check of the Power Plant Rigid Fuel Tubes
_______
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for a general check of the power plant rigid
fuel tubes without component removal.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint free cloth
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

cleaning fluid (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-11-47-991-150 Fig. 601

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-47

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-11-47-941-052
1(2).
Subtask 73-11-47-010-050
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
(2) Put the access platform in position on the left side of the engine.
Subtask 73-11-47-110-050
C. Clean the rigid fuel tubes

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 73-11-47-991-150)
WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.
(1) Use a clean lint free cloth made moist with cleaning fluid (Material
No. V01-002) to clean the rigid fuel tubes (1) and (2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-47

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Power Plant Rigid Fuel Tubes

Figure 601/TASK 73-11-47-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-47

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Dry the fuel tubes with a clean lint free cloth.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 73-11-47-991-150)
Subtask 73-11-47-210-050
A. Examine the rigid fuel tubes with the inspection lamp and the inspection
mirror
(1) Examine the fuel tubes (1) and (2) for security of attachment.
(a) If the fuel tubes are loose, examine these items of damage, wear
and loss of torque:
1
_ The attachment bolts.
2
_ The attachment clips.
3
_ The lockwire that safeties the connectors.
4
_ The union nuts and the unions.
5
_ The attachment bracket.
(b) If one (some) of the items has (have) damage or wear, reject it
(them).
(2) Examine the rigid fuel tubes (1) and (2) connections for leaks. No
leaks are permitted.
(a) If leaks are found:
1
_ Examine the attachment bolts and the union nuts for loss of
torque.
2
_ If there is a loss of torque, examine the attachment bolts and
the union nuts for damage and wear.
3
_ If damage or wear is found, reject it (them).
(3) Examine the general condition of the rigid fuel tubes (1) and (2)
(a) Examine the fuel tubes for cracks, dents or damage.
1
_ If the tube(s) has (have) cracks, reject it (them).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-47

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

2
_ If the tube(s) has (have) damage or dents, reject it (them).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-11-47-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-47

Page 605
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

FUEL TUBES - FLEXIBLE, POWER PLANT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________
TASK 73-11-48-000-010
Removal of the Power Plant Flexible Fuel Tubes
_______
ONE HOUR.
_______
_______
PARTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-11-48-991-151 Fig. 401

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-48

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-11-48-941-055
1(2).
Subtask 73-11-48-010-056
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-11-48-020-052
A. Remove the flexible fuel tubes

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-11-48-991-151)
(1) Remove the spacer block assembly (5) as follows:
(a) Turn the screw (3) anti-clockwise and release the steel band (4)
from around the spacer block.
(b) Remove the spacer block from around the fuel tubes (1) and (2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-48

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Flexible Fuel Tubes

Figure 401/TASK 73-11-48-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-48

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Remove the fuel tube (1) as follows:

_______
DAMAGE TO THE RIGID FUEL TUBE.
(a) Disconnect the fuel tube from the union (14) on the mounting
bracket (13). Drain the fuel into the clean container, capacity 1
USgal (4 L).
(b) Remove the bolts (6) and the washers (7) that attach the fuel
tube to the pylon interface.
(c) Remove the fuel tube and discard the gasket (8).
(3) Remove the fuel tube (2) as follows:

_______
DAMAGE TO THE RIGID FUEL TUBE.
(a) Disconnect the fuel tube from the union (12) on the mounting
bracket. Drain the fuel into the clean container, capacity 1
USgal (4 L).
(b) Remove the bolts (11) and the washers (10) that attach the fuel
tube to the pylon interface.
(c) Remove the fuel tube and discard the gasket (9).
Subtask 73-11-48-620-050
B. Install the applicable caps/covers/plugs on all the openings.
(1) Put the applicable caps/covers/plugs on all the openings.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-48

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-11-48-400-010
Installation of the Power Plant Flexible Fuel Tubes
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)
(2.00 to 20.00 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

approved engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-48

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-30-00-918-010 Consumable Materials Index
73-11-48-991-151 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-11-48-941-056
1(2).
Subtask 73-11-48-010-057
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-48

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-11-48-630-050
C. Remove the applicable covers/caps/plugs from all the openings.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-11-48-420-052
A. Install the flexible fuel tubes

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-11-48-991-151)
(1) Install the fuel tube (1) as follows:
(a) Put the fuel tube in the correct position for installation.
(b) Connect the fuel tube to the union (14) on the mounting bracket
(13). Tighten the fuel tube with your hand.
(c) Apply approved engine oil (Material No. V10-077) (Ref. TASK 70-
30-00-918-010) to the threads of the bolts (6).
(d) Put a new gasket (8) on the fuel tube (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-
010).
(e) Attach the fuel tube to the pylon interface with the washers (7)
and the bolts (6).
(f) TORQUE the bolts (6) to 35 lbf.in (0.39 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-
11-911-013).

_______
DAMAGE TO THE RIGID FUEL HOSES.
(g) TORQUE the fuel tube connector to between 470 and 510 lbf.in
(5.31 and 5.76 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(2) Install the fuel tube (2) as follows:
(a) Put the fuel tube in the correct position for installation.
(b) Connect the fuel tube to the union (12) on the mounting bracket.
Tighten the fuel tube with your hand.
(c) Apply approved engine oil (Material No. V10-077) (Ref. TASK 70-
30-00-918-010) to the threads of the bolts (11).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-48

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(d) Put a new gasket (9) on the fuel tube (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-
010).
(e) Attach the fuel tube to the pylon interface with the washers (10)
and the bolts (11).
(f) TORQUE the bolts (11) to 100 lbf.in (1.13 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-
23-11-911-013).

_______
DAMAGE TO THE RIGID FUEL HOSES.
(g) TORQUE the fuel tube connector to between 1000 and 1100 lbf.in
(11.30 and 12.43 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(3) Install the spacer block assembly (5) as follows:
(a) Put the spacer block around the fuel tubes in the correct
position for installation.
(b) Attach the steel band (4) around the spacer block and turn the
screw (3) clockwise until it is in the locked position.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-11-48-410-054
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-48

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-11-48-790-050
(1) Do an idle leak check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-012).

____

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-48

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

FUEL TUBES - FLEXIBLE, POWER PLANT - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________________________________
TASK 73-11-48-200-010
General Check of the Power Plant Flexible Fuel Tubes
_______
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for a general check of the power plant
flexible fuel tubes without component removal.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-11-48-991-150 Fig. 601

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-48

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-11-48-941-051
1(2).
Subtask 73-11-48-010-052
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 73-11-48-110-050
C. Clean the fuel tubes
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Clean the flexible fuel hoses

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 73-11-48-991-150)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-48

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Power-Plant Flexible-Fuel-Hoses
Figure 601/TASK 73-11-48-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-48

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Use a lint free cloth made moist with cleaning fluid (Material No.
V01-002) to clean the flexible fuel hoses (1) and (2).
(3) Dry the fuel tubes with a clean lint free cloth.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 73-11-48-991-150)
Subtask 73-11-48-210-050
A. Examine the flexible fuel hoses with the inspection lamp and inspection
mirror
(1) Examine the fuel hoses (1) and (2) for security of attachment
(a) If the fuel hoses are loose, examine these items for damage, wear
and loss of torque:
1
_ The attachment bolts.
2
_ The attachment clips.
3
_ The lockwire that safeties the connectors.
4
_ The union nuts and the unions.
(b) If one (some) of the items has (have) damage or wear, reject it
(them).
(2) Examine the flexible fuel hoses (1) and (2) connections for leaks.
Leaks are not permitted
(a) If leaks are found:
1
_ Examine the attachment bolts and the union nuts for loss of
torque.
2
_ If there is a loss of torque, examine the attachment bolts and
the union nuts for damage and wear.
3
_ If damage or wear is found reject it (them).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-48

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Examine the general condition of the flexible fuel hoses (1) and (2)
(a) Examine the fuel hoses for cracks, breaks or damage
1
_ If the tube(s) has (have) cracks, reject it (them).
2
_ If the tube(s) has (have) damage or breaks, reject it (them).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-11-48-410-051
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-48

Page 605
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

FUEL TUBES - ENGINE - INSPECTION/CHECK
______________________________________
TASK 73-11-49-200-010
Inspection of the Engine Fuel Tubes
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK supplies the data for the inspection of the engine fuel tubes.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

79-21-43-000-010 Removal of the Fuel Cooled Oil Cooler (6003EM).
73-11-49-991-152 Fig. 601
73-11-49-991-153 Fig. 602

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-49

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-11-49-941-053
1(2).
Subtask 73-11-49-010-052
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 73-11-49-040-050

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-49

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-11-49-010-053

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-11-49-210-050
A. Visually examine the engine fuel tubes for dents, nicks, fretting and
scoring.
(1) Dents:
(a) Smooth dents of a large area relative to depth:
1
_ That does not decrease the diameter of the tube by more than
10 percent at one point, accept it.
2
_ That decrease the diameter of the tube by more than 10 percent
at one point, reject it.
3
_ When they are not within one diameter or 0.5 in. (12.7 mm),
whichever is the greater, from the tube end fitting, accept
it.
4
_ When they are within one diameter or 0.5 in. (12.7 mm),
whichever is the greater, of the tube end fitting, reject it.
(b) Smooth dents of a small area up to 0.125 in.2 (80.6 mm2):
1
_ With a smooth bottom and not more than 0.015 in. (0.38 mm) or
less in depth on the external surface of a bend, accept it.
2
_ When their depth is more than 0.015 in. (0.38 mm) on the
external surface of a bend, reject it.
3
_ With a smooth bottom and not more than 0.025 in. (0.63 mm) or
less in depth on other sections of the tube, accept it.
4
_ When their depth is more than 0.025 in. (0.63 mm) reject it.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-49

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5
_ When they are not within one diameter or 0.5 in. (12.7 mm),
whichever is the greater, from the tube end fitting, accept
it.
6
_ When they are within one diameter or 0.5 in. (12.7 mm),
whichever is the greater, from the tube end fitting, reject
it.
(c) Dents which are not smooth, reject them.
(2) Nicks:
(a) With a smooth bottom and not more than 0.004 in. (0.10 mm) in
depth and all burrs have been removed, accept it.
(b) With a bottom that is not smooth or is more than 0.004 in. (0.10
mm) in depth, reject it.
(c) On the external surface of a bend, reject it.
(3) Fretting:
(a) All tube, except in (b)
1
_ Accept fretting up to maximum of 0.004 in. (0.1015 mm).
(b) Fuel tube FCOC to pump at clipping point CP0795.

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 73-11-49-991-152)
1
_ Accept fretting up to 0.008 in. (0.2031 mm) only if SBE
73-0060 is incorporated.
(c) Reject tubes with fretting in excess of (a) and (b).
Subtask 73-11-49-210-052
B. Visually Examine the Internal Housing Surface

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 73-11-49-991-153)
(1) Wear on the housings (1), (2) and (3).
(a) Remove the housings (1), (2) or (3) (Ref. TASK 79-21-43-000-010).
(2) Not more than 0.004 in. (0.10 mm) in depth, accept it.
(3) More than 0.004 in. (0.10 mm) in depth, reject it.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-49

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Tube - FCOC to Pump

Figure 601/TASK 73-11-49-991-152

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-49

Page 605
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Internal Housing Surface

Figure 602/TASK 73-11-49-991-153

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-49

Page 606
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(4) Install the fuel tubes and the housings (1), (2) and (3) (Ref. TASK
79-21-43-400-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-11-49-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Remove the ground support equipment

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 73-11-49-440-050
Subtask 73-11-49-410-052
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-11-49

Page 607
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

PUMPS - LP/HP FUEL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________
TASK 73-12-41-000-010
Removal of the Low Pressure (LP)/High Pressure (HP) Fuel Pump (2001EM1)
_______
_______
ONE HOUR.
WARNING : BE CAREFUL DURING THE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION OF THE LP/HP FUEL PUMP

_______
BECAUSE IT WEIGHS 30.5lb (13.8kg).
_______
PARTS.
_______
FUEL SYSTEM.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific covers, caps, plugs

IAE1R18003 1 WRENCH

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-41

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-11-47-000-010 Removal of the Rigid Fuel Tube, Aircraft to the LP
Pump
73-11-47-000-011 Removal of the Rigid Fuel Tube, Fuel Diverter and
Return Valve (FDRV) 4018KS
73-22-52-000-010 Removal of the Fuel Metering Unit (FMU) (4000KC)
73-31-17-000-010 Removal of the Fuel Flow Transmitter (4010KS)
73-12-41-991-150 Fig. 401
73-12-41-991-152 Fig. 402
73-12-41-991-162 Fig. 403
73-12-41-991-164 Fig. 404
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-12-41-941-052
1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-41

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-12-41-010-057
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-12-41-010-058
A. Removal of the Fuel Metering Unit (FMU)
(1) Remove the FMU (1) (Ref. TASK 73-22-52-000-010)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-12-41-991-150)
(a) Remove the electrical connectors and the tubes from the FMU (1).
(b) Remove the FMU (1) from the fuel pump.
Subtask 73-12-41-020-057
B. Removal of the Fuel Tube and Disconnection of the Rigid Fuel Tubes
(1) Remove the fuel tube (11).

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 73-12-41-991-152)
Pre SBE 73-0078
(a) Remove the bolt (23), the nut (21) and the washer (22) which
attach the clip (24) to the bracket at detail E.
(b) Remove the bolt (28), the clipnut (25), the spacer (30) and the
washer (27) which attach the clips (26) and (29) to the bracket
at detail G.
(c) Remove the bolt (32), the nut (34) and the washers (31) and (33)
which attach the clip (35) to the lug at detail H.
(d) Remove the bolt (36), the nut (38) and the washer (40) which
attach the clips (37) and (39) to the lug at detail I.
(e) Remove the bolt (46), the nut (43) the washers (42) and (45)
which attach the clips (41) and (44) to the lug at detail J.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-41

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

LP/HP Fuel Pump


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-41

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

LP/HP Fuel Pump


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-41

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Electrical Connectors and Fuel Tubes


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-41

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-41

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-41

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-41

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-41

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(f) Remove the bolt (49), the clipnut (47) and the washer (50) which
attach the clips (48) and (51) to the bracket at detail L.
(g) Cut out and discard the lockwire which safeties the union nut of
the fuel tube (61) to the fuel tube (11) at detail F.
(h) Disconnect the union nut of the fuel tube (61) from the fuel tube
(11) at detail F. Use the WRENCH (IAE1R18003).
(i) Cut and discard the lockwire which safeties the union nut of the
fuel tube (62) to the fuel tube (11) at detail K.
(j) Disconnect the union nut of the fuel tube (62) from the fuel tube
(11) at detail K.
(k) Cut and discard the lockwire which safeties the union nut of the
fuel tube (69) to the fuel tube (11) at detail D.
(l) Disconnect the union nut of the fuel tube (69) from the fuel tube
(11) at detail D. Use the WRENCH (IAE1R18003).
(m) Remove the three bolts (65) which attach the fuel tube (11) to
the FCOC at detail C.
(n) Remove and discard the sealing ring (68) from the fuel tube (11)
at detail C.
NOTE : Do not remove the restrictor (66) and the retaining ring
____
(67) from the fuel tube (11) at detail C.
(o) Remove the three bolts (63) which attach the fuel tube (11) to
the fuel pump at detail M.
(p) Remove and discard the sealing ring (64) from the fuel tube (11)
at detail M.
(q) Remove the fuel tube (11) from the fuel pump.
(2) Remove the fuel tubes (11) and (17)

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 73-12-41-991-152)
SBE 73-0078
(a) Remove the bolt (23), the nut (21) and the washer (22) which
attach the clip (24) to the bracket at detail E. Clipping point
0306.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-41

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) Remove the bolt (28), the clipnut (25), the spacer (30) and the
washer (27) which attach the clips (26) and (29) to the bracket
at detail G. Clipping point 0305.
(c) Remove the bolt (100), the spacer (102), the nut (103) and the
washer (105) which attach the clips (101) and (104) to the lug at
detail I. Clipping point 0304.
(d) Remove the bolt (112), the spacer (110), the nut (108) and the
washers (107) and (111) which attach the clips (106) and (109) to
the lug at detail J. Clipping point 0319.
(e) Remove the bolt (49), the clipnut (47) and the washer (50) which
attach the clips (48) and (51) to the bracket at detail L.
Clipping point 0302.
(f) Cut and discard the lockwire which safeties the union nut of the
fuel tube (61) to the fuel tube (117) at detail F.
(g) Disconnect the union nut of the fuel tube (61) from the fuel tube
(117) at detail F. Use WRENCH (IAE1R18003).
(h) Cut and discard the lockwire which safeties the union nut of the
fuel tube (69) to the fuel tube (117).
(i) Disconnect the union nut of the fuel tube (69) from the fuel tube
(117). Use WRENCH (IAE1R18003).
(j) Remove the three bolts (116) and three nuts (113) which attach
the fuel tube (11) to the fuel tube (117).
NOTE : Do not remove the restrictor (114) and the retaining ring
____
(118) from the fuel tube (11).
(k) Remove the three bolts (119) which attach the fuel tube (11) to
the FCOC.
(l) Remove and discard the sealing rings (110) and (115) from the
fuel tube (11).
(m) Remove the three bolts (120) which attach the fuel tube (117) to
the fuel pump at detail M.
(n) Remove and discard the sealing ring (121) from the fuel tube
(117) at detail M.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-41

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(o) Remove the fuel tube (117) from the fuel pump.
END of SBE
(3) Disconnect the rigid fuel tubes (73) and (71) from the FDRV and the
fuel pump (Ref. TASK 73-11-47-000-010) (Ref. TASK 73-11-47-000-011).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 73-12-41-991-162)
Subtask 73-12-41-010-059
C. Removal of the Fuel Flow Transmitter
(1) Remove the fuel flow transmitter (72) (Ref. TASK 73-31-17-000-010)
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 73-12-41-991-162)
NOTE : It is necessary to remove the fuel flow transmitter to make

____
sufficient space to remove the fuel pump.
Subtask 73-12-41-020-058
D. Removal of the Fuel Pump
(1) Remove the fuel pump (83).

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 73-12-41-991-164)
CAUTION : HOLD THE WEIGHT OF THE LP/HP FUEL PUMP DURING REMOVAL OF
_______
THE V-BAND CLAMP TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE PUMP SHAFT AND
SPLINE.
(a) Remove the clamps (82).
1
_ Disengage the fail-safe latch of the clamp (82) with a
screwdriver.
2
_ Remove the stiff-nut from the T-bolt.
3
_ Remove the clamp (82).
(b) Remove the fuel pump (83).
(c) Remove and discard the sealing rings (81) and (86).
(2) Put the applicable covers, caps, plugs on all of the openings.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-41

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Rigid Fuel Tubes and Fuel Flow Transmitter

Figure 403/TASK 73-12-41-991-162

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-41

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

LP/HP Fuel Pump

Figure 404/TASK 73-12-41-991-164

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-41

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-12-41-400-010
Installation of the Low Pressure (LP)/High Pressure (HP) Fuel Pump (2001EM1)
WARNING : DO NOT GET ENGINE OIL ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME. FLUSH THE OIL
_______
FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH
YOUR SKIN AND IN TO YOUR BODY.
WARNING : BE CAREFUL DURING THE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION OF THE LP/HP FUEL PUMP

_______
BECAUSE IT WEIGHS 30.5lb (13.8kg).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)
IAE1R18003 1 WRENCH
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V02-147 USA MS20995C32
petroleum jelly (Ref. 70-30-00)
liquid paraffin (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-41

Page 416
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
64 sealing ring 73-12-41 80A-050

64 sealing ring 73-12-41 80A-050A
64 sealing ring 73-12-41 80A-050B
64 sealing ring 73-12-41 80A-050C
64 sealing ring 73-12-41 80A-050D
64 sealing ring 73-12-41 80A-050E
68 sealing ring 73-12-41 80A-050
68 sealing ring 73-12-41 80A-050A
68 sealing ring 73-12-41 80A-050B
68 sealing ring 73-12-41 80A-050C
68 sealing ring 73-12-41 80A-050D
68 sealing ring 73-12-41 80A-050E
81 sealing ring 73-12-41 80A-080
86 sealing ring 73-12-41 80A-090
110 sealing ring 79-21-43 80A-060
115 sealing ring 73-12-41 81A-195
121 sealing ring 73-13-42 80 -180
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-11-47-400-010 Installation of the Rigid Fuel Tube, Aircraft to the
LP Pump
73-11-47-400-011 Installation of the Rigid Fuel Tube, Fuel Diverter
and Return Valve (FDRV) 4018KS to the Aircraft
73-31-17-400-010 Installation of the Fuel Flow Transmitter (4010KS)
73-12-41-991-150 Fig. 401
73-12-41-991-152 Fig. 402
73-12-41-991-162 Fig. 403
73-12-41-991-164 Fig. 404

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-41

Page 417
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-12-41-860-052
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 73-12-41-010-060
B. Make sure that the fan cowls are open (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-12-41-110-051
A. Cleaning of the LP/HP Fuel Pump Mounting Pad
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Use a lint free cloth, made moist with cleaning fluid (Material No.
V01-124), to clean the LP/HP fuel pump mounting pad on the gearbox.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-41

Page 418
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-12-41-420-056
B. Installation of the Fuel Pump
(1) Remove the covers/caps/plugs from all of the openings.
(2) Install the fuel pump (83).

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 73-12-41-991-164)
(a) Lubricate new sealing rings (81) and (86) with liquid paraffin
(Material No. V10-060) or petroleum jelly (Material No. V10-038).
(b) Install the new sealing ring (81) and sealing ring (86) in the
grooves of the fuel pump (83) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
(3) Install the pump on the adapter.
CAUTION : HOLD THE WEIGHT OF THE LP/HP FUEL PUMP UNTIL THE CLAMP IS
_______
FULLY INSTALLED TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE PUMP SHAFT AND
SPLINE.
(a) Align the spline shaft of the fuel pump (83) with the spline gear
of the gearbox.
(b) Align the aligning pin on the pump with the aligning hole in the
adapter (85).
(c) Install the pump (83) on the adapter (85).
(d) Put the clamp (82) around the flanges of the adapter (85) and the
fuel pump (83).
(e) Lock the clamp (82) on the flanges with the T-bolt, the trunnion
and the stiff-nut.
(f) Tighten the stiff-nut to engage with the fail-safe latch of the
clamp (82).
NOTE : The fail-safe latch clicks when it is engaged.

____
(g) TORQUE the stiff-nut to between 70 and 90 lbf.in (0.79 and 1.01
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 73-12-41-410-055
C. Install the fuel flow transmitter (62) (Ref. TASK 73-31-17-400-010).

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 73-12-41-991-162)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-41

Page 419
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-12-41-420-057
D. Connection of the Rigid Fuel Tubes and Installation of the Fuel Tube
(1) Connect the rigid fuel tubes (73) and (71) (Ref. TASK 73-11-47-400-
010) (Ref. TASK 73-11-47-400-011).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 73-12-41-991-162)
(2) Install the fuel tube (11).

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 73-12-41-991-152)
Pre SBE 73-0078
(a) Make sure that the restrictor (66) and the retaining ring (67)
are installed in the fuel tube (11) at detail C.
(b) Lubricate new sealing rings (64) and (68) with liquid paraffin
(Material No. V10-060) or petroleum jelly (Material No. V10-038)
at details C and M.
(c) Install the new sealing ring (64) and sealing ring (68) into the
grooves on the ends of the fuel tube (11) at details C and M.
(d) Attach the flange of the fuel tube (11) to the fuel pump with the
three bolts (63) at detail M.
Tighten the bolts lightly.
(e) Attach the flange of the fuel tube (11) to the FCOC with the
three bolts (65) at detail C.
(f) Connect the fuel tube (69) to the fuel tube (11) at detail D.
Tighten the union nut of the fuel tube (69) lightly.
(g) Connect the fuel tube (61) to the fuel tube (11) at detail F.
(h) Connect the fuel tube (62) to the fuel tube (11) at detail K.
(i) TORQUE the bolts (63) and (65) to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96
and 1.18 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(j) TORQUE the union nuts of the fuel tube (69) and (61) to between
013). Use the WRENCH (IAE1R18003).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-41

Page 420
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(k) TORQUE the union nut of the fuel tubes (62) to between 159 and
177 lbf.in (1.79 and 2.00 m.daN).
(l) Safety the union nuts of the fuel tube (69), (61) and (62) with
lockwire (Material No. V02-147) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).
(m) Attach the clip (24) to the bracket with the bolt (23), washer
(22) and nut (21) at detail E.
(n) Attach the clips (26) and (29) to the bracket with the bolt (28),
washer (27), spacer (30) and clipnut (25) at detail G.
(o) Attach the clip (35) to the lug with the bolt (32), washers (31)
and (33) and the nut (34) at detail H.
(p) Attach the clips (37) and (39) to the lug with the bolt (36),
washer (40) and nut (38) at detail I.
(q) Attach the clips (41) and (44) to the lug with the bolt (46),
washers (42) and (45) and nut (43) at detail J.
(r) Attach the clips (48) and (51) to the bracket with the bolt (49),
washer (50) and clipnut (47) at detail L.
(s) TORQUE the bolts (23), (28), (32), (36), (46) and (49) and nuts
(21), (34), (38) and (43) to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and
0.50 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(3) Install the fuel tubes (11) and (117)

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 73-12-41-991-152)
SBE 73-0078
(a) Make sure that the restrictor (114) and the retaining ring (118)
are installed in the fuel tube (11).
(b) Lubricate the new sealings rings (110), (115), and (121) with
liquid paraffin (Material No. V10-060) or petroleum jelly
(Material No. V10-038).
(c) Install the new sealing ring (110), sealing ring (115) and
sealing ring (121) in the grooves on the ends of the fuel tubes
(11) and (117).
(d) Attach the flange of the fuel tube (11) to the FCOC with the
three bolts (119). Tighten the bolts lightly.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-41

Page 421
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(e) Attach the flange of the fuel tube (117) to the fuel pump with
the three bolts (120). Tighten the bolts lightly.
(f) Attach the flange of the fuel tube (11) to the flange of the fuel
tube (117) with the three bolts (116) and the three nuts (113).
(g) Connect the fuel tube (69) to the fuel tube (117). Tighten the
union nut of the fuel tube (69) lightly.
(h) Connect the fuel tube (61) to the fuel tube (117). Tighten the
union nut of the fuel tube (61) lightly.
(i) TORQUE the bolts (116), (119) and (120) to between 85 and 105
(j) TORQUE the union nuts of the fuel tubes (69) and (61) to between
013). Use WRENCH (IAE1R18003).
(k) Safety the union nuts of the fuel tubes (69) and (61) with
(l) Attach the clip (24) to the bracket with the bolt (23), washer
(22) and nut (21) at detail E. Clipping point 0306.
(m) Attach the clips (26) and (29) to the bracket with the bolt (28),
washer (27), spacer (30) and clipnut (25) at detail G. Clipping
point 0305.
(n) Attach the clips (101) and (104) to the lug with the bolt (100),
washer (105), spacer (102) and nut (103) at detail I. Clipping
point 0304.
(o) Attach the clips (106) and (109) to the lug with the bolt (112),
washers (107) and (111), spacer (110) and nut (108) at detail J.
Clipping point 0319.
(p) Attach the clips (48) and (51) to the bracket with the bolt (49),
washer (50) and clipnut (47) at detail L. Clipping point 0302.
(q) TORQUE the bolts (23), (28), (100), (112) and (49) and nuts (21),
(103) and (108) to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.50 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-41

Page 422
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-12-41-410-056
E. Install the Fuel Metering Unit (FMU) (1) (Ref. TASK 73-22-52-400-010)
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-12-41-991-150)
(1) Install the FMU (1) to the fuel pump.
(2) Install the tubes and electrical connectors to the FMU (1).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-12-41-410-057
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AL
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AL
Subtask 73-12-41-790-052
B. Test Requirements

____

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-41

Page 423
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-12-41-000-011
Removal of the Adapter Housing
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific covers/caps/plugs
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-12-41-000-010 Removal of the Low Pressure (LP)/High Pressure (HP)
Fuel Pump (2001EM1)
73-12-41-991-166 Fig. 405
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-12-41-941-053

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-41

Page 424
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 73-12-41-010-061
B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 73-12-41-991-166)
Subtask 73-12-41-010-062
A. Remove the Low Pressure/High Pressure (LP/HP) fuel pump (Ref. TASK 73-12-
41-000-010).
Subtask 73-12-41-020-059
B. Removal of the adapter housing (227)

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 73-12-41-991-166)
(1) Remove the bolt (232) and the washer (233) which attach the clip
(231) to the bracket (234) at Detail AE.
(2) Remove the four nuts (222) and the four washers (221), the two nuts
(223) and the bracket (224).
(3) Remove the adapter housing (227).
(4) Remove and discard the sealing ring (226).
(5) Put the applicable covers/caps/plugs on all the openings.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-41

Page 425
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Adapter Housing
Figure 405/TASK 73-12-41-991-166

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-41

Page 426
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-12-41-400-011
Installation of the Adapter Housing
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
226 sealing ring 73-12-41 80A-150
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-12-41-400-010 Installation of the Low Pressure (LP)/High Pressure
(HP) Fuel Pump (2001EM1)
73-12-41-991-166 Fig. 405

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-41

Page 427
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-12-41-860-053
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 73-12-41-010-063
B. Make sure that the fan cowls are open (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-12-41-420-061
A. Installation of the adapter housing (227)

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 73-12-41-991-166)
(1) Remove the applicable covers/caps/plugs from all of the openings.
(2) Install a new sealing ring (226) (226) on the adapter housing (227)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
(3) Install the adapter housing (227) on the gearbox (225).
(4) Install the bracket (224), the two nuts (223), the four washers (221)
and the four nuts (222).
(5) TORQUE the nuts (222) and (223) to between 180 and 220 lbf.in (2.03
and 2.48 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(6) Attach the clip (231) to the bracket (234) with the bolt (232) and
the washer (233) at Detail AE.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-41

Page 428
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(7) TORQUE the bolt (232) to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.50
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 73-12-41-410-058
B. Install the LP/HP fuel pump (Ref. TASK 73-12-41-400-010).

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 73-12-41-991-166)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-12-41-410-059
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AL
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AL
Subtask 73-12-41-790-053

____

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-41

Page 429
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

FILTER ELEMENT - FUEL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________
TASK 73-12-42-920-010
Remove, Inspect for Contamination and Replace Main Fuel Filter
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 731000-I1
2. ______________________
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
73-12-42-000-010 Removal of the Fuel Filter Element (2000EM)

73-12-42-200-010 Visual Inspection of the Fuel Filter Element
73-12-42-400-010 Installation of the Fuel Filter Element (2000EM)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-12-42-869-050
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-12-42-020-050-A
A. Remove the fuel filter element (Ref. TASK 73-12-42-000-010).
Subtask 73-12-42-210-055-A
B. Do a check for fuel contamination (Ref. TASK 73-12-42-200-010).
Subtask 73-12-42-420-051-A
C. Install a new fuel filter element (Ref. TASK 73-12-42-400-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-42

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-12-42-000-010
Removal of the Fuel Filter Element (2000EM)
_______
_______
ONE HOUR.
_______
PARTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific cover
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-12-42-200-010 Visual Inspection of the Fuel Filter Element
73-12-42-991-151 Fig. 401

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-42

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-12-42-941-051
1(2).
Subtask 73-12-42-865-054
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1000EM1
49VU ENGINE/1/HP FUEL SOV 1KC1 A01
FOR 1000EM2
49VU ENGINE/2/HP FUEL SOV 1KC2 A02
Subtask 73-12-42-010-052
C. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-42

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-12-42-680-051
A. Drain the Fuel.
CAUTION : DO NOT PUT FUEL THAT HAS BEEN DRAINED FROM THE ENGINE BACK IN
_______
TO THE FUEL SYSTEM.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-12-42-991-151)

SBE 79-0086
(1) Drain the fuel from Fuel Cooled Oil Cooler (FCOC).
(a) Cut and discard the wire which safeties the fuel drain plug (6)
to the fuel plug.
NOTE : Do not cut the wire which safeties the fuel plug to the
____
cap assembly (8).
(b) Put the container 2 USgal (8l) minimum capacity in position to

catch the drained fuel.
(c) Remove the fuel drain plug (6) from the fuel plug and drain the
fuel in the clean container.
(d) Remove and discard the sealing ring (5).
Subtask 73-12-42-020-052
B. Removal of the Fuel Filter Element.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-12-42-991-151)
(1) Remove the cap assembly (8) from the FCOC.
(a) Remove the twelve nuts (1) and the washers (2) which attach the
cap assembly (8) to the flange of the FCOC. Take care to remove
the nuts gradually and smoothly in a symmetrical sequence so a
single nut is never subjected to the total spring force on the
cap. This also ensures that the components move apart gradually
and do not become damaged.
(b) Remove the cap assembly and discard the sealing ring (4).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-42

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Filter Element

Figure 401/TASK 73-12-42-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-42

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Remove the fuel filter element (3) from the FCOC.
(a) Do a visual inspection of the fuel filter element for signs of

contamination (Ref. TASK 73-12-42-200-010).
(b) Discard the fuel filter element (3).
Subtask 73-12-42-210-051
C. Do an inspection of the cap assembly (8), FCOC mating faces, bolts (1)
and screw thread inserts (8), paying particular attention to any
contamination from debris.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-12-42-991-151)
(1) Examine the cap assembly (8) mating face.
(a) If damaged, reject the FCOC.
(2) Examine the sealing ring location on the cap assembly (8).
(3) Examine the FCOC mating face.
Subtask 73-12-42-620-051
D. Put the applicable cover on the opening of the FCOC.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-42

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-12-42-400-010
Installation of the Fuel Filter Element (2000EM)
_______
_______
THROUGH YOUR SKIN AND INTO YOUR BODY.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

corrosion resistant steel lockwire (Ref. 70-30-00)
approved engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-42

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 fuel filter element 73-12-42 80B-050

3 fuel filter element 73-12-42 80B-050A
3 fuel filter element 73-12-42 80C-050
3 fuel filter element 73-12-42 80C-050A
4 sealing ring 73-12-42 80B-040
4 sealing ring 73-12-42 80C-040
5 sealing ring 73-12-42 80B-070
5 sealing ring 73-12-42 80C-070
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-12-42-991-151 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-12-42-860-051
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-42

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-12-42-010-053
B. Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 73-12-42-630-051
C. Make sure that the cover is removed from the Fuel Cooled Oil Cooler
(FCOC).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-12-42-420-052
A. Installation of the Fuel Filter Element.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-12-42-991-151)
(1) Carefully install the new fuel filter element (3) into the opening of
the FCOC housing.
NOTE : Make sure that the fuel filter element is in the correct
____
position in the FCOC housing.
Subtask 73-12-42-210-053
B. Do an inspection of the cap assembly (8), FCOC mating faces.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-12-42-991-151)
(1) Examine the cap assembly (8) mating face.
(2) Examine the sealing ring location on the cap assembly (8).
(3) Examine the FCOC mating face.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-42

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-12-42-410-053
C. Install the cap assembly (8).

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-12-42-991-151)
Post SBE 79-0086
(1) Lubricate the new sealing ring (4) with approved engine oil (Material
No. V10-077) and install it in the groove of the cap assembly (8)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010). Make sure that the sealing ring is not
twisted when it is installed.
(2) Make sure that the end seal outer diameter of the fuel filter element
is aligned with the internal diameter of the cap assembly.
(3) Put the cap assembly (8) on the flange of the FCOC.
(4) Make sure that the cap assembly (8) is correctly installed and the
holes aligned.
(5) Install the washers (2) and the nuts (1), initially fitting by hand.
Gradually tighten the nuts in a symmetrical sequence so a single nut
is never subjected to the total spring force on the cap assembly.
(6) TORQUE the nuts to between 85 and 95 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.07 m.daN)
adhering strictly (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013). Torque the nuts
evenly and smoothly in a symmetrical sequence. This will ensure that
the components move together gradually and do not become damaged
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(7) Install the fuel drain plug (6).
(8) Lubricate the new sealing ring (5) with clean approved engine oil
(Material No. V10-077) and install it to the fuel drain plug (6)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
(9) Install the fuel drain plug (6) to the fuel plug (7).
(10) TORQUE the fuel drain plug to between 110 and 120 lbf.in (1.24 and
1.35 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(11) Safety the fuel drain plug to the fuel plug with corrosion resistant
steel lockwire (Material No. V02-147) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-42

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-12-42-410-051
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 73-12-42-790-051
B. Do an idle leak check of the FCOC housing (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-012).

Leaks are not permitted.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-42

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

FILTER ELEMENT - FUEL - INSPECTION/CHECK
________________________________________
TASK 73-12-42-200-010
Visual Inspection of the Fuel Filter Element
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for the visual inspection of the fuel filter
element. You must also do this visual inspection after each removal of the
fuel filter element related to an ECAM warning Fuel Filter Clog or when
you find contamination at the bottom of the fuel filter cover during any
replacement of the fuel filter, whatever the reason.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-00-00-200-013 Borescope Inspection of inside of Combustion Chamber

and HP turbine stage 1 Vanes
72-00-00-200-014 Borescope Inspection of the Stage 1 HPT Blades
72-00-00-200-015 Borescope Inspection of the Stage 2 HPT Blades
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-12-42-020-057
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-12-42-210-061
A. Identification of Various Types of Contamination
(1) Contamination by solids in small amounts (dirt, sand, metallic

particles or sealant particles):
NOTE : This can be considered as normal contamination of the engine

____
mainfuel filter.
(a) Install Fuel Filter Element (Ref. TASK 73-12-42-400-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-42

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Contamination by solid in large amounts such as dirt, sand, metallic
particles or sealant particles (No visible bronze particles).
NOTE : Possible causes are contaminated fuel, contaminated aircraft

____
fuel tank(s), damaged aircraft boost pump, foreign material
etc.
(b) Do a check of the fuel filter element on the opposite engine.
(c) Do a check of the aircraft fuel tanks and clean them.
(3) Contamination by black sludge or slimy materials.
NOTE : This contamination can be due to fungus growth.

____
(c) Do a check of the aircraft fuel tanks and clean them. Flush the
fuel lines and do a biocidal shock treatment.
(4) Contamination by bronze particles.
NOTE : Bronze particles are a sign of engine damage, specifically a

____
failure of the LP/HP Fuel Pump. If you do not do maintenance,
more damage will occur to the engine. It will then be
necessary to replace the fuel system components.
(a) Do a check of the fuel system for contamination.
(c) Do a check of the aircraft fuel tanks and clean them.
NOTE : This kind of contamination can potentially or totally

____
block the fuel nozzle. The following inspections should be
carried out. Details of appropriate action referring to
engine or part removal are provided in the following
tasks.
(d) Do an inspection of the Combustion Chamber and HPT First Stage

Vanes (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-42

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(e) Do an inspection of the Stage 1 HPT Blades (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-
200-014).
(f) Do an inspection of the Stage 2 HPT Blades (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-

200-015).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-12-42

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

NOZZLE - FUEL (2005EM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________
TASK 73-13-41-000-010
Removal of the Fuel Nozzle (2005EM1 through 2005EM20)
_______
ONE HOUR.
_______
_______
PARTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific clean container - minimum capacity 1 USgal (4 l)

No specific covers

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-13-41-991-150 Fig. 401
73-13-41-991-151 Fig. 402
73-13-41-991-152 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-13-41-941-050
1(2).
Subtask 73-13-41-010-052
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-13-41-040-051

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 73-13-41-010-050

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-13-41-020-050
A. Remove the Fuel Nozzle:
(1) Disconnect the fuel supply tubes from the fuel nozzles at the
location 1 and 2
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-13-41-991-151,
403/TASK 73-13-41-991-152)
(2) Put the clean container - minimum capacity 1 USgal (4 l) in to

position to catch the drained fuel.
(a) Disconnect the fuel supply tubes (17) from the distribution valve
(13).
(b) Remove the gasket (16), the packings (12) and the transfer tube
(15).
(c) Discard the gasket (16) and the packings (12).
(d) Remove the lockwire and disconnect the fuel supply tube (9) from
the fuel nozzle (1) that is to be removed.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Nozzle
Figure 401/TASK 73-13-41-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Nozzle Locations

Figure 402/TASK 73-13-41-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Distribution Valve

Figure 403/TASK 73-13-41-991-152

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(e) Remove the lockwire and disconnect the fuel supply tube from the
adjacent fuel nozzle.
(f) Remove the two clamps (6) to prevent damage to the tube when you
remove the fuel nozzle.
(g) Remove the gaskets (10) from the fuel nozzles.
(h) Discard the gaskets (10).
(i) Remove the transfer tubes (11) from the two fuel nozzles.
(j) Remove the packings (3) from the transfer tubes.
(k) Discard the packings (3).
(3) Remove the fuel nozzle at location 1 or 2 from the diffuser case
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-13-41-991-151)
(a) Remove the lockwire and remove the bolts (5) which attach the
fuel nozzle or the fuel nozzle and bracket to the diffuser case.
(b) Remove the bracket (4) from the fuel nozzle at location 2.
NOTE : Make a mark to show the position of the bracket. This will
____
make the installation of the fuel nozzle easier.
(c) Remove the fuel nozzle (1).
(d) Remove the gasket (2) from the fuel nozzle (1).
(e) Discard the gasket (2).
Subtask 73-13-41-020-051
B. Remove the Fuel Nozzle:
location 3 and 4
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-13-41-991-151,
403/TASK 73-13-41-991-152)
(13).
(15).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(f) Remove the clamps (6) to prevent damage to the tube when you
(i) Remove the transfer tubes (11) from the two fuel nozzles.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-13-41-991-151)
(b) Remove the bracket at fuel nozzle location 3 away from the fuel
nozzle.
Subtask 73-13-41-020-052
C. Remove the Fuel Nozzle:
location 5 and 6
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-13-41-991-151,
403/TASK 73-13-41-991-152)
(13).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) Remove the gasket (16), the packings (12) and the tranfer tube
(15).
(f) Remove the gaskets (10) from the fuel nozzles.
(g) Discard the gaskets (10).
(h) Remove the transfer tubes (11) from the fuel nozzles.
(i) Remove the packings (3) from the transfer tubes.
(j) Discard the packings (3).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-13-41-991-151)
(b) Move the bracket at fuel nozzle location 5 away from the fuel
nozzle.
Subtask 73-13-41-020-053
D. Remove the Fuel Nozzle:
location 7 and 8
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-13-41-991-151,
403/TASK 73-13-41-991-152)
(13).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(15).
(f) Remove the manifold completely.
(i) Remove the transfer tubes (11) from the fuel nozzles.
(2) Remove the fuel nozzle at location 7, 8, 9 or 10 from the diffuser

case
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-13-41-991-151)
(b) Remove the fuel nozzle (1).
(c) Remove the gasket (2) from the fuel nozzle (1).
(d) Discard the gasket (2).
Subtask 73-13-41-020-054
E. Remove the Fuel Nozzle:
location 11 and 12
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-13-41-991-151,
403/TASK 73-13-41-991-152)
(13).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(15).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-13-41-991-151)
(b) Remove the bracket (4) from the fuel nozzle at location 11.
NOTE : Make a mark to show the position of the bracket. This will
____
make the installation of the fuel nozzle easier.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-13-41-020-055
F. Remove the Fuel Nozzle:
location 13 and 14
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-13-41-991-151,
403/TASK 73-13-41-991-152)
(13).
(15).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-13-41-991-151)
nozzle.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-13-41-020-056
G. Remove the Fuel Nozzle:
location 15 and 16
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-13-41-991-151)
(a) Remove the lockwire and disconnect the fuel supply tube (9) from
the fuel nozzle that is to be removed.
(b) Remove the lockwire and disconnect the fuel supply tube from the
(c) Remove the clamps (6) that is nearest the fuel nozzles to prevent
damage to the tube when you remove the fuel nozzle.
(d) Remove the gaskets (10) from the fuel nozzles.
(e) Discard the gaskets (10).
(f) Remove the transfer tubes (11) from the fuel nozzles.
(g) Remove the packings (3) from the transfer tubes.
(h) Discard the packings (3).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-13-41-991-151)
(b) Remove the fuel nozzle (1).
(c) Remove the gasket (2) from the fuel nozzle (1).
(d) Discard the gasket (2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-13-41-020-057
H. Remove the Fuel Nozzle:
location 17 and 18
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-13-41-991-151)
(c) Remove the clamps (6) that are nearest the 12 oclock position to
prevent damage to the tube when you remove the fuel nozzle.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-13-41-991-151)
nozzle.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-13-41-020-058
J. Remove the Fuel Nozzle:
location 19 and 20
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-13-41-991-151)
(c) Remove the clamps (6) that is nearest the fuel nozzles to prevent
damage to the tube when you remove the fuel nozzle.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-13-41-991-151)
nozzle.
(f) Remove the container.
(g) Discard the drained fuel.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-13-41-620-050
K. Install covers to all exposed openings.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 416
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-13-41-400-010
Installation of the Fuel Nozzle (2005EM1 through 2005EM20)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)
(2.00 to 20.00 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

anti-galling compound (Ref. 70-30-00)
petrolatum, white (Ref. 70-30-00)
fluid, leak test (Ref. 70-30-00)
serie engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 417
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 gasket 73-13-41 80A-060

2 gasket, option 73-13-41 80A-060
2 Gasket 73-13-41 80A-060
2 gasket 73-13-41 80A-060A
2 gasket, option 73-13-41 80A-060A
2 Gasket 73-13-41 80A-060A
2 gasket 73-13-41 80A-060B
2 gasket, option 73-13-41 80A-060B
2 Gasket 73-13-41 80A-060B
3 packing 73-13-41 80A-020
3 packing 73-13-41 80A-020A
10 packing 73-11-49 84A-090
10 gasket 73-13-41 80A-010
12 O-ring 73-11-49 74A-020
12 packing 73-13-41 80A-020
12 packing 73-13-41 80A-020A
16 gasket 73-13-41 80A-070
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-13-41-991-150 Fig. 401
73-13-41-991-151 Fig. 402
73-13-41-991-152 Fig. 403
73-13-41-991-153 Fig. 404

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 418
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-13-41-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 73-13-41-010-051
B. Get Access
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(2) Make sure that the thrust reverser halves are open: (Ref. TASK 78-32-
00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 73-13-41-040-050
deactivated: (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012)
4. Procedure
_________
CAUTION : WHEN YOU REPLACE A FUEL MANIFOLD, IT IS VERY IMPORTANT THAT THE
_______
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION PROCEDURES GIVEN IN THIS MANUAL MUST BE
FOLLOWED TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE FUEL MANIFOLD WHEN IT IS REMOVED
OR INSTALLED. IT CAN BE NECESSARY TO REMOVE MORE ITEMS TO GET MORE
ACCESS TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE MANIFOLD.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 419
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

CAUTION : WHEN YOU REPLACE THE PACKINGS, ONTO THE TRANSFER TUBES WHEN YOU
_______
INSTALL A MANIFOLD IT IS IMPORTANT TO MAKE SURE NO PIECES OF THE
OLD PACKING STAY IN THE INLET PORT OF THE FUEL NOZZLES.
Subtask 73-13-41-630-050
A. Remove all covers from the openings.
Subtask 73-13-41-420-050
B. Install the Fuel Nozzle:
(1) Install the fuel nozzle at location 1 or 2 in to the diffuser case

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-13-41-991-151)
(a) Install a new gasket (2) to the fuel nozzle (1) (Ref. TASK 70-23-
13-911-010).
(b) Install the fuel nozzle (1).
(c) Install the bracket (4) on the fuel nozzle at location 2.
(d) Lubricate the threads of the bolts (5) with serie engine oil
(e) Install the bolts (5) that attach the fuel nozzle at location 1
or the fuel nozzle and bracket at location 2 to the diffuser
case.
(f) TORQUE the bolts (5) to between 65 and 85 lbf.in (0.73 and 0.96
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(g) Safety the bolts (5) with corrosion resistant steel lockwire
(Material No. V02-141) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).
(2) Install the fuel supply tubes to the fuel nozzles at locations 1 and
2
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-13-41-991-151,
403/TASK 73-13-41-991-152)
(a) Apply petrolatum, white (Material No. V10-041) to the new

packings (3).
(b) Install the new packing (3) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010) to the
fuel transfer tubes (11).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 420
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) Put a gasket (10) over the transfer tubes (11) (Ref. TASK 70-23-
13-911-010) and install the transfer tubes (11) on to the fuel
nozzles (1).
(d) Apply anti-galling compound (Material No. V10-031), to the

shoulders of the end fittings on the fuel supply tubes.
(e) Install the fuel supply tube (9) to the fuel nozzle (1) that you
removed.
(f) Install the fuel supply tubes (9) to the adjacent fuel nozzle
(1). Tighten with your hand, do not torque.
(g) Apply petrolatum, white (Material No. V10-041) to the new

packings (12).
(h) Install the new packing (12) to the transfer tube (15) (Ref. TASK
70-23-13-911-010).
(i) Install the transfer tube (15) to the adaptor (14) on the fuel
distribution valve (13).
(j) Install a new gasket (16) on to the conical seat on the end of
the adaptor (14) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
(k) Apply anti-galling compound (Material No. V10-031) to the

shoulder of the fuel supply tube (17).
(l) Connect the fuel supply tube (17) to the adaptor (14).
(m) Pressurize the fuel system and check for leaks (Refer to step
L.).
(n) TORQUE the tube nuts at the fuel nozzles to between 205 and 225
(o) TORQUE the tube nuts at the fuel nozzles again, to between 205
and 225 lbf.in (2.31 and 2.54 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013)
NOTE : Do not loosen the tube nuts before you torque them again.
____
(p) Continue to torque the tube nuts until the tube nuts hold the
necessary torque (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013). If a nut does not
hold torque after four torque procedures, replace the fuel supply
tubes.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 421
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(q) TORQUE the tubes nuts:
CAUTION : WHEN YOU USE THE IAE 1P16139 WRENCH, THE CORRECT TORQUE
_______
WILL HAVE TO BE CALCULATED USING THE FORMULA IN THE
STANDARD PRACTICES SECTION OF THIS MANUAL.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO THE PROCEDURE THAT FOLLOWS TO

_______
CORRECTLY TORQUE THE FUEL MANIFOLD COUPLING NUTS.
INCORRECT TORQUE COULD RESULT IN DAMAGE TO ENGINE
PARTS.
1
_ TORQUE the fuel manifold tube nuts with the WRENCH-TIGHTEN
(IAE1P16139), at the fuel distribution valve to between 85 and
(r) Continue to torque the tube nuts until the nuts hold the
necessary torque. If a nut will not hold the torque after four
torque procedures, replace the fuel supply tube.
(s) Safety the tube nuts at the fuel nozzles and at the fuel
distribution valve with corrosion resistant steel lockwire
(t) Apply serie engine oil (Material No. V10-077) to the threads of
the bolts (8).
(u) Install the two clamps (6) with the bolts (8) and the nuts (7).
(v) TORQUE the bolts (8) to between 36 and 40 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.45
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013)
Subtask 73-13-41-420-051
C. Install the Fuel Nozzle:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-13-41-991-151)
(a) Install a new gasket, option (2) to the fuel nozzle (1)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
(Material No. V10-077) .

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 422
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(e) Install the bolts (5) that attach the fuel nozzle and bracket at
location 3 or the fuel nozzle at location 4 to the diffuser case.
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
4
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-13-41-991-151,
403/TASK 73-13-41-991-152)

packings (3).
nozzles (1).

removed.
(f) Install the fuel supply tube (9) to the adjacent fuel nozzle (1).
Tighten with your hand, do not torque.

packings (12).
70-23-13-911-010).

shoulder of the feel supply tube (17).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 423
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(m) Pressurize the fuel system and check for leaks (Refer to step L.)
____
tubes.
(q) TORQUE the tube nuts:
_______

_______
PARTS.
1
_ TORQUE the fuel manifold tube nuts with the WRENCH-TIGHTEN
(IAE1P16139) at the fuel distribution valve to between 85 and
the bolts (8).
(u) Install the clamp (6) with the bolt (8) and the nut (7).
(v) TORQUE the bolt (8) to between 36 and 40 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.45
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 424
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-13-41-420-052
D. Install the Fuel Nozzle:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-13-41-991-151)
13-911-010).
location 5 or the fuel nozzle at location 6 to the diffuser case.
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
6
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-13-41-991-151,
403/TASK 73-13-41-991-152)

packings (3).
nozzles (1).

removed.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 425
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


packings (12).
70-23-13-911-010).

L.).
____
tubes.
_______

_______
PARTS.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 426
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1
_ TORQUE the fuel manifold tube nuts with WRENCH-TIGHTEN
(IAE1P16139) at the fuel distribution valve (Ref. TASK 70-40-
11-911-014) to between 85 and 95 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.07 m.daN).
Subtask 73-13-41-420-053
E. Install the Fuel Nozzle:
(1) Install the fuel nozzle at location 7, 8, 9 or 10 in to the diffuser

case
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-13-41-991-151)
13-911-010).
(c) Lubricate the threads of the bolts (5) with serie engine oil
(d) Install the bolts (5) that attach the fuel nozzle to the diffuser
case.
(e) TORQUE the bolts (5) to between 65 and 85 lbf.in (0.73 and 0.96
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(f) Safety the bolts (5) with corrosion resistant steel lockwire
(2) Install the fuel supply tubes to the fuel nozzles at locations 7, 8,
9 or 10
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-13-41-991-151,
403/TASK 73-13-41-991-152)

packings (3).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 427
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

nozzles (1).

(e) Install the fuel supply tubes (9) to the fuel nozzle (1) that you
removed.

packings (12).
70-23-13-911-010).

(l) Connect the fuel supply ntube (17) to the adaptor (14).
L.).
____
tubes.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 428
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

_______

_______
PARTS.
1
Subtask 73-13-41-420-054
F. Install the Fuel Nozzle:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-13-41-991-151)
(a) Install a new Gasket (2) to the fuel nozzle (1) (Ref. TASK 70-23-
13-911-010).
location 11 or the fuel nozzle at location 12 to the diffuser
case.
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 429
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

12
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-13-41-991-151,
403/TASK 73-13-41-991-152)

packings (3).
nozzles (1).

removed.

packings (12).
70-23-13-911-010).

L.).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 430
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

____
tubes.
_______

_______
PARTS.
1
the bolts (8).
(u) Install the clamps (6) with the bolts (8) and nuts (7).
(v) TORQUE the bolt (8) to between 36 and 40 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.45
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 431
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-13-41-420-055
G. Install the Fuel Nozzle:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-13-41-991-151)
13-911-010).
(c) Attach the bracket (4) on the fuel nozzle at location 14.
case.
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
14
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-13-41-991-151,
403/TASK 73-13-41-991-152)

packings (3).
nozzles (1).

removed.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 432
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


packings (12).
70-23-13-911-010).

L.).
____
tubes.
_______

_______
PARTS.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 433
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1
the bolts (8).
(u) Install the clamp (6) with the bolts (8) and nuts (7).
(v) TORQUE the bolts (8) to between 36 and 40 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.45
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013)
Subtask 73-13-41-420-056
H. Install the Fuel Nozzle:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-13-41-991-151)
13-911-010).
(c) Lubricate the threads of the bolts (5) with serie engine oil
(d) Install the bolts (5) that attach the fuel nozzle to the diffuser
case.
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(f) Safety the bolts (5) with corrosion resistant steel lockwire

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 434
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

16
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-13-41-991-151)

packings (3).
nozzles (1).

removed.
(g) Pressurize the fuel system and check for leaks (Refer to step
L.).
(h) TORQUE the tube nuts at the fuel nozzles to between 205 and 225
(i) TORQUE the tube nuts at the fuel nozzles again, to between 205
____
(j) Continue to torque the tube nuts until the tube nuts hold the
tubes.
(k) Safety the tube nuts at the fuel nozzles with corrosion resistant
steel lockwire (Material No. V02-141) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-
014).
(l) Apply serie engine oil (Material No. V10-077) to the threads of
the bolts (8).
(m) Install the clamp (6) with the bolts (8) and nuts (7).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 435
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(n) TORQUE the bolts (8) to between 36 and 40 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.45
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013)
Subtask 73-13-41-420-057
J. Install the Fuel Nozzle:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-13-41-991-151)
13-911-010).
case.
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
18
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-13-41-991-151)

packings (3).
(b) Install the new packing (3) to the fuel transfer tubes (11)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
nozzles (1).


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 436
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

removed.
(g) Pressurize the fuel system and check for leaks (Refer to step
L.).
____
tubes.
014).
the bolts (8).
(m) Install the two clamps (6) with the bolts (8) and nuts (7).
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013)
Subtask 73-13-41-420-058
K. Install the Fuel Nozzle:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-13-41-991-151)
(a) Install a new Gasket (2) to the fuel nozzle (1) (Ref. TASK 70-23-
13-911-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 437
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

location 19 or the fuel nozzle at location 20 to the diffuser
case.
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
20
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-41-991-150, 402/TASK 73-13-41-991-151)

packings (3).
nozzles (1).

removed.
(g) Pressurize the fuel system and check for the leaks (Refer to step
L.).
____

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 438
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

tubes.
014).
the bolts (8).
(m) Install the clamps (6) with the bolts (8) and the nuts (7).
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013)
Subtask 73-13-41-790-051
L. Pressurize the fuel system and check for leaks.

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 73-13-41-991-153)
(1) Remove the fuel supply tube.
(a) Remove the nut (1), the washer (3) and the bolt (4) from the clip
point 5700. Do not remove the loop clamps (2) and (5).
(e) remove the tube (7) from the engine.
(f) Remove and discard the ring (12) and the packing (10).
(2) Do the fuel system pressure test.
(a) Install the ADAPTER, LEAK TEST (IAE1P16042) to the front of the
fuel distribution valve and attach with the bolts. Tighten the
bolts with your hand.
(b) Attach a 100 psi (6.9 bar) air source to the test adapter.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 439
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Distribution Valve (Fuel supply Tube and Clip point 5700)
Figure 404/TASK 73-13-41-991-153

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 440
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) Pressurize the system to between 95 psi (6.55 bar) and 105 psi
(7.24 bar).
(d) Check the fuel manifold coupling nuts for leaks at the fuel
distribution valve and the applicable fuel nozzles with fluid,
leak test (Material No. V10-045).
(e) Hold the pressure for five minutes. No leaks are permitted from
any surface, joint or connection. Repair all leaks you find.
(f) Decrease the air pressure to zero and remove the air pressure
source from the test adapter.
(g) Remove the three bolts which attach the test adapter and remove
the adapter from the engine.
(3) Install the fuel supply tube.
(a) Apply petrolatum, white (Material No. V10-041) to a new O-ring

(12).
(b) Install the new O-ring (12) in the groove on the flanged end of
the fuel supply tube (7) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
(c) Install the fuel supply tube (7) to the front of the fuel
distribution valve.
(d) Apply serie engine oil (Material No. V10-077) to the threads of
the bolts (6).
(e) Install the bolts (6) and tighten them with your hand.
(f) Apply petrolatum, white (Material No. V10-041) to a packing (10).
(g) Install the new packing (10) to the connector (9) located on the
(h) Connect the supply tube nut (11) to the connector (9) and tighten
it with your hand.
(i) Torque three bolts (6) to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and
1.18 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(12.99 and 14.12 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 441
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(k) Safety the supply tube nut (11) with corrosion resistant steel
lockwire (Material No. V02-141) (9) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).
(l) Put the washer (3) on the bolt (4) and install the bolt through
the loop clamps (2) and (5) and the raceway clip and attach it
with the nut (1).
(m) Torque the nut (1) to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.50
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-13-41-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 73-13-41-440-050
Subtask 73-13-41-410-051
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 442
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-13-41-790-050
D. Test Requirements

____

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-41

Page 443
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

VALVE - FUEL DIVERTER AND RETURN (4018KS) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________________
TASK 73-13-42-000-010
Removal of the Fuel Diverter and Return Valve (4018KS)
_______
_______
_______
ONE HOUR.
WARNING : BE CAREFUL DURING THE REMOVAL OF THE FUEL DIVERTER AND RETURN VALVE
_______
BECAUSE IT WEIGHS 13 lbs (6 kg).
_______
PARTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-13-42-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-13-42-941-050
1(2).
Subtask 73-13-42-010-050
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-42-991-150)
Subtask 73-13-42-020-050-A
A. Remove the fuel cooler (FCOC) from the engine with the FDRV attached to
the FCOC (Ref. TASK 79-21-43-000-010).
NOTE : Do not remove the FDRV independently of the FCOC from the engine.
____
You can not remove the FDRV from the engine when the FCOC is
installed on the engine.
(1) Remove the FDRV (5) from the FCOC (1).
(a) Remove the bolts (3) and (4), and the washers (2) which attach
the FDRV (5) to the FCOC (1).
(b) Remove the FDRV (5) and drain the remaining fuel in to the
container.
(c) Remove the sealing rings (6) and (7) from the FCOC (1) and
discard them.
Subtask 73-13-42-620-050
B. Put the applicable covers/caps/plugs on all of the openings.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Diverter and Return Valve (FDRV)


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Diverter and Return Valve (FDRV)


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-13-42-400-010
Installation of the Fuel Diverter and Return Valve (4018KS)
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

petroleum jelly (Ref. 70-30-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 sealing ring 73-13-42 80 -040

7 sealing ring 73-13-42 80 -050

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-13-42-720-010 Functional Test of the Fuel Recirculation Cooling
System without Barfield Tester and without AIDS
73-13-42-720-010 Functional Test of the Fuel Recirculation Cooling
System with Barfield Tester and without AIDS
73-13-42-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-13-42-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 73-13-42-010-051
B. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-13-42-630-050
C. Remove all the covers/caps/plugs from the openings.
Subtask 73-13-42-110-050
D. Clean the fuel diverter.
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Make a lint free cloth moist with cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-
124). Use the cloth to clean the fuel diverter.
and return valve (FDRV) mounting pad on the fuel cooled oil cooler
(FCOC).
Subtask 73-13-42-210-050
E. Make sure that the FCOC mounting pad has no damage.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-42-991-150)
Subtask 73-13-42-420-050
A. Install the FDRV (5) on to the FCOC (1).
NOTE : Do not install the FDRV independently of the FCOC to the engine.
____
You can not install the FDRV to the engine after the FCOC
installation to the engine. The FDRV must be installed to the
engine with the FDRV attached to the FCOC.
(1) Lubricate the sealing ring (6) and the sealing ring (7) with
petroleum jelly (Material No. V10-038) and
install them to the FCOC (1) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
(2) Align the two bolt holes and slots in the FDRV flange with the
threaded holes in the FCOC (1).
(3) Install the FDRV (5) and attach it with the bolts (3) and (4), and
the washers (2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(4) TORQUE the bolts to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 73-13-42-420-051-A
B. Install the FCOC with the FDRV to the engine (Ref. TASK 79-21-43-400-
010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-13-42-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 73-13-42-790-050
B. Do a functional test of the fuel recirculation cooling system (Ref. TASK

73-13-42-720-010) or (Ref. TASK 73-13-42-720-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

VALVE - FUEL DIVERTER AND RETURN (4018KS) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
___________________________________________________________
TASK 73-13-42-720-010
Functional Test of the Fuel Recirculation Cooling System without Barfield

Tester and without AIDS
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific safety barriers

No specific ARINC 429 reader
98D27803500001 1 TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 501
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-11-28-650-003 Pressure Refuel with Automatic Control

12-11-28-650-004 Pressure Refuel with Manual Control
27-50-00-866-008 Extension of the Flaps on the Ground
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
73-11-48-200-010 General Check of the Power Plant Flexible Fuel Tubes
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-13-42-941-051
(1) Make sure that the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU is in the
zero position (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008).
(2) Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER
(98D27803500001) is on the slat/flap control lever.
(4) Put a warning notice on the throttle control lever to tell persons
not to operate the reverse system.
(5) Put the safety barriers in position.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 502
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-13-42-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU ENGINE/2/FADEC A/AND EIU 2 2KS2 A05
121VU ENGINE/ENG2/FADEC B 4KS2 Q40
121VU ENGINE/ENG1/FADEC B/AND EIU 1 4KS1 R41
121VU FUEL/PUMPS/2/R CTL AND L IND 10QA R29
121VU FUEL/PUMPS/1/L CTL AND R IND 3QA R23
Subtask 73-13-42-010-052
C. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
(2) Put the access platform below the applicable position:

FOR 122QM
below zone 520
FOR 123QM
below zone 620.
(3) Remove the applicable access panels:

FOR 122QM
remove 471BL
FOR 123QM
remove 482BR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-13-42-720-050
A. Functional Test of the Fuel Recirculation Cooling System
(1) Make sure that the CBs (1QL) and (2QL) are closed.
NOTE : If the related DC BUS is not powered and the CBs not closed,
____
the applicable FLSCU cannot supply and IDG/FRV open command
via the EIU to the EEC.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 503
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Do the EIS start procedure (ECAM only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(3) On the ECAM control panel, push the FUEL P/BSW.
(4) Make sure that the FUEL page shows on the ECAM lower Display Unit
(DU).
(5) Monitor the FUEL system display (lower ECAM DU) and make sure that:
- all the fuel pumps are shown green in-line.
- the L(R) inner wing temperature is less than 52.5 deg.C.
- the L(R) outer cell temperature is less than 55 deg.C.
- the L(R) wing tank contains more than 290kg (639.34 lb) of fuel to
make sure that the IDG shutt off sensor 38QJ1(2) is wet. Refuel is
necessary (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-003) or (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-
004).
- the cross feed valve is open.
(6) Do a minimum idle check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-012).
(a) Before you start the test, run the engine sufficiently to get an
engine oil temperature of 30 deg.C (86.00 deg.F). You can read
this value on the lower ECAM DU.
NOTE : Fuel recirculation is not possible if engine oil

____
temperature is less than 30 deg.C (86.00 deg.F).
(b) On the upper ECAM DU make sure that the fuel flow is less than
4410 lbs/h and the fuel temperature is more than 5 deg.C (41.00
deg.F).
NOTE : Fuel recirculation is not possible if fuel flow is more

____
than 4410 lbs/h and/or fuel temperature is less than 5
deg.C (41.00 deg.F).
(c) On panel 187VU (188VU), connect the ARINC 429 reader to the plug
199VC (198VC) pins g and h.
(d) Decode the fuel return valve position as follows.
1
_ On the ARINC 429 reader, read the label 245 bits 28 to 14.
2
_ Refer to the following table to find the valve of each
significant bit (set to 1 bit).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 504
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|Bit number| 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23| 22| 21| 20| 19| 18| 17| 16| 15| 14 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|value of | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|the bit | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|when set |16384|8192|4096|2048|1024|512|256|128| 64| 32| 16| 8 | 4 | 2 | 1 |
|to 1 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3
_ Add all the significant bit values and calculate the position
of the fuel return valve (in percent) with the following
equation:
addition of the value of the significant bits

Valve position =______________________________________________ X 128
32768
- Example: data transmitted on bits 14 to 28 of label 245
000111111010000
28-----------14
.Value of the significant bits = 2048+1024+512+256+128+64+16

= 4048
4048
.Therefore valve position= _____ x 128 = 15.8 percent.
32768
(e) Make sure that the calculated valve position is more than 10
percent.
(7) Monitor the flexible fuel tube connection for fuel leaks (Ref. TASK
73-11-48-200-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 505
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-13-42-410-051
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
(3) Install the applicable access panels:

FOR 122QM
install 471BL
FOR 123QM
install 482BR.
Subtask 73-13-42-942-052
B. Removal of Equipment
(1) Remove the safety barriers.
(2) Remove the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001)
from the flap/slat lever on panel 114VU.
(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 506
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-13-42-720-010- 01
Functional Test of the Fuel Recirculation Cooling System with Barfield Tester
and without AIDS
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific barfield TT1000 tester

101-00907 1 ADAPTER - FUEL RETURN VALVE

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 507
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-13-42-991-151 Fig. 501
73-13-42-991-152 Fig. 502
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 73-13-42-991-151, 502/TASK 73-13-42-991-152)
Subtask 73-13-42-941-052

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 508
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Barfield TT1000 Test Set

Figure 501/TASK 73-13-42-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 509
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Oil Temperature Thermocouple

Figure 502/TASK 73-13-42-991-152

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 510
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-13-42-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 73-13-42-010-053
C. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

FOR 122QM
below zone 520
FOR 123QM
below zone 620.

FOR 122QM
remove 471BL
FOR 123QM
remove 482BR.
(4) Disconnect the electrical connector from the IDG oil temperature
thermocouple.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 511
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-13-42-480-051
D. Preparation for Test
(1) Connect the ADAPTER - FUEL RETURN VALVE (101-00907) to the connector
of the IDG oil temperature thermocouple lead.
(2) Set the barfield TT1000 tester as follows:
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE POLARITY IS CORRECT BEFORE YOU CONNECT
_______
THE TEST SET TO THE ADAPTOR LEAD. IF THE POLARITY IS NOT
CORRECT THE TEST SET WILL BE DAMAGED.
(a) Set the switch (1) to the ON position.
(b) Set the FUNCTION switch (4) to the RESISTANCE MEASURE

position.
(c) Set the RESISTANCE RANGE switch (7) to the 20 ohms position.
(d) Connect the test clips together.
(e) Push and hold the red PUSH TO SET button (5) and adjust the
SYSTEM RES potentiometer (8) until a value of 1 ohm is shown on
the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) (2).
(f) Release the red PUSH TO SET button (5).
(g) Set the FUNCTION switch (4) to the INDICATOR TEST position.
(h) Set the TEMP ADJ potentiometer (3) to the MIN position.
(i) Connect the BLACK clip of the test set to the BLACK wire of the
adaptor cable ((-) channel indicator). Connect the RED clip of
the test set to the RED wire of the adaptor cable ((+) channel
indicator).
(j) Set the TEMP ADJ potentiometer (3) so that 100 -0 +0 deg.C
(212.00 -0.00 +18.00 deg.F) is shown on the LCD.
NOTE : The fuel is returned to the fuel tanks when the oil
____
temperature is 100 deg.C (212.00 deg.F) or higher. The
temperature is measured by the sensor installed on the IDG
heat exchanger.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 512
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-13-42-720-051
____
(DU).
- all the fuel pumps are shown green in-line
- the L(R) wing tank contains more than 290 kg (639.34 lb) of fuel to
make sure that the IDG shut off sensor 38QJ1(2) is wet. Refuel if
004).
this value on the lower ECAM DU.

____
(b) On the upper ECAM DU make sure that the fuel flow is less than
deg.F).

____

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 513
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) On panel 187VU (188VU), connect the ARINC 429 reader to the plug
199VC (198VC) pins g and h.
(d) Decode the fuel return valve position as follows.
1
_ On the ARINC 429 reader, read the label 245 bits 28 to 14.
2
_ Refer to the following table to find the valve of each
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|Bit number| 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23| 22| 21| 20| 19| 18| 17| 16| 15| 14 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|value of | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|the bit | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|when set |16384|8192|4096|2048|1024|512|256|128| 64| 32| 16| 8 | 4 | 2 | 1 |
|to 1 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3
equation:

Valve position =______________________________________________ X 128
32768
- Example: data transmitted on bits 14 to 28 of label 245
000111111010000
28-----------14

= 4048
4048
32768
percent.
73-11-48-200-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 514
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-13-42-080-051
A. Removal of the Test Equipment
(1) On the barfield TT1000 tester set the switch (1) to the OFF position.
(2) Disconnect the tester from the ADAPTER - FUEL RETURN VALVE (101-
00907).
(3) Disconnect the ADAPTER - FUEL RETURN VALVE (101-00907) from the
connector of the oil temperature thermocouple lead.
(4) Connect the electrical connector to the oil temperature thermocouple.
Subtask 73-13-42-410-052
B. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

FOR 122QM
install 471BL
FOR 123QM
install 482BR.
Subtask 73-13-42-942-053
C. Removal of Equipment

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 515
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 516
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-13-42-720-010- 02
Functional Test of the Fuel Recirculation Cooling System without Barfield

Tester and with AIDS
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 517
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-13-42-941-054
Subtask 73-13-42-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 73-13-42-010-055
C. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 518
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

FOR 122QM
below zone 520
FOR 123QM
below zone 620.

FOR 122QM
remove 471BL
FOR 123QM
remove 482BR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-13-42-720-053-A
____
(DU).
make sure that the IDG shutt off sensor 38QJ1(2) is wet. Refuel if
004).
this value on the lower ECAM-DU.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 519
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

____
(b) On the upper ECAM-DU make sure that the fuel flow is less than
deg.F).

____
(c) Do this test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1- On the MCDU:
- Push the line key adjacent to the The AIDS menu comes into view
AIDS indication
2- Push the line key adjacent to the The AIDS PARAM CALL-UP page comes into
CALL-UP PARAM indication view
3- Push the line key adjacent to the The AIDS PAR LAB CALL-UP page comes
PARAM LABEL CALL-UP indication into view
4- On the MCDU key board set:

07C/1/245/01 for engine 1.
07C/2/245/10 for engine 2.
5- Push the line key 1L. 07C, 1, 245, 01 (07C, 2, 245, 10) come
into view in their related box with the
label 245 bits.
(d) Decode the fuel return value position as follows.
1
_ Read the label 245 bits 28 to 14.
2
_ Refer to the following table to find the value of each

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 520
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

______________________________________________________________________________
|Bit number| 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23| 22| 21| 20| 19| 18| 17| 16| 15| 14|
|__________|_____|____|____|____|____|___|___|___|___|___|___|___|___|___|___|
|value of | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|the bit | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|when set |16384|8192|4096|2048|1024|512|256|128| 64| 32| 16| 8 | 4 | 2 | 1 |
|to 1 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|__________|_____|____|____|____|____|___|___|___|___|___|___|___|___|___|___|
3
equation:

Valve position =______________________________________________ X 128
32768
- Example: date transmitted on bits 14 to 28 of label 245
000111111010000
28-----------14

= 4048
4048
32768
percent.
73-11-48-200-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 521
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-13-42-410-054
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

FOR 122QM
install 471BL
FOR 123QM
install 482BR.
Subtask 73-13-42-942-055
B. Removal of Equipment

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 522
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-13-42-720-010- 03
Functional Test of the Fuel Recirculation Cooling System with Barfield Tester
and with AIDS
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific barfield TT1000 tester

101-00907 1 ADAPTER - FUEL RETURN VALVE

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 523
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-13-42-991-151 Fig. 501
73-13-42-991-152 Fig. 502
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 73-13-42-991-151, 502/TASK 73-13-42-991-152)
Subtask 73-13-42-941-053

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 524
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-13-42-865-055
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 73-13-42-010-054
C. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

FOR 122QM
below zone 520
FOR 123QM
below zone 620.

FOR 122QM
remove 471BL
FOR 123QM
remove 482BR.
(4) Disconnect the electrical connector from the IDG oil temperature
thermocouple.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 525
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-13-42-480-052
D. Preparation for Test
(1) Connect the ADAPTER - FUEL RETURN VALVE (101-00907) to the connector
of the IDG oil temperature thermocouple lead.
(2) Set the barfield TT1000 tester as follows:
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE POLARITY IS CORRECT BEFORE YOU CONNECT
_______
THE TEST SET TO THE ADAPTOR LEAD. IF THE POLARITY IS NOT
CORRECT THE TEST SET WILL BE DAMAGED.
(a) Set the switch (1) to the ON position.
(b) Set the FUNCTION switch (4) to the RESISTANCE MEASURE

position.
(c) Set the RESISTANCE RANGE switch (7) to the 20 ohms position.
(d) Connect the test clips together.
(e) Push and hold the red PUSH TO SET button (5) and adjust the
SYSTEM RES potentiometer (8) until a value of 1 ohm is shown on
the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) (2).
(f) Release the red PUSH TO SET button (5).
(g) Set the FUNCTION switch (4) to the INDICATOR TEST position.
(h) Set the TEMP ADJ potentiometer (3) to the MIN position.
(i) Connect the BLACK clip of the test set to the BLACK wire of the
adaptor cable ((-) channel indicator). Connect the RED clip of
the test set to the RED wire of the adaptor cable ((+) channel
indicator).
(j) Set the TEMP ADJ potentiometer (3) so that 100 -0 +0 deg.C
(212.00 -0.00 +18.00 deg.F) is shown on the LCD.
NOTE : The fuel is returned to the fuel tanks when the oil
____
temperature is 100 deg.C (212.00 deg.F) or higher. The
temperature is measured by the sensor installed on the IDG
heat exchanger.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 526
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-13-42-720-052-A
____
(DU).
make sure that the IDG shutt off sensor 38QJ1(2) is wet. Refuel if
004).
this value on the lower ECAM-DU.

____
(b) On the upper ECAM-DU make sure that the fuel flow is less than
deg.F).

____

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 527
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) Do this test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1- On the MCDU:
- Push the line key adjacent to the The AIDS menu comes into view
AIDS indication
2- Push the line key adjacent to the The AIDS PARAM CALL-UP page comes into
CALL-UP PARAM indication view
3- Push the line key adjacent to the The AIDS PAR LAB CALL-UP page comes
PARAM LABEL CALL-UP indication into view
4- On the MCDU key board set:

07C/1/245/01 for engine 1.
07C/2/245/10 for engine 2.
5- Push the line key 1L. 07C, 1, 245, 01 (07C, 2, 245, 10) come
into view in their related box with the
label 245 bits.
(d) Decode the fuel return value position as follows.
1
_ Read the label 245 bits 28 to 14.
2
_ Refer to the following table to find the value of each
______________________________________________________________________________
|Bit number| 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23| 22| 21| 20| 19| 18| 17| 16| 15| 14|
|__________|_____|____|____|____|____|___|___|___|___|___|___|___|___|___|___|
|value of | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|the bit | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|when set |16384|8192|4096|2048|1024|512|256|128| 64| 32| 16| 8 | 4 | 2 | 1 |
|to 1 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|__________|_____|____|____|____|____|___|___|___|___|___|___|___|___|___|___|
3
equation:

Valve position =______________________________________________ X 128
32768

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 528
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

- Example: date transmitted on bits 14 to 28 of label 245
000111111010000
28-----------14

= 4048
4048
32768
percent.
73-11-48-200-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-13-42-080-052
A. Removal of the Test Equipment
(1) On the barfield TT1000 tester set the switch (1) to the OFF position.
(2) Disconnect the tester from the ADAPTER - FUEL RETURN VALVE (101-
00907).
(3) Disconnect the ADAPTER - FUEL RETURN VALVE (101-00907) from the
connector of the oil temperature thermocouple lead.
(4) Connect the electrical connector to the oil temperature thermocouple.
Subtask 73-13-42-410-053
B. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 529
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

FOR 122QM
install 471BL
FOR 123QM
install 482BR.
Subtask 73-13-42-942-054
C. Removal of Equipment

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-42

Page 530
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

VALVE - FUEL DISTRIBUTION (2002EM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________
TASK 73-13-43-000-010
Removal of the Fuel Distribution Valve 2002EM
_______
ONE HOUR.
_______
_______
PARTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific covers
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-13-43-991-152 Fig. 401
73-13-43-991-150 Fig. 402

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-43

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-13-43-941-052
1(2).
Subtask 73-13-43-010-052
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 73-13-43-040-052

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-43

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-13-43-010-054

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-13-43-020-053
A. Removal of the fuel distribution valve
(1) Remove the fuel supply tube

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-43-991-152)
(a) Remove the nut (13), the washer (15) and the bolt (16) from the
clip point 5700. Do not remove the loop clamps (14) and (17).
(e) Remove the tube (19) from the engine.
(f) Remove and discard the ring (24).
(g) Remove and discard the packing (22) from the connector (21) at
the bifurcation panel.
(2) Disconnect the fuel nozzle supply manifold nuts

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 73-13-43-991-150)
(a) Remove the lockwire from the manifold nuts on the fuel manifolds
(8) at the rear of the fuel distribution valve.
(b) Disconnect the fuel manifold nuts from the adapters (5) on the
distribution valve.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-43

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Distribution Valve (Fuel supply tube and clip Point 5700)
Figure 401/TASK 73-13-43-991-152

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-43

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Distribution Valve

Figure 402/TASK 73-13-43-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-43

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Remove the fuel distribution valve
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 73-13-43-991-150)
(a) Remove the two bolts (10) that attach the fuel distribution valve
(3) to the rear mount brackets (11).
(b) Remove the four bolts (2) that attach the front support (1) to
the stage 7 HPC air bleed valve flange.
(c) Remove the valve from the engine.
(4) Remove the transfer tubes, the packings and the gaskets
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 73-13-43-991-150)
(a) Remove the transfer tubes (6) from the valve adapters (or
manifolds).
(b) Remove the packings (9) from the transfer tubes (6) and discard
the packings.
(c) Remove and discard the metal gaskets (7) from each of the
adapters on the
(5) If the fuel distribution valve is to be replaced do these steps:

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 73-13-43-991-150)
(a) Remove the adapters (5) from the ten openings on the rear of the
valve.
(b) Remove the packings (4) and discard them.
(c) Remove the two bolts (12) that attach the front support (1) to
the fuel distribution valve (3) and remove the support.
(6) Put the covers on all of the openings.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-43

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-13-43-400-010
Installation of the Fuel Distribution Valve 2002EM
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
(2.00 to 20.00 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

anti galling compound (Ref. 70-30-00)
white petrolatum (Ref. 70-30-00)
leak tec fluid (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-43

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 packing 73-13-43 81A-010

7 gasket 73-11-41 80A-050
9 packings 73-11-41 80A-010
9 packings 73-11-41 80A-010A
22 packing 73-11-49 84A-100
24 ring 73-11-49 74A-020
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-13-43-991-152 Fig. 401
73-13-43-991-150 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-13-43-860-051
engine.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-43

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 73-13-43-010-056
B. Get Access
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(2) Make sure that the thrust reverser doors are open: (Ref. TASK 78-32-
00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 73-13-43-040-053
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-13-43-420-053
A. Installation of the fuel distribution valve

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 73-13-43-991-150)
(1) Remove the covers from all the openings.
(2) If a new fuel distribution valve is to be installed, do these steps:
(a) Apply lubricant (engine oil) (Material No. V10-077) (Ref. TASK
70-30-00-918-010) to the threads of the two bolts (12).
(b) Install the bolts through the front support (1) and in the fuel
distribution valve and tighten them with your hand.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-43

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) TORQUE the upper bolt to between 180 and 200 lbf.in (2.03 and
2.26 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013). Do not torque the lower
bolt.
(d) Apply white petrolatum (Material No. V10-041) to new packing (4)
and install the packings on the adapters (5) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-
911-010).
(e) Apply lubricant (engine oil) (Material No. V10-077) (Ref. TASK
70-30-00-918-010) to the threads the adapters (5) and install the
adapters on the ten openings on the rear of the valve (3).
(f) TORQUE the adapters (5) to between 150 and 170 lbf.in (1.69 and
1.92 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(3) Install the transfer tubes and the gasket
(a) Apply white petrolatum (Material No. V10-041) to new transfer

tube packings (9).
(b) Install packings (9) on each of the transfer tubes (6) (Ref. TASK
70-23-13-911-010).
(c) Install a transfer tube on each of the adapters on the fuel

distribution valve.
(d) Install a new gasket (7) on the conical seat on the end of each
of the adapters on the valve (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
NOTE : Petrolatum can be used to hold the gaskets in place.

____
(4) Install the fuel distribution valve
(a) Install the fuel distribution valve on the mount bracket (11) and
the stage 7 HPC air bleed valve flange.
(b) Apply lubricant (engine oil) (Material No. V10-077) (Ref. TASK
70-30-00-918-010) to the threads of the two bolts (10).
(c) Install the bolts that attach the valve to the rear mount bracket
(11).
1
_ Tighten the bolts until all the parts touch.
2
_ Turn the bolts counterclockwise three complete turns.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-43

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(d) Apply lubricant (engine oil) (Material No. V10-077) (Ref. TASK
70-30-00-918-010) to the threads of the four bolts (2).
(e) Align the bolt holes on the front support (1) with the bolt holes
on the stage 7 HPC air bleed valve flange.
(f) Install the bolts through the support and the flange. Tighten the
bolts with your hand.
(5) Connect the fuel manifolds
(a) Apply anti galling compound (Material No. V10-031) to the

shoulder on each of the fuel manifolds (8).
(b) Connect the fuel supply manifolds to the adapters and tighten the
manifold nuts with your hand.
Subtask 73-13-43-790-053
B. Pressurize the system and check for leaks
(1) Install the ADAPTER, LEAK TEST (IAE1P16042) on the front end of the
fuel distribution valve and secure with the bolts. Tighten the bolts
with your hand.
(2) Attach a 100 psi (6.9 bar) air source to the test adapter.
(3) Pressurize the system to between 95 psi (6.5 bar) and 105 psi (7.2
bar).
(4) Check the fuel manifold nuts for leaks at the distribution valve with
leak tec fluid (Material No. V10-045).
(5) Hold the pressure for 5 minutes . No leakage from any surface, joint
or connection is permitted. Repair any leaks you find.
(6) Decrease the air pressure to zero and remove the air pressure source
from the test adapter.
(7) Remove the three bolts that attach the test adapter and remove the
test adapter from the valve.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-43

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-13-43-420-061
C. Do the steps that follow :
(1) TORQUE the mount bracket bolts and the manifold nuts:
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 73-13-43-991-150)
(a) TORQUE the lower bolt (12) to between 180 and 200 lbf.in (2.03
and 2.26 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013)
(b) TORQUE the four bolts (2) to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and
1.18 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(c) TORQUE the bolts (10) on the rear mount bracket to between 180
and 200 lbf.in (2.03 and 2.26 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-
013).
(d) TORQUE the fuel supply manifolds by doing the following steps.
_______

_______
PARTS.
1
_ TORQUE the fuel manifold tube nuts with the wrench WRENCH-
TIGHTEN (IAE1P16139) to between 85 and 95 lbf.in (0.96 and
1.07 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
2
_ Do step 1_ again. Do not loosen the manifold nuts.
3
_ Do step 2_ until all manifold nuts hold the necessary torque.
If a nut will not hold the torque after four torque
procedures, replace or repair the fuel manifold or seals.
(e) Safety the manifold nuts in pair with lockwire (Material No. V02-
141) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).
(2) Install the fuel supply tube:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-13-43-991-152)
(a) Apply white petrolatum (Material No. V10-041) to a new ring (24).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-43

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) Install the ring in the groove on the flanged end of the fuel
supply tube (19) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
(c) Install the supply tube on the front of the fuel distribution
valve.
(d) Apply lubricant (engine oil) (Material No. V10-077) (Ref. TASK
70-30-00-918-010) to the threads of the bolts (18).
(e) Install the bolts and tighten them with your hand.
(f) Apply white petrolatum (Material No. V10-041) to a new packing

(22).
(g) Install the packing (22) on the connector (21) located at the
(h) Connect the supply tube nut (23) to the connector (21) and
tighten it with your hand.
(i) TORQUE the three bolts (18) to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96
and 1.18 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(12.99 and 14.12 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(k) Safety the supply tube nut (23) with lockwire (Material No. V02-
141) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).
(l) Attach the fuel supply tube at clip position 5700.
1
_ Put the washer (15) on the bolt (16) and install the bolt
through the loop clamps (14) and (17) and the raceway clip and
attach it with the nut (13).
2
_ TORQUE the nut (13) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013) to between 36
and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.50 m.daN).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-43

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-13-43-410-054
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 73-13-43-440-052
Subtask 73-13-43-410-052
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 73-13-43-790-054

____

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-43

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-13-43-000-011
Removal of the Fuel Distribution Valve Filter
_______
ONE HOUR.
_______
_______
PARTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific container
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-43

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-13-43-991-151 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-13-43-941-053
1(2).
Subtask 73-13-43-010-059
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-43

Page 416
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-13-43-040-056

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 73-13-43-010-060

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 73-13-43-991-151)
Subtask 73-13-43-020-058
A. Removal of the fuel distribution valve filter
(1) Remove the fuel inlet line and the filter cover
WARNING : A SMALL QUANTITY OF FUEL WILL DRAIN FROM THE FUEL INLET
_______
LINE.
REMOVE ALL FLAMMABLE MATERIAL FROM THE AREA. DO NOT LET THE
FUEL TOUCH THE EYES OR THE SKIN.
(a) Remove the three bolts (4) that hold the fuel inlet line to the
filter cover (7).
NOTE : Be prepared to catch the remaining fuel in a container.

____
(b) Move the fuel inlet line away from the filter cover far enough to
drain the remaining fuel.
(c) Seal the fuel inlet line with a cap.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-43

Page 417
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Remove and Install the Fuel Distribution Valve Filter

Figure 403/TASK 73-13-43-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-43

Page 418
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(d) Remove and discard the ring (2).
NOTE : More remaining fuel will drain from the fuel inlet line
____
when it is removed.
(e) Disconnect and remove the fuel inlet line from the lower
bifurcation panel.
(f) Remove the eight bolts (5) and the eight washers (6) that attach
the filter cover and remove the filter cover (7).
(g) Remove and discard the packing (1).
(2) Remove the filter
(a) Make a loop of corrosion resistant steel lockwire (Material No.

V02-141) under two of the four centering lugs on the exposed end
of the filter (8).
(b) Pull on the lockwire and remove the filter from the fuel
distribution valve housing (10).
(c) Remove and discard the packing (9).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-43

Page 419
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-13-43-400-011
Installation of the Fuel Distribution Valve Filter
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STP oil treatment (Ref. 70-30-00)
Mo-Lith No. 2 (Ref. 70-30-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 packing 73-13-43 81A-140

2 ring 73-11-49 74A-020
9 packing 73-13-43 81A-160

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-43

Page 420
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-13-43-991-151 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-13-43-860-053
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 73-13-43-010-061
B. Get Access
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-43

Page 421
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 73-13-43-040-057
deactivated (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012)
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 73-13-43-991-151)
Subtask 73-13-43-420-062
A. Installation of the fuel distribution valve filter
(1) Install the filter:
(a) Lubricate a new packing (9) with STP oil treatment (Material No.
V10-066) and install it on the filter (8) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-
911-010).
(b) Install the filter in the fuel distribution valve housing.
(2) Install the filter cover:
(a) Install a new packing.
CAUTION : FILTER COVER PACKING (1) IS MADE FROM A SPECIAL

_______
MATERIAL THAT PREVENTS OVER-HEATING. DO NOT USE AN
ALTERNATIVE SEAL.
1
_ Lubricate a new packing (1) with STP oil treatment (Material
No. V10-066) and install it on the filter cover (7) (Ref. TASK
70-23-13-911-010).
(b) Align the eight offset bolt holes.
(c) Lubricate the threads of the eight bolts (5) with Mo-Lith No. 2
(d) Install the bolts (5) and the eight washers (6) that attach the
filter cover to the fuel distribution valve (10).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-43

Page 422
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(3) Install the fuel inlet line
(a) Lubricate a new ring (2) with STP oil treatment (Material No.
V10-066) and install it on the fuel inlet line (3) (Ref. TASK 70-
23-13-911-010).
(b) Install the fuel inlet line between the lower bifurcation panel
and filter cover.
(c) Attach and torque the connection at the bifurcation panel.
(d) Install the three bolts (4) that attach the fuel inlet line to
the filter cover.
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(f) Safety the bolts with corrosion resistant steel lockwire

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-13-43-410-056
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 73-13-43-440-053

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-43

Page 423
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-13-43-410-057
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 73-13-43-790-055

____

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-13-43

Page 424
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

CONTROLLING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________
1. _______
General
The Full Authority Digital Electronic Control (FADEC) system provides full
range control of the engine to achieve steady state and transient
performance when operated in combination with aircraft subsystems.
The FADEC system consists of: a dual-channel FADEC unit; Fuel Metering Unit
(FMU); dedicated Permanent Magnetic Alternator (PMA); actuation systems for
stator vanes, engine bleeds, active clearance control, 10th stage cooling
air, engine and Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) heat management control;
sensors; electrical harness; and start system components.
The FADEC Electronic Engine Control (EEC) is a vibration-isolated,
air-cooled unit mounted on the engine fan case. Its vibration isolation and
cooling systems are specifically designed to provide a protected and
controlled internal environment that is completely compatible with the
electronic components.
2. __________________
System Description
A. FADEC
(1) FADEC Functions

The FADEC system operates compatibly with applicable aircraft systems
to perform the following functions
(Ref. Fig. 001)
(a) GAS generator control for steady state and transient engine
operation within safe limits.
- Fuel flow control
- Acceleration and deceleration schedules
- Variable Stator Vane (VSV) and Booster Stage Bleed Valve (BSBV)
schedules
- Turbine clearance control (High Pressure/Low Pressure) (HP/LP)
- 10th stage cooling air control
- Idle setting.
(b) Engine limits protection

- Fan and core overspeed protection to prevent engine running
over certified red lines
- Engine turbine outlet gas temperature monitoring.
(c) Power management

- Automatic engine thrust rating control
- Thrust parameter limits computation
- manual power management through constant ratings versus
throttle lever relationship

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Full Authority Digital Electronic Control - Schematic

Figure 001

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 2
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

. take-off/go-around at full forward throttle control lever
position
. flex take-off at constant intermediate position whatever the
derating is
. other ratings (max continuous, max climb, idle, max reverse)
at associated throttle lever detent points.
- Automatic power management through direct engine power
adjustment to the autothrust system demand.
(d) Automatic engine start sequencing

- Control of the starter valve ON/OFF
- Control of HP fuel shutoff valve (ON/OFF on ground, ON in
flight)
- Control of the fuel schedule
- Control of the ignition (ON/OFF)
- Engine Pressure Ratio (EPR), N1, N2, WF, Exhaust Gas
Temperature (EGT) monitoring
- Abort/Recycle capability on ground.
(e) Thrust reverser control

- Control of thrust reverser actuation (deployment and stowage)
- Control of engine power during reverser operation.
. engine idle setting during reverser transient
- Control of maximum reverser power at full rearward throttle
control lever position.
- Restow command in case of non commanded deployment.
- Redeploy command in case of non commanded stowage.
(f) Engine parameters transmission for cockpit indication

- Engine primary parameters
- Starting system status
- Thrust reverser system status
- FADEC system status.
(g) Engine condition monitoring parameters transmission.
(h) Detection, isolation, accommodation and memorization of its

internal system failures.
(i) Fuel return valve control

The FADEC controls the ON/OFF return to the aircraft tank in
relationship with:
- Engine oil, IDG oil and fuel temperatures
- Aircraft fuel system configuration
- Flight phases.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 3
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Fuel Metering Unit
(Ref. Fig. 002)
The FMU provides fuel flow control for all operating conditions.
Variable fuel metering is provided by the FMU through EEC commands by
a torque motor controlled servo drive. Position resolvers provide
feedback to the EEC. The FMU has provision to route excess fuel
(above engine requirements) to the fuel diverter valve through the
bypass loop.
(3) Functional interfaces

(Ref. Fig. 003)
(4) Additional Engine Sensing (AES)

(Ref. Fig. 001)
B. Gas Generator Control
(1) Fuel Control
(a) General
The EEC produces a fuel flow request using the control laws
relevant to engine operation. The request is transmitted through
the torque motor in the fuel metering unit. Setting steady state
power, idle speed and accel/decel transients requires different
control laws.
The primary mode of setting steady state power is provided by
controlling fuel flow to set EPR as illustrated in
(Ref. Fig. 004)
An EPR Reference (EPR REF) is calculated as a function of the
Throttle Resolver Angle (TRA), ambient temperature (T2), Mach
number and altitude. The EPR reference is compared to sensed EPR
and dynamic compensation is then applied to this EPR error. The
result is that fuel flow is modulated until the EPR error is
eliminated.
If the control is unable to sense EPR or calculate EPR REF, a
transition to an N1 reversionary control mode will take place.
In the event of this transition, EEC logic is incorporated to
prevent thrust perturbation when control is transferred from EPR
to the reversionary control mode. The rotor speed reference (N1
REF) will be scheduled as a function of TRA and T2.
(b) Idle power level

Engine power level at idle is determined by selecting the highest
of three possible controlling loops as shown in
(Ref. Fig. 005)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 4
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Metering Unit

Figure 002

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 5
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

73-20-00

Page 6
Nov 01/07

CES

I A E

V2500

Functional Interfaces - Block Diagram

Figure 003

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 7/8
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Power Setting Requirements

Figure 004

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 9
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Idle Control Requirements

Figure 005

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 10
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

- The first N2 is a constant corrected N2 (N2/square of theta T2)
which provides constant thrust under various ambient conditions
and varying customer bleed and horse power extraction.
- Approach idle is the second constant N2 speed which varies as a
function of total air temperature and altitude. This idle speed
is selected to ensure sufficiently short acceleration time to
go around thrust and is used when the aircraft is in an
approach configuration.
- The third requirement is for a minimum mechanical N2 speed to
avoid cut out of the electrical generator.
The highest of these three minimum N2 speed requirements is used
to generate the request for the N2-speed idle fuel flow
derivative.
Then it is compared to the fuel flow derivative based on minimum
burner pressure and the highest one is selected.
NOTE : The minimum requirement for burner pressure is determined

____
as a function of altitude. It is compared to actual burner
pressure and the error term is used to determine the fuel
flow derivative request.
Finally, the selected fuel flow derivative is integrated
and compared to the minimum fuel flow required to prevent
burner blow out. The highest fuel flow requested is used
as the command.
(c) Engine acceleration/deceleration

Engine acceleration/deceleration is accomplished as a function of
N2Dot (N2 speed derivative) to provide consistent power response
with and without bleed load throughout the engine life. A ratio
unit topper (Wf/Pb) is also provided to protect engine integrity
under abnormal engine conditions such as surge. Fuel flow for
engine starting is scheduled as a function of ratio units
(Wf/Pb).
The N2Dot acceleration schedule is a function of N2/square root
of theta T2 (N2 to conditions at the high compressor inlet) with
an altitude bias.
In the event of a fast decel, the accel schedule is transiently
reduced in anticipation of a throttle movement. This reset is
removed when the deceleration transient detection clears and a
follow-on variable timer elapses. The scheduled N2 derivative is
compared to the actual N2 derivative to form an error term, and
dynamically compensated. The output is limited by an acceleration
WfDot/Wf rate limit.
The N2Dot deceleration schedule is a function of N1/square root
of theta T2 and altitude.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 11
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

The decel N2Dot schedule is compared to the actual N2 derivative
to form an error term, and dynamically compensated. The output is
limited by a deceleration WfDot/Wf rate limit.
In the event of an engine surge, a ratio unit accel schedule
(Wf/Pb) will be in control to reduce fuel flow. Scheduled ratios
are a function of N2/square root of theta T2.6. If a surge is
detected, the requested ratio units are reduced to aid in
recovery.
Fuel for engine starting and acceleration to idle is computed
from a Wf/Pb start schedule and Pb. The schedule is a function of
N2/square root of theta T2 and P2.
(2) Variable Stator Vane (VSV) Control

The VSV position is controlled by the EEC as a function of N2/square
root of theta T2.6.
The EEC uses the VSV feedback signal from the Linear Variable
Differential Transducer (LVDT) to adjust the actual VSV position. The
VSV control schematic is given on
(Ref. Fig. 006)
(3) Booster Stage Bleed Valve (BSBV) Control

The BSBV position is controlled by the EEC. The EEC uses the BSBV
feedback signal from the LVDT to adjust the actual BSBV position.
The BSBV control schematic is given on
(Ref. Fig. 006)
(4) HPT/LPT Active Clearance Control (HPT/LPT ACC)

The HPT/LPT ACC valve modulates fan air flow to the HP and LP turbine
cases.
The EEC controls the valve position as a function of the thrust
level.
The LVDTs transmit the valve position to the EEC.
The HPT/LPT ACC schematic is given on
(Ref. Fig. 007)
(5) HP Turbine (10th Stage) Cooling Air Control

The HP turbine cooling air valve supplies supplemental air (from HP
compressor 10th stage) to cool various parts of the HP and LP
turbines.
The valve operates as a function of high rotor speed and altitude and
incorporates a 2-position switch to provide a feedback signal to the
EEC (channels A and B)
(Ref. Fig. 008)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 12
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

VSV and BSBV Control - Schematic

Figure 006

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 13
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

HPT/LPT Active Clearance Control (HPT/LPT ACC)

Figure 007

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 14
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

HP Turbine (10th Stage) Cooling Air Control - Schematic

Figure 008

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 15
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(6) Oil/Fuel Temperature Control
(a) General
Heating and cooling of fuel, engine oil and IDG oil is
accomplished by the Fuel Cooled Oil Cooler (FCOC), the Air Cooled
Oil Cooler (ACOC) and the IDG cooler under the management of the
EEC. Devices used by the EEC include the fuel diverter valve, the
ACOC modulating air valve and the return to tank valve. Fuel,
engine oil and IDG oil temperatures are transmitted to the EEC by
thermocouples.
The fuel temperature is measured at the exit of the filter. The
engine oil temperature is measured upstream of the ACOC. The IDG
oil temperature is measured at IDG oil cooler exit.
(b) ACOC modulating air valve

The modulating air valve regulates air flow to the ACOC. Oil
heated by the engine passes through the ACOC and then to the
FCOC. The air valve is modulated by the EEC to maintain both oil
and fuel temperatures within acceptable minimum and maximum
limits. Minimum oil temperature limits are used such that the oil
may be used to prevent fuel icing with the use of FCOC. Maximum
limits have been established to avoid breakdown of engine oil and
to avoid excessively high fuel temperatures.
(c) Fuel diverter and return to tank valve

The fuel diverter valve and the return to tank valve are
controlled by the EEC to provide the selection of four modes of
operation shown schematically in figures
(Ref. Fig. 009, 010, 011, 012)
The two-position fuel diverter valve, controlled by a single EEC
signal, and the return to tank valve, which varies flow from a
maximum to zero flow in response to a modulated EEC command, are
both contained in the same housing.
The four modes of operation, described below, are intended to
maintain fuel, engine oil and IDG oil temperatures in limits
while minimizing AOC cooling air usage. Return to tank is
inhibited under certain power conditions as well as other
aircraft fuel system conditions determined by aircraft logic.
1
_ Mode 1
(Ref. Fig. 009)
Fuel through the IDG FCOC or combined with a quantity of fuel
downstream of the FCOC is modulated for return to tank. FMU
bypass flow is returned upstream of fuel filter. This is the
normal mode of operation.
This mode is maintained if the following conditions are
satisfied:

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 16
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Heat Management System

Figure 009

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 17
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 010

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 18
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 011

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 19
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 012

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 20
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

- engine at low power setting,
- return to tank valve not fully open to maintain IDG oil
temperature to 85 deg.C (180 deg.F).
2
_ Mode 4
(Ref. Fig. 010)
Fuel through IDG FCOC modulated for fuel return to tank. FMU
bypass flow returned upstream of FCOC. Supplemental cooling of
fuel is provided by this mode.
This mode is adopted at low engine speeds with a high IDG oil
inlet temperature.
3
_ Mode 3
(Ref. Fig. 011)
Fuel through IDG FCOC returned downstream of FCOC. FMU bypass
flow returned upstream of fuel filter. Return to tank
inhibited. This is the preferred mode of operation when return
to tank is not allowed.
This mode is maintained if the following conditions are
satisfied:
- engine at high power setting,
- ACOC not fully open,
- IDG oil temperature not greater than 110 deg.C (230 deg.F)
or 100 deg.C ( 212 deg.F) on ground.
4
_ Mode 5
(Ref. Fig. 012)
FMU bypass flow returned upstream of FCOC via the IDG cooler
in the reverse direction. Return to tank inhibited. This mode
is adopted if the conditions exist:
- fuel temperature less than 5 deg.C (41 deg.F),
- oil temperature less than 30 deg.C (86 deg.F),
- ACOC fully open in mode 3,
- IDG OIL temperature greater than 100 deg.C (212 deg.F) in
mode 4,
- IDG OIL temperature greater than 110 deg.C (230 deg.F) in
mode 3.
C. Engine Limits Protection
(1) General
The FADEC prevents inadvertent overboosting of the expected rating
(EPR limit and EPR target) during power setting.
It also prevents exceedance of rotor speeds (N1 and N2) and burner
pressure limits. In addition, the FADEC unit monitors EGT and sends
an appropriate indication to the cockpit display in case of
exceedance of the limit.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 21
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

The FADEC unit also provides surge recovery.
(2) Description
(a) Overspeed
Overspeed protection logic consists of overspeed limiting loops,
for both the low and high speed rotors, which act directly upon
the fuel flow command. Supplementary electronic circuitry for
overspeed protection is also incorporated in the EEC. Trip
signals for hardware and software are combined to activate a
torque motor which drives a separate overspeed valve in the fuel
metering unit to reduce fuel flow to a minimum value. The engine
can be shut down to reset the overspeed system to allow a restart
if desired.
(b) Engine surge

Engine surge is detected by a rapid decrease in burner pressure
or the value of rate of change of burner pressure, which
indicates that surge varies with engine power level (N2/square
root of theta 2 and engine inlet pressure (P2)).
Once detected, the EEC will reset the stator vanes by several
degrees in the closed direction, open the booster 7th and 10th
stage bleeds, and lower the maximum Wf/Pb schedule. Recovery of
burner pressure to its steady state level or the elapse of a
timer will release the resets on the schedules and allow the
bleeds to close.
D. Power Management
(1) Engine Thrust Setting Computation

The FADEC unit contains all the engine thrust setting curves to
provide automatic engine thrust ratings control in Engine Pressure
Ratio, (EPR) (in normal mode) and N1 (in reversionary mode).
The FADEC unit computes power management LIMIT and COMMAND parameters
in EPR mode, except during reverse operation (N1 mode). These
parameters are available for the following engine thrust modes:
- Maximum Take-Off and Go-Around
- Flexible Take-Off
- Maximum Continuous
- Maximum Climb
- Idle (no limit parameter)
- Reverse (N1 mode operation)
Environmental Control System (ECS) bleed and anti-ice bleed are taken
into account by the FADEC to compute thrust corrections.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 22
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(a) Engine rating versus throttle position
The power management COMMAND parameter is calculated as a
function of TRA such that:
- TRA versus rated thrust relationship is as shown on
(Ref. Fig. 013)
In normal operation a forward action on the throttle resolver
does not lead to a decrease in thrust. A rearward action on the
throttle resolver does not lead to an increase in thrust except
in reverse.
- TRA versus rated thrust is consistent regardless of ambient
conditions.
- TAKE-OFF/GO-AROUND ratings are always achieved at full forward
throttle resolver position.
- Other ratings (MAX-CONT, MAX-CLIMB, IDLE, MAX REVERSE) are
achieved at constant throttle resolver positions.
- FLEXIBLE TAKE-OFF for a given derating is achieved at constant
retarded throttle resolver position.
- In normal operation there is no restriction on TRA rate of
change.
Engine transient response in the Engine Pressure Ratio (EPR)
and low Rotor Speed (N1) power setting modes is critically
damped with minimal overshoot.
(b) Flexible take-off rating

FLEXIBLE TAKE-OFF rating is set by the assumed temperature method
with the possibility to insert an assumed temperature value
higher than the maximum one certified for engine operation to
provide for the maximum derate allowed by the certifying
Authorities.
The FADEC unit permits:
FLEXIBLE TAKE-OFF procedure with constant retarded throttle
resolver position, allowing the application of full TAKE-OFF
power at full forward position if selected. At this given
retarded throttle resolver position, the FADEC unit thrust
setting is such that thrust obtained all along the FLEXIBLE
TAKE-OFF at T1 ambient temperature, and with TA assumed
temperature, is the same as thrust obtained during MAXIMUM
TAKE-OFF at an actual ambient temperature of TA.
(c) Reverse
The FADEC unit controls thrust rating during thrust reverser
operation.
Engine power is set automatically by the FADEC unit to the level
required for correct deploying and restowing operations in all
ambient conditions. Maximum reverse power is obtained at a unique
throttle control lever position (maximum rearward) and is
automatically limited.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 23
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Command Relationship

Figure 013

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 24
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Reverser selection logic is based on throttle control lever
positions and aircraft discrete information.
During reverser transit, the power setting command is limited as
a function of reverser position and throttle control lever
resolver position as shown in
(Ref. Fig. 014)
When reverser is fully deployed or fully restowed, the FADEC unit
follows throttle control lever demand.
In case of an inadvertent deployment (sensed movement greater
than 10 percent of actuator full deploy travel), the EEC will
execute an auto-restow
(Ref. Fig. 014)
In case of an inadvertent stowing (sensed movement greater than
10 percent of actuator full stow travel), the EEC will execute an
auto-redeploy
(Ref. Fig. 014)
If the reverser inadvertent travel exceeds 15 percent of its
travel from the fully stowed position, the EEC will command idle
power. If reverser inadvertent travel exceeds 22 percent of its
travel from the fully deployed position, the EEC will command
idle power
(Ref. Fig. 014)
(2) Thrust Setting
(a) General
(Ref. Fig. 015)
Two thrust setting modes are available, the autothrust mode and
the manual mode. The mode selection depends on throttle control
lever position and on the autothrust activation/deactivation
logic.
Throttles control levers move over a sector divided into three
areas where autothrust system (ATHR) can be activated or not
(Ref. Fig. 016)
- In the rear region (from 5 up to and excluding 4) ATHR cannot
be activated.
- In the middle region (from and including 4 up to and including
2) ATHR can be activated.
- In the forward region (from 2 to 1) ATHR cannot be activated.
TAKE-OFF and FLEX TAKE-OFF shall be performed manually.
The thrust setting general arrangement is given on
(Ref. Fig. 017)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 25
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Inadvertent Deploy/Restow

Figure 014

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 26
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser Logic State Diagram

Figure 015

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 27
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Throttle Control Lever Definition

Figure 016

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 28
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Setting General Organization

Figure 017

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 29
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) ATHR activation/deactivation
(Ref. Fig. 018, 019)
The autothrust function (ATHR) can be engaged or active. The
engagement logic is done in the Flight Management Computer (FMGC)
and the activation logic is implemented into the EEC. The
activation logic in the EEC unit is based upon two digital
discretes, ATHR engaged, ATHR active, from the FMGC, plus an
analog discrete from the instinctive disconnect pushbutton on the
throttle control lever.
The ATHR function is engaged automatically in the FMGC by auto
pilot mode demand and manually by action on the ATHR pushbutton
located on the Flight Control Unit (FCU).
The ATHR de-activation and ATHR disengagement are achieved by
action on the disconnect pushbutton located on the throttle
control levers or by pressing the ATHR pushbutton provided that
the ATHR was engaged, or by selection of the reverse thrust.
If the Alpha Floor condition is not present, setting at least one
throttle control lever forward of the MCT gate leads to ATHR
deactivation but maintains ATHR engaged; the thrust is controlled
by the throttle control lever position and ATHR will be activated
again as soon as both throttle control levers are set at or below
MCT gate.
If the Alpha Floor condition is present, the ATHR function can be
activated regardless of throttle control lever position.
When ATHR is deactivated (pilots action or failure), the thrust
is frozen to the actual value at the time of the deactivation.
The thrust will be tied to the throttle control lever position as
soon as the throttle control levers have been set out of the MCT
or MCL positions.
The ATHR is active if:
0 less than or equal to TLA less than MCT or (TLA = MCT and
selected mode different from FLEXTO) or Alpha Floor condition
and - FCU discretes set to 1
ATHR active = 1
ATHR engaged = 1
and - Deactivation condition is not present.
(c) ATHR deactivation

There are two cases:
1
_ The thrust is frozen to the N1 actual if (memo thrust
setting):
- ATHR was active in the EEC
and - throttle is in MCT gate of MCL gate
and - one of the deactivation conditions is present
- ATHR not engaged (from the EEC)
or - N1 target not valid

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 30
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Autothrust System (ATHR) - Activation/Deactivation

Figure 018

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 31
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Autothrust System (ATHR) - Activation/Deactivation

Figure 019

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 32
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

or - instinctive disconnect condition.
OR
- Thrust was frozen
and - condition to switch to manual thrust setting not
present
and - condition to switch to automatic thrust setting not
present.
2
_ The thrust is controlled manually (i.e., function of TLA
position) if:
- The throttle control levers are not in the ATHR area
OR
- ATHR setting or thrust was frozen
and - TLA different from MCT and TLA different from MCL
and - one of the deactivation conditions is present
OR
- ATHR setting or the thrust was frozen
and - the deactivation condition not present
and - the FCU discrete ATHR active is not present
OR
- Manual Thrust was selected
and - condition to switch to automatic mode not present
OR
- Power up condition.
(d) Manual thrust setting
1
_ General
In manual thrust setting mode, power management COMMAND
parameter is calculated as a function of the throttle lever
angle (TLA) as follows:
Throttle lever angle versus rated thrust relationship is as
shown on
(Ref. Fig. 020)
A forward action of the throttle control lever will not lead
to a decrease in thrust. A rearward action on the throttle
control lever will not lead to an increase in thrust.
TLA versus rated thrust is consistent regardless of ambient
conditions.
TAKE-OFF/GO-AROUND ratings are always achieved at full forward
throttle control lever position (except in Alpha-floor mode).
Other ratings (MAX CONTINUOUS, MAX CLIMB, IDLE, MAX REVERSE)
are achieved at constant throttle control lever positions.
FLEXIBLE TAKE-OFF for a given derating is achieved at constant
retarded throttle control lever position.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 33
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(FN - TLA) Relationship

Figure 020

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 34
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

2
_ Thrust limit mode selection
Throttle control lever is used as a rating mode selection
device. By receiving the throttle control lever position
signal, the FADEC computes permanently thrust limit ratings,
shall select the corresponding limit value and send it to the
cockpit.
Thrust limit mode selection shall be achieved by manually
setting the throttle control lever to the corresponding unique
position
(Ref. Fig. 016)
- MAX CLIMB rating on position 3.
- MAX CONTINUOUS rating on position 2.
- MAX TAKE-OFF/GO-AROUND rating on position 1 (MTO/GA).
When the throttle control lever is positioned between two
unique positions, the FADEC will select the limit of the
higher for display
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
A/C |ENGINE |DERATE| TRA | -38 | -8.23 | 5.75 | 51.5 | 69.67 | 85.5 |
| | | |deg. |deg. |deg. |deg. |deg. |deg. |
STATUS|STATUS |STATUS| TLA | -20 | -4.22 | 3.03 | 27.11 | 36.67 | 45 |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
ON |RUNNING| NO |BIT STATUS| 110 | 101 | 101 | 101 | 101 | |
GROUND| |DERATE|EPR OR N1 | | | | | | |
| | | LIMIT (1)| | | | | | |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
ON | NOT | NO |BIT STATUS| 110 | 010 | 010 | 011 | 101 | |
GROUND|RUNNING|DERATE|EPR OR N1 | | | | | | |
| | | LIMIT (1)| | | | | | |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
ON | NOT | |BIT STATUS| 110 | 010 | 010 | 100 | 101 | |
GROUND|RUNNING| FLEX |EPR OR N1 | | | | | | |
| | | LIMIT (1)| | | | | | |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
ON | | |BIT STATUS| 110 | 100 | 100 | 100 | 101 | |
GROUND|RUNNING| FLEX |EPR OR N1 | | | | | | |
| | | LIMIT (1)| | | | | | |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| | NO |BIT STATUS| 110 | 010 | 010 | 011 | 101 | |
FLIGHT|RUNNING|DERATE|EPR OR N1 | | | | | | |
| | | LIMIT (1)| | | | | | |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| | |BIT STATUS| 110 | 010 | 010 | 100 | 101 | |
FLIGHT|RUNNING| FLEX |EPR OR N1 | | | | | | |
| | | LIMIT (1)| | | | | | |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------|

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 35
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
A/C |ENGINE |DERATE| TRA | -38 | -8.23 | 5.75 | 51.5 | 69.67 | 85.5 |
STATUS|STATUS |STATUS| TLA | -20 | -4.22 | 3.03 | 27.11 | 36.67 | 45 |
| |ALPHA |BIT STATUS| 101 | 101 | 101 | 101 | 101 | |
FLIGHT|RUNNING|FLOOR |EPR OR N1 | | | | | | |
| | | LIMIT (1)| | | | | | |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
Description of Bits in Discrete Label 292
(1)
Bit No.21 20 19 No. Definition
----------------- - ----------
0 0 0 0 Invalid thrust mode (N1 unrated mode)
0 0 1 1 Not used
0 1 0 2 Max Climb thrust mode
0 1 1 3 Max Continuous thrust mode
1 0 0 4 Flex Take off
1 0 1 5 Max Take off/Go-Around thrust mode
1 1 0 6 Reverse thrust mode
1 1 1 7 Bump
NOTE : In case of non validation of FLEX TAKE-OFF temperature

____
before the throttle control lever is set to the MCT
detent, the FADEC will not activate FLTO. In-flight if
the throttle control lever is set to MCL or to TO/GA
then FLTO is cancelled, and FLTO becomes MCT.
When both throttle control lever positions select two

different modes the rating limits sent by the two FADECs will
be different. The Auto Flight System (AFS) will take into
account the highest one.
On the ground, as soon as the FADEC is powered ON (engine
not running), it shall be possible to read the computed thrust
limit parameter values on the upper ECAM DU by positioning the
throttle control lever on the various unique positions.
(Including flex take-off condition).
On the ground, as soon as the engine is running, the
computation of the thrust limit parameter is initialized in
MTO/GA mode.
3
_ Flex take-off
On the ground, if a Flex TO temperature has been set on the
CDU of the FMS and has been validated (range, parity, SSM
test...) and is higher than the static air temperature, the
FADEC unit shall set the MCT/FLEX TO detent point at the Flex
TO (FTO) rating.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 36
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

When the engine is not running, the limit mode is a function
of the throttle control lever position. When the conditions of
the previous paragraph are met as soon as engine is running,
the computation of the thrust limit parameter is initialized
in Flex TO mode, as long as the throttle control lever is
lower than or equal to MCT.
When the engine is running, by setting the throttle control
lever above MCL, the value of FLEX temperature is latched in
the FADEC unit and the FLEX temperature value sent by the FMS
is no longer considered in power management computations.
In flight, the only way to cancel the FLEX TAKE-OFF rating and
to reset the MCT/FTO position to MCT rating is to set the
throttle control lever to less than or equal to MCL or equal
to TO/GA.
In flight, changing from the FLEX TAKE-OFF thrust limit mode
to MCT limit mode shall be achieved by setting the throttle
control lever in one of the two detent points - TO/GA or MCL -
and by coming back to the MCT detent point.
In flight, it shall not be possible to set back the MCT/FLEX
TO detent point to FTO rating.
When a FLEX TAKE-OFF is performed, MAX TAKE-OFF rating shall
be achieved by pushing the throttle control lever to the full
forward stop.
4
_ Thrust adjustment
In manual mode the actual thrust parameter controlled by the
FADEC shall be adjusted to the level required by the throttle
control lever position through EPR CMD = f (TLA).
(Ref. Fig. 020)
When throttle control lever is positioned on one of the unique
positions the commanded thrust parameter shall be the limit
corresponding to this unique position.
(e) Autothrust setting
1
_ General
In autothrust mode the FADEC is working with EPR CMD = EPR
target from the AFS, taking into account that the EPR CMD will
be always limited by the EPR throttle.
2
_ Alpha floor protection
Alpha floor protection is part of autothrust function.
When the aircraft angle of attack is greater than a threshold
depending on the aircraft configuration, the alpha floor
condition is reached and the ATS sends an EPR target demand
equal to EPR MAX TAKE-OFF.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 37
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

When receiving alpha floor protection signal through ARINC 429
data bus, the FADEC switches EPR target limitation from EPR
throttle = f (TLA) to EPR MAX TAKE-OFF for any throttle
control lever position.
The alpha floor function can only be overridden by pilots
action on the ATHR system disconnect switches located on the
throttle control levers.
3
_ Memo thrust setting
When ATHR is deactivated, there are some cases where the
thrust is frozen to the actual value see 5.B. (2) in that case
the thrust is set accordingly to logic shown on
(Ref. Fig. 021)
E. Engine Starting/Ignition Control

(Ref. Fig. 022)
(1) General
There are two modes of starting control associated with two different
procedures and corresponding to two engine starting logics in the EEC
(Ref. Fig. 022)
(a) Automatic starting logic under the full authority of the FADEC
system.
The FADEC initiates the automatic sequence of command to:
- pneumatic starter valve opening and closing
- HP fuel valve
- igniters.
The FADEC provides:
- engine limits protection N1, N2, EGT
- on ground start abort in case of detected incident (hot start,
stall, failure to light, hung start)
- in flight start, only fault indication, without automatic start
abort
- specific fault message transmission.
(b) Alternate start logic with authority of the FADEC limited to:
- actuation of the pneumatic starter valve, through the
activation of the MAN START pushbutton switch and the setting
of the ENG/MODE/CRANK/NORM/IGN START to IGN START.
- energization of the spark igniter and setting of the ENG/MASTER
control switch to ON to energize the HP fuel shut off valve.
- Stop of the ignition and starter air valve.
- generation of warning indications.
A passive survey of the engine is provided during start without
authority to abort it.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 38
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Setting
Figure 021

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 39
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Engine Panels
Figure 022

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 40
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Other FADEC functions are associated to the starting function
such as engine cranking, flame out detection and continuous
ignition selection.
(2) Automatic Start
(a) Engine starting logic

The FADEC has the capability to perform starting of the engine,
including protection of the engine during the starting phase with
the necessary indication to the cockpit.
The FADEC operates with the following sequence:
- the selector being in ignition position, the FADEC opens the
pneumatic starter valve and a dry crank sequence of 30s is
performed when the MASTER control switch is switched to ON
- then the FADEC switches the igniter ON and opens the HP fuel
shut off valve
- at N2 = 43 percent rpm the FADEC closes the pneumatic starter
valve and deenergizes the igniter
- then the FADEC controls the fuel according to the start fuel
schedule
- in case of ignition delay, the FADEC will automatically operate
both igniters and will provide information to the DMC
- for an airstart the FADEC identifies windmilling or starter
assist conditions
- in case of failure of the automatic starter valve actuation
device, the FADEC logic is compatible with manual actuation of
the start valve.
(b) Start interruption

Interruption of automatic start is possible by selection of the
ENG/MASTER control switch to the OFF position.
This action initiates:
- direct closure of the HP fuel shut off valve
- pneumatic starter valve closure via the FADEC
- de-energization of the igniters.
(c) Start abort
1
_ On the ground
Start abort by the FADEC is automatic in case of detected
incident such as:
- hot start,
- no ignition,
- start stall.
The FADEC also provides the necessary information to the
cockpit.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 41
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

2
_ In flight
The FADEC provides the same monitor as on ground with fault
indication but the start abort is manual only.
(3) Alternative Start
(a) Engine starting logic

The FADEC has the capability to perform alternative start, after
reception of the MAN START signal.
The FADEC operating sequence is as follows:
- with the ENG/MODE/CRANK/NORM/IGN START selector switch in the
IGN/START position, the FADEC opens the pneumatic starter valve
when it receives the MAN START signal and an automatic dry
crank sequence of 30s is performed.
- then the ENG/MASTER control switch is switched to ON, the FADEC
opens the HP fuel shut off valve and energizes igniter.
- when N2 reaches 43 percent rpm the FADEC closes the starter
valve and de-energizes the igniter
- then the FADEC controls the fuel according to the start fuel
schedule.
NOTE : For airstart, when alternative start is selected, the

____
FADEC always commands a starter assisted airstart
- in alternate mode the FADEC performs the same monitoring
as in automatic start and provides the same warning
indications but the starting interruption is under manual
control.
(b) Start interruption

Interruption of the alternative start is possible:
- before the MASTER control switch is set to ON, by switching the
MAN START pushbutton switch to OFF.
- after the MASTER control switch is set to ON, by switching
first the MAN START pushbutton switch to OFF and then the
MASTER control switch to OFF.
(4) Engine Shut off

If the MASTER control switch is set to the OFF position, an engine
off signal is sent to the FADEC. The HP fuel shut off valve is
directly closed.
The FADEC does not have the capability to turn fuel off except during
automatic ground start below N2 idle speed.
The direct signal from the cockpit has always priority over the FADEC
for shutting the engine down even if the FADEC commands the HP fuel
shut off valve open.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 42
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(5) Engine Flame-out
The FADEC will detect an engine flameout and automatically attempt a
relight. This procedure will select dual ignition and send the
corresponding message for cockpit display. If the attempt to relight
is unsuccessful, the FADEC will identify engine condition, command
the restart conditions, and send a message for cockpit display.
(6) Dry Crank

Dry crank can be selected manually from the cockpit starting panel or
automatically by the FADEC when starting sequence is aborted by the
FADEC.
Manual cranking is selected by:
- ENG/MODE selector switch in CRANK position
- MAN start pushbutton switch set to ON.
Manual cranking is interrupted by:
- MAN START pushbutton switch set to OFF.
Automatic cranking is selected automatically by the FADEC when it has
aborted a ground start.
This can be interrupted manually at any time by positioning the
ENG/MASTER control switch to OFF.
(7) Wet Crank

Wet crank can only be performed manually, it is selected by:
- ENG/MODE selector switch in CRANK position,
- MAN START pushbutton switch set to ON,
- ENG/MASTER control switch set to ON position.
Wet crank is interrupted by selection of MAN START pushbutton switch
to OFF (HP fuel shut off valve left open).
Selection of the ENG/MASTER control switch to OFF (manual start left
ON) leads to dry crank.
(8) Igniter Selection/Continuous Ignition Selection

The FADEC automatically alternates the igniter used for each start.
The FADEC automatically selects continuous ignition when:
- the ENG/MODE selector switch is turned to IGN/START while the
engines are at or above idle,
- flameout is detected,
- airstart is performed,
- takeoff (determined by TRA) or flex takeoff is performed,
- engine anti-ice is selected,
- EIU fails (except during cranking),
- EEC receives a failed rotory selector position input from the EIU,
- approach idle is selected,
- Master Lever is inadvertently cycled from ON to OFF then back to ON
position.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 43
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

F. Engine Parameter Transmission for Cockpit Display
The FADEC provides the necessary engine parameters for cockpit display
through the ARINC 429 data bus outputs.
G. Engine Condition Parameter Transmission

Engine Condition monitoring is provided by the ability of the FADEC to
transmit the engine parameters through the ARINC 429 data bus output.
The basic engine parameters available are:
- WF, N1, N2, P5, PB, Pamb T4.9 (EGT), P2, T2, P3 and T3.
- VSV, BSBV, 7th and 10th stage bleed commanded positions HPT/LPT ACC,
HPT cooling, WF valve or actuator position
- status and maintenance words, engine serial number and position.
In order to perform a better analysis of the engine condition, some
additional parameters are optionally available. These are P12.5, P2.5 and
T2.
H. FADEC System Maintenance
(1) Fault Detection

The FADEC maintenance is facilitated by internal extensive Built in
Test Equipment (BITE) providing efficient fault detection.
The results of this fault detection are contained in status and
maintenance words according to ARINC 429 specification and are
available on the output data bus.
(2) Fault display on the Scheduled Maintenance Report (SMR)

Faults are shown and recorded on the Scheduled Maintenance Report.
They are stored in the EEC memory with the date when the fault
occurred for the last time.
A maximum of 60 faults during the last 64 flights legs can be
recorded.
Thus, if there are less than 60 faults recorded, the faults recorded
before will be available on the Scheduled Maintenance Report during
64 flight legs.
After 64 flight legs, the fault is erased from the EEC memory.
For each fault, there is the date when the fault occurred last:
- If the date of the fault is superseded by the date of the last
flight leg, the fault is still present.
- If the date of the fault is not the same as the date of the last
flight leg, the fault is no more present but is available on the
Scheduled Maintenance Report during a maximum of 64 flight legs.
(3) Non Volatile Memory

In flight fault data is stored in FADEC non volatile memory and, when
requested, is available on an aircraft centralized maintenance
display unit.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 44
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(4) Communication with CFDS
Ground test of electrical and electronic parts is possible from the
cockpit, with engines not running and through the CFDS.
The FADEC provides engine control system self testing to detect
problems at LRU level.
With the FADEC no engine ground run is necessary for trim purposes
after component replacement.
3. _____________________
Component Description
A. Engine Sensors
NOTE : The EEC uses P2 pressure and P5 pressure (from P2 and P5 sensors)
to calculate EPR value = P5
--
P2
(1) T4.9 (EGT) Sensor

(Ref. 77-20-00)
(2) N1 Sensor
(Ref. 77-10-00)
(3) N2 Sensor
(Ref. 77-10-00)
(4) Engine Oil Temperature Sensor

(Ref. 79-30-00)
(5) P2/T2 Sensor

(Ref. Fig. 023)
The P2/T2 sensor is located near the 12 oclock position of the inlet
cowl. It measures total pressure and temperature in the inlet air
stream of the engine forward of the engine front flange. The dual
output total temperature measurement is accomplished by two
resistance-sensing elements housed in the P2/T2 sensor body. Each
channel of the Electronic Engine Control (EEC) monitors one of these
resistance elements and converts the resistance measurement to a
temperature equivalent. The total gas pressure is transmitted by the
pressure tubing and measured by the sensor located in channel A of
the EEC. The anti-icing function of the P2/T2 sensor is provided
through a heating element internally bonded to the sensor. The heater
is a hermetically sealed, coaxial resistance element brazed
internally to the sensor casting. Aircraft power, which is used for
the heater, is switched on and off by the EEC, via the relay box.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 45
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

P2/T2 Sensor
Figure 023

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 46
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(6) P3/T3 Sensor
(Ref. Fig. 024)
The P3/T3 sensor monitors the pressure and temperature at the exit of
the HP compressor. The combined sensor houses two thermocouples and
one pressure inlet port. Each thermocouple provides an independent
electrical signal, proportional to the temperature, to one channel of
the Electronic Engine Control (EEC).
The purpose of the P3/T3 sensor is to provide performance data to the
EEC for starting and during transient and steady state operation of
the engine.
(7) P5 (4.9) Sensor

(Ref. Fig. 025)
Pressure sensing instrumentation is incorporated in the leading edge
of specific turbine exhaust case struts. Struts 4, 7 and 10 contain
the pressure sensing ports. Each sensing point contains eight radial
pressure sensing ports which are combined to provide an average
pressure. The resulting average radial pressure value from each strut
is then ducted into a manifold which provides an overall turbine
exhaust pressure average (P4.9). A tube from this manifold is
connected to the Electronic Engine Control (EEC).
A pressure transducer located within the EEC converts the average
pressure at station 4.9 into a useable electronic signal
(proportional to pressure) that can be processed and used by the EEC
as required to control the engine, perform fault detection, etc..
(8) Fuel Temperature Sensor

(Ref. Fig. 026)
(a) Description
The fuel temperature is measured by the thermocouple at the fuel
exit of the FCOC (Fuel Cooled Oil Cooler).
The thermocouple is composed of stainless steel sheathed sensing
portion, stainless steel installing flange with seal spigot and
electrical connector.
Fuel temperature is controlled by the fuel diverter valve which
is installed upstream of the FCOC.
(b) Operation
The measured temperature is transmitted to the EEC.
In response to the measured temperature, the EEC sends the signal
to the fuel diverter valve. The fuel diverter valve is used to
reduce the fuel temperature if it is too high. The excess of high
pressure fuel flow from the FMU and return fuel from control
actuator are routed to the diverter valve which normally directs
the flow to the FCOC exit.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 47
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

P3/T3 Sensor
Figure 024

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 48
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

P4.9 Sensor
Figure 025

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 49
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Temperature Sensor

Figure 026

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 50
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

B. Dedicated Permanent Magnet Alternator (PMA)
(Ref. Fig. 027)
The alternator functions as the primary power source for the EEC and
transmits an N2 signal to the EEC, Engine Vibration Monitoring Unit
(EVMU) and the cockpit. It comprises two stators (one power and one
speed) and a rotor.
The rotor is mounted directly on the gearbox output shaft and the stator
is bolted to the gearbox housing.
The alternator provides two identical and independent power outputs, one
for each channel of the EEC. On one channel, an N2 speed input is
obtained by the EEC by sensing the frequency of the output of the
alternator.
A separate stator provides two identical frequency outputs: one is
utilized by the Engine Vibration Monitoring Unit (EVMU), and the other
utilized by the EEC as an N2 speed input. The ECAM system is provided
with this signal as it is valid at very low speeds. The speed stator is
designed to tolerate indefinite short circuit conditions.
The stator and rotor are sealed from the gearbox by a shaft seal. If a
shaft seal failure occurs and the alternator fills with engine oil, the
alternator will continue to function normally.
To maintain the temperature of the dedicated alternator at an acceptable
level the alternator incorporates an integral cooling air manifold using
fan air.
C. Engine Electronic Control (EEC)

(Ref. Fig. 028, 029)
(1) General
The Electronic Engine Control is the main component of the engine
fuel and control system. The EEC receives data input from the other
aircraft systems and generates control signals to the engine systems
and components. The EEC also monitors the systems and components to
make sure they operate properly.
(2) Description
The EEC is installed on the fan case, at the 2 oclock location. It
is attached with four brackets and four vibration-isolated bolts.
The EEC is a full-authority digital control. It has two identical
electronic channels. Each channel receives aircraft and
engine-supplied data, including:
- throttle position,
- total air pressure,
- total air temperature,
- pressure altitude,
- rotor speeds,
- Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT),
- aircraft digital data.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 51
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Dedicated Alternator
Figure 027

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 52
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Engine Electronic Control

Figure 028

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 53
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Engine Electronic Control

Figure 029

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 54
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

This data is used to set the correct engine ratings for the flight
condition. The EEC also transmits engine performance data to the EIU.
This data can be used for cockpit display, thrust management and
condition-monitoring systems.
The EEC controls these engine functions:
- acceleration and deceleration limits,
- Engine Pressure Ratio (EPR),
- isochronous idle speed governing,
- overspeed limits (N1 and N2),
- fuel flow,
- compressor stator vane angle,
- compressor bleed systems,
- turbine cooling air,
- air-cooled and fuel-cooled oil coolers,
- active clearance control system,
- thrust reverser,
- automatic start of the engine.
The EEC controls these aircraft-powered (28 volt) components:
- fuel on/off solenoid,
- starter pneumatic valve,
- ignition relay box,
- thrust reverser control solenoids (2).
The fuel cutoff system is manually operated and is not controlled by
the EEC (except during start sequence).
The EEC uses identical software in each of the two electronic
channels. Each of the two channels has a processor, power supply,
program memory and input/output function.
This provides redundancy for the engine control system.
The mode of operation and the selection of the channel in control
results from availability of input signals and output controls. Each
channel normally uses its own input signals. Each channel can also
use signals from the other channel.
The primary mode of operation is a closed-loop control using Engine
Pressure Ratio (EPR). If sufficient input signals are not available
to operate in this mode, the EEC changes to closed-loop control using
N1 speed (Ref. Chapter 3.A.).
Selection of the channel in control results from the ability to
control the most important outputs and condition of the processor and
power supply.
The output devices use hydraulic, pneumatic, and electrical sources
of power. Torque motors and solenoids use redundant coils. Feedback
devices such as resolvers, Linears Variable Directional Transducers
(LVDTs), and Rotary Variable Directional Transducers (RVDTs) are
redundant, with one provided for each channel of the EEC. The EEC is
shielded and grounded to prevent damage caused by lightning.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 55
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Power Supply
Electrical power for the EEC is supplied by an alternator.
The alternator is driven by the engine gearbox.
The alternator has two independent windings, one for each channel of
the EEC.
28VDC power is used to supply:
- the EEC for auto start on the ground,
- the reverser,
- the start control in flight,
- the EEC (as an alternative to the alternator in flight).
(4) Test
The EEC has extensive self-test and fault isolation logic. This logic
operates continuously to detect and isolate the faults in the EEC and
associated systems.
D. Fuel Metering Unit (FMU)

(Ref. Fig. 030, 031)
The Fuel Metering Unit (FMU) provides fuel flow control for all operating
conditions. Variable fuel metering is provided by the FMU through EEC
commands, by a torque motor controlled servo drive. Position resolvers
provide feedback to the EEC. The FMU has provision to route excess fuel
above engine requirements to the fuel diverter valve through the bypass
loop.
A separate overspeed valve is installed in series with the main metering
valve. The overspeed system reduces engine fuel flow to a minimum value
in the event of an overspeed, as detected by the EEC. Overspeed valve
position indication is provided to the EEC. The overspeed control is
actuated by a dual coil torque motor. A fuel shutoff valve, independent
from the main metering valve and the overspeed control valve, is provided
in the FMU. When closed, the valve shuts off the fuel of the combustion
system and unloads the fuel pump by connecting the high pressure fuel to
the high pressure pump inlet. The shutoff valve is controlled by a 28
volt DC powered torque motor.
Indication of the shutoff valve position is provided as a digital signal
to the EIU from the EEC.
The FMU also provides fuel hydraulic pressure to all the fuel hydraulic
system external actuators. These include the BSBV system actuators,
stator vane actuator, return-to-tank valve, ACOC air valve and HPT/LPT
ACC valve. Each modulated actuator is controlled by a pilot valve
positioned by an EEC signal to a torque motor. Low pressure return fuel
from the actuators is sent to the fuel diverter valve.
During start-up, a on/off servo valve automatically shuts off control
flow to the external devices to minimize fuel pump requirements at low
speed. The servo valve is switched on after receiving a fuel pressure
signal from the diverter valve indicating adequate fuel capacity in the
bypass loop.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 56
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Metering Unit - Installation

Figure 030

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 57
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Metering Unit - Schematic

Figure 031

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 58
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

E. Ignition Boxes
They are powered with aircraft 115VAC - 400Hz through the EIV and the
FADEC.
The igniter A is powered from the emergency bus and the igniter B is
powered from the normal bus.
F. Pneumatic Starter Valve

The FADEC controls the opening/closing of the valve and receives the
open/not open signal from the valve.
G. Thrust Reverser Control Valve Actuation

(Ref. 73-25-00).
H. VSV Feedback Signal

The FADEC receives a VSV position feedback signal from the VSV actuator.
J. BSBV Feedback Signal

Same as VSV feedback signal.
K. HP Turbine Cooling Controlled Air System Feedback Signal

The FADEC receives a position feedback signal from the control valve.
L. HPT/LPT ACC Feedback Signal

Same as HP turbine cooling system feedback signal.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-20-00

Page 59
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

FADEC SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
______________________________
TASK 73-22-00-710-040
Operational Test of the FADEC SYSTEM on the Ground
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Use this test to do a check of the FADEC system operation.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the

External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-012 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/ENG
Page
TSM 70-00-00 P.Block 301
73-22-00-991-900 Fig. 501
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-22-00-861-050
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-00

Page 501
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-22-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU ENGINE/1 AND 2/IGN/SYS A 1JH A03
FOR 1000EM1
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG1/SYS B 3JH1 P41
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG1/SYS A BAT 2JH1 P39
FOR 1000EM2
Subtask 73-22-00-869-050
C. On the MAINTENANCE PNL 50VU:

- Release the FADEC GND PWR 1(2) pushbutton switch
- On the pushbutton switch, the ON legend comes on.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 73-22-00-991-900)
Subtask 73-22-00-710-050
A. Do this test:
CAUTION : YOU MUST NOT DO THIS TEST IN GUSTING WIND CONDITIONS AS THIS
_______
CAN CAUSE BAD STATIC PRESSURE TEST RESULTS.
NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the other systems, use the
____
indication between parentheses.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-00

Page 502
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

FADEC System Test and Self Test Indications

Figure 501/TASK 73-22-00-991-900

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-00

Page 503
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(1) On the left or right MCDU get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page (Ref. TASK
31-32-00-860-012).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Push the line key adjacent to the The FADEC 1A (2A) menu comes into view.
FADEC 1A (2A) indication.
2. Push the line key adjacent to the The SYSTEM TEST menu comes into view.
SYSTEM TEST indication. Detail A.
3. Push the line key adjacent to the The test result comes into view. Detail
FADEC SELF TEST indication. B.
NOTE : Make sure that the power

____
supply to the FADEC
occurred a minimum of 30
seconds in menu mode
before you start the test.
NOTE : If failures are found during the test, the message SEE GROUND
____
SCANNING MENU comes into view on the MCDU. You must then go into the
GROUND SCANNING menu of the FADEC and also read out the Scheduled
Maintenance Report (Ref. TSM 70-00-00 P.Block 301) and do the related
troubleshooting for faults.
NOTE : If the test is to be repeated on the same or alternate channel, you

____
have to go back to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST menu and to wait 30 seconds
before you try again the test.
4. Do the procedure again for the

channel B of the FADEC 1(2).
5. Push the line key adjacent to the The CFDS menu comes into view.
RETURN indication until the CFDS
comes into view.
6. Push the MCDU MENU key. The MCDU menu comes into view.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-00

Page 504
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-22-00-869-051
A. On the maintenance panel 50VU:

- Push the FADEC GND PWR 1(2) pushbutton switch.
- On the pushbutton switch, the ON legend goes off.
Subtask 73-22-00-862-050
B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-00

Page 505
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-22-00-740-042
Correct faults of the Engine Scheduled Maintenance Report (SMR)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Page
73-22-00-991-901 Fig. 502
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-22-00-861-053
Subtask 73-22-00-869-054
B. Preparation for test
(1) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, push then release the
ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch. The ON legend comes on.
(2) On the left or right MCDU get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST ENG page
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-00

Page 506
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 73-22-00-991-901)
Subtask 73-22-00-740-052
A. Do this procedure for the EEC 1(2) channel A.
NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the other system(s), use the
____
indications between the parentheses.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU:
- Push the line key adjacent to - The FADEC 1A (2A) menu comes into
the FADEC 1A (2A) indication. view.
2. Push the line key adjacent to the - The SCHEDULED MAINT REPORT FADEC 1A
SCHEDULED MAINT REPORT (2A) menu comes into view.
indication. - If there are faults, they will come
into view. If a -> symbol shows at
the top right hand corner of the MCDU
screen, use the PAGE DOWN key to get
more pages of fault data. To find the
fault messages, refer to the Trouble
Shooting Manual.
NOTE : You must do a maintenance action for each fault.

____
(1) Do this procedure for the FADEC 1B (2B).
(2) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes into view.
(3) Stop the MCDU.
(4) Correct the time limited faults.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-00

Page 507
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Scheduled Maintenance Report

Figure 502/TASK 73-22-00-991-901

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-00

Page 508
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-22-00-860-056
A. On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

- Push the ENG/FADEC GND PWR 1(2) pushbutton switch. The ON legend goes
off.
Subtask 73-22-00-862-053
B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-00

Page 509
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-22-00-710-043
Check for Erroneous Signal Positions to the Zones Controller from the Bleed and
Wing/Nacelle Anti-Ice Valves with Engines, APU and Packs Operating (with AIDS)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-00-00-710-018 Discontinued Start, Restart and Shutdown Procedures

71-00-00-710-043 Normal Engine Automatic Start Procedure
71-00-00-710-047 Normal Engine Manual Start Procedure
73-22-00-991-902 Fig. 503
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-22-00-860-051
(1) Start the APU
(2) Start both engines (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-043) or (Ref. TASK 71-00-
00-710-047).
(3) On the AIR COND panel 30VU, make sure that the PACK 1/2 pusbutton
switches are pushed (the OFF legend is off).
(4) On the MCDU get the AIDS menu.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-00

Page 510
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-22-00-710-051
A. Check of the engine bleed valve, nacelle anti-ice valve and wing anti-ice
valve position acquired by zone controller.
(1) Check the engine bleed valve and nacelle anti-ice valve signals.
(a) On the MCDU menu select label call up PARAM LAB key.
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 73-22-00-991-902)
(b) On the MCDU key board set 7C/1/272/01 for engine 1 (7C/2/272/10
for engine 2) and set ENTER (see ATA chapter 31-36-00 for
detailed description of AIDS).
(c) On the overhead control and indicating panel 25VU, make sure that
wing anti-ice and nacelle anti-ice valves are off (the ON legend
is off).
(d) On the AIR COND panel 30VU, make sure that the engine bleed
valves are off (the OFF legend is on).
(e) On the AIR COND panel 30VU, select the APU bleed to on (the ON
legend is on).
(f) Wait until the position of all the valves is stable on the lower
ECAM display unit, on the BLEED page.
(g) Print the page of the MCDU.
(h) Check on the printed page that bits 22 to 27 are all se to 0

(bits must be read from the right to the left of the displayed
word). This ensures that :
- there is no bleed valve position erroneous signal acquired by
the zone controller
- there is no nacelle anti-ice valve position erroneous signal
acquired by the zone controller.
(2) Check the wing anti-ice valve signal.
(a) On the AIR COND panel 30VU, select the engine bleed valves to on
(the OFF legend is off).
(b) On the AIR COND panel 30VU, select the APU bleed to off (the ON
legend is off).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-00

Page 511
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Parameter Label Call-Up Menus

Figure 503/TASK 73-22-00-991-902

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-00

Page 512
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) Make sure there is no engine bleed fault.
(d) Print the page of the MCDU.
(e) Check on the printed page that bit 25 is set to 1 and bits 22,
23, 24, 26, 27 are all set to 0 (bits must be read from the right
to the left of the displayed word). This ensures that there is no
wing anti-ice valve position erroneous signal acquired by the
zone controller.
(3) On the AIR COND panel 30VU, select the engine bleed valves to off
(the OFF legend is on).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-22-00-860-052
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication until the MCDU
menu comes into view.
(2) Stop the MCDU.
(3) Shutdown the engines (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-018).
(4) Shutdown the APU.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-00

Page 513
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-22-00-710-043- 01
Check for Erroneous Signal Positions to the Zone Controller from the Bleed and
Wing/Nacelle Anti-Ice Valves with Engines, APU and Packs Operating
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-00-00-710-018 Discontinued Start, Restart and Shutdown Procedures

71-00-00-710-043 Normal Engine Automatic Start Procedure
71-00-00-710-047 Normal Engine Manual Start Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-22-00-860-053
(1) Start the APU
(2) Start both engines (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-043) or (Ref. TASK 71-00-
00-710-047).
(3) On the AIR COND panel 30VU, make sure that the PACK 1/2 pusbutton
switches are pushed (the OFF legend is off).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-00

Page 514
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-22-00-710-052
A. Check of the engine bleed valve, nacelle anti-ice valve and wing anti-ice
valve position acquired by zone controller.
(1) Check the engine bleed valve and nacelle anti-ice valve signals.
(a) On the left side of the 800 VU avionic rack, connect an ARINC 429
reader on the system test plug 198VC pins g (hot point) and h
(cold point).
NOTE : If the ARINC reader is not supply battery, 28 VDC is

____
available on test plug 198VC pins A and B.
(b) Select label 272.
(c) On the overhead control and indicating panel 25VU, make sure that
wing anti-ice and nacelle anti-ice valves are off (the ON legend
is off).
(d) On the AIR COND panel 30VU, make sure that the engine bleed
valves are off (the OFF legend is on).
(e) On the AIR COND panel 30VU, select the APU bleed to on (the ON
legend is on).
(f) Wait until the position of all the valves is stable on the lower
ECAM display unit, on the BLEED page.
(g) Check on the ARINC reader that bits 22 to 27 are all se to 0.

This ensures that:
- there is no bleed valve position erroneous signal acquired by
the zone controller
- there is no nacelle anti-ice valve position erroneous signal
acquired by the zone controller.
(2) Check the wing anti-ice valve signal.
(a) On the AIR COND panel 30VU, select the engine bleed valves to on
(the OFF legend is off).
(b) On the AIR COND panel 30VU, select the APU bleed to off (the ON
legend is off).
(c) Make sure there is no engine bleed fault.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-00

Page 515
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(d) Check on the ARINC reader that bit 25 is set to 1 and bits 22,
23, 24, 26, 27 are all set to 0. This ensures that there is no
wing anti-ice valve position erroneous signal acquired by the
zone controller.
(3) On the AIR COND panel 30VU, select the engine bleed valves to off
(the OFF legend is on).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-22-00-860-054
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Disconnect the ARINC reader from the left side of the 800 VU.
(2) Shutdown the engines (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-018).
(3) Shutdown the APU.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-00

Page 516
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

SENSOR - P2/T2 (4014KS) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________
TASK 73-22-11-000-010
Removal of the P2/T2 Sensor (4014KS)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
73-22-11-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-22-11-941-050

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-11

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-22-11-991-150)
Subtask 73-22-11-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position to give access to the air intake
cowl.
(2) Remove the 18 bolts (7). Remove the access panel (6).
(a) Disconnect the P2 tube end connectors and remove the tube (12).
Subtask 73-22-11-020-050
B. Disconnect the electrical connectors
(1) Disconnect the electrical connectors 4014KS-A (15) and 4014KS-B (14)
from the
(2) Remove the sensor
(a) Make a note of the position of the bonding clamp (4).
(b) Remove the nut (3) and the bolt (5) from the bonding clamp (4).
Remove the bonding clamp (4) from the P2/T2 sensor (8).
(c) Cut and discard the lockwire from the six bolts (2).
(d) Remove the bolts (2), the washers (1) and the clip mounting
bracket (9).
(e) Remove the P2/T2 sensor (8).
Subtask 73-22-11-010-051
C. Remove the union (10) from the sensor and discard the packing (11).
Subtask 73-22-11-620-050
D. Put the applicable covers/caps/plugs on all of the openings.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-11

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

P2/T2 Sensor
Figure 401/TASK 73-22-11-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-11

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-22-11-400-010
Installation of the P2/T2 Sensor (4014KS)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
70-23-15-912-010 Connection of Electrical Connectors

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-11

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
73-22-11-300-010 Replace the Aerodynamic Sealant on the Air Intake

Cowl or the P2/T2 Sensor - VRS2725
73-22-11-710-040 Operational Test of the P2/T2 Probe Heater
73-22-11-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-22-11-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 73-22-11-140-050
B. Remove the sealant from the P2/T2 probe installation area (Ref. TASK 73-
22-11-300-010).
Subtask 73-22-11-630-050
C. Remove all the applicable covers/caps/plugs from the openings.
Subtask 73-22-11-410-050
D. Preparation of the replacement P2/T2 sensor
(1) Install the union (10)
(a) Install the packing (11) to the union (10) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-
911-010)
(b) Install the union (10) to the sensor (8).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-11

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) TORQUE the union to between 95 and 105 lbf.in (1.07 and 1.18
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013)
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-22-11-991-150)
Subtask 73-22-11-420-050
A. Install the P2/T2 sensor
(1) Install the sensor (8) so that the two openings on the airfoil
section point forwards.
(2) Install the clip mounting bracket (9) and the sensor to the mounting
bracket with the four washers (1) and the six bolts (2).
(3) TORQUE the bolts to 100 lbf.in (1.13 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-
013)
(4) Safety the bolts in two groups of three with the corrosion resistant
steel lockwire (Material No. V02-126)
(5) Install the bonding clamp (4) to the P2/T2 sensor (8). Set the
bonding clamp (4) to the position noted on removal.
(6) Safety the bonding clamp (4) with the bolt (5) and the nut (3).
TORQUE the nut (3) to 45 lbf.in (0.50 m.daN).
(7) Apply the aerodynamic sealant around the P2/T2 probe (Ref. TASK 73-
22-11-300-010).
Subtask 73-22-11-420-051
B. Connect the electrical connectors to the sensor
(1) Attach the electrical connectors 4014KS-A (15) and 4014KS-B (14) to
the sensor and tighten them by hand (Ref. TASK 70-23-15-912-010).
(2) TORQUE the nut to 40 lbf.in (0.45 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-
013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-11

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Install the P2 tube
(a) Attach the P2 tube (12) with the end connectors.
(b) TORQUE the tube end connectors to between 135 and 145 lbf.in
(1.52 and 1.63 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013)
(4) Install the access panel
(a) Attach the access panel (6) to the air intake cowl with the 18
bolts (7).
(b) TORQUE the bolts to 35 lbf.in (0.39 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-
911-013)
Subtask 73-22-11-861-050
C. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 73-22-11-869-050
D. Do an EIS Start Procedure (ECAM display unit only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-
860-001)
Subtask 73-22-11-710-050
E. Do the following test
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MAINTENANCE PNL 50VU, - On the pushbutton switch, the ON

release the FADEC GND PWR ENG legend comes on.
ENG1(2) pushbutton switch. - On the upper ECAM DU, the engine
parameters EPR, EGT and Fuel Flow
come into view.
2. On the upper display unit of the

ECAM system, make sure that the
EPR indication is not crossed
(EPR=1)
3. On the MAINTENANCE PNL 50VU, push - On the pushbutton switch, the ON

the FADEC GND PWR ENG ENG1(2) legend goes off.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-11

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
pushbutton switch. - On the upper ECAM DU, the engine
parameters EPR, EGT and Fuel Flow go
out of view.
(1) Do the operational test of the P2/T2 (Ref. TASK 73-22-11-710-040).
Subtask 73-22-11-862-050
F. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).
Subtask 73-22-11-860-051
G. Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-22-11-942-050
A. Close Access
items.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-11

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

SENSOR - P2/T2 (4014KS) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_________________________________________
TASK 73-22-11-710-040
Operational Test of the P2/T2 Probe Heater
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Page
73-22-11-991-900 Fig. 501
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-22-11-861-051
Subtask 73-22-11-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1000EM1
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/P2/T2/ENG1 11DA1 Z10
FOR 1000EM2
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/P2/T2/ENG2 11DA2 Y10

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-11

Page 501
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-22-11-869-051
C. On the maintenance panel 50VU:

- Release the FADEC GND PWR 1(2) pushbutton switch
- On the pushbutton switch, the ON legend comes on.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 73-22-11-991-900)
Subtask 73-22-11-710-051
A. Do this test:
NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the other systems, use the
____
(1) On the left or right MCDU get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page (Ref. TASK
31-32-00-860-012).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Push the line key adjacent to the The FADEC 1A (2A) menu comes in to
FADEC 1A (2A) indication. view.
2. Push the line key adjacent to the The SYSTEM TEST menu comes into view.
SYSTEM TEST indication.
3. Select NEXT PAGE.
4. Push the line key adjacent to the The P2/T2 HEATER TEST menu comes into
P2/T2 HEATER TEST indication. view.
5. Push the line key adjacent to the TURN ON P2/T2 HEATER indication comes
ENABLE TEST CAUTION indication. into view.
6. Push the line key adjacent to the TEST IN PROGRESS indication comes into
TURN ON P2/T2 HEATER indication. view. After not many seconds HEATER
ON/NO FAULTS indication comes into
view.
7. Push the line key adjacent to the TEST IN PROGRESS indication comes into
TURN OFF P2/T2 HEATER indication. view. After not many seconds RETURN NO
FAULTS indication comes into view.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-11

Page 502
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

P2/T2 Probe Heater Test

Figure 501/TASK 73-22-11-991-900

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-11

Page 503
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. Do the procedure again for the
channel B of the FADEC 1(2).
9. Push the line key adjacent to the The CFDS menu comes in to view.
comes into view.
10. Press the MCDU MENU key. The MCDU menu comes into view.
NOTE : If failures are found during the test, you must use the GROUND
____
SCANNING function, read the fault message on the screen and do the
related troubleshooting
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-22-11-869-052

- Push the FADEC GND PWR 1(2) pushbutton switch.
- On the pushbutton switch, the ON legend goes off.
Subtask 73-22-11-862-051
B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-11

Page 504
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

SENSOR - P2/T2 (4014KS) - REPAIRS
_________________________________
TASK 73-22-11-300-010
Replace the Aerodynamic Sealant on the Air Intake Cowl or the P2/T2 Sensor -
VRS2725
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for the replacement of the aerodynamic sealant
on the air intake cowl or the P2/T2 sensor.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific abrasive pad

No specific clean lint free cloth
No specific metal or plastic container
No specific plastic spatula
No specific spatula
No specific standard vacuum chamber
No specific syringe
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

teflon tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
brush (Ref. 70-30-00)
primer (Ref. 70-30-00)
sealant (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-11

Page 801
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
73-22-11-991-151 Fig. 801
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-22-11-941-051
1(2).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-22-11-350-050
A. Prepare the repair area.

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 73-22-11-991-151)
CAUTION : MAKE SURE YOU DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ANODIZED SURFACE OF
_______
THE LIPSKIN OR THE ACOUSTIC STRUCTURE. USE ONLY PLASTIC TOOLS
AND PUT PROTECTIVE MATS ON THE COWL.
(1) Use a plastic spatula to remove the damaged or disbonded sealant.
(2) Put a strip of teflon tape (Material No. V02-007) on each side of the
repair area.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-11

Page 802
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-22-11-110-050
B. Clean the repair area.
WARNING : KEEP FLAMES AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT WHICH IS NOT FLAMEPROOF

_______
AWAY FROM THE WORK AREA. THE CLEANING FLUID IS FLAMMABLE.
_______
IRRITATED.
_______
(1) Remove all remaining sealant. Use an abrasive pad made moist with
cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-076) to fully remove all sealant and
all contamination.
(2) Dry the area with a clean lint free cloth before the cleaning fluid
dries.
Subtask 73-22-11-350-051
C. Apply the primer to the repair area.
CAUTION : DO NOT TOUCH THE PRIMED SURFACE OF THE REPAIR AREA. IF THE
_______
SURFACE IS NOT FULLY CLEAN THE SEALANT CAN NOT BOND
SATISFACTORILY.
_______
(1) Refer to the manufacturers instructions and use a brush (Material No.
V02-087) to apply a thin layer of the primer (Material No. V08-032).
(2) Let the primer dry at room temperature. It will dry in approximately
2 hours at 71.6 deg.F (22 deg.C).
NOTE : When the primer is dry it can have a dull finish or dusty
____
chalk on the surface.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-11

Page 803
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Aerodynamic Sealing Replacement


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-11

Page 804
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-11

Page 805
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-11

Page 806
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-22-11-350-052
D. Prepare the sealant.

_______
AWAY FROM THE WORK AREA. THE SEALANT IS FLAMMABLE.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE SEALANT ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE
SEALANT IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS. IF
YOU GET THE SEALANT ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES GET MEDICAL
AID IMMEDIATELY.
(1) Mix the sealant (Material No. V08-033) in a clean metal or plastic
container. Use a spatula. Do not use a mechanical device to mix the
sealant.
(2) Mix the sealant (Material No. V08-033) in a proportion of 10 parts

(by weight) of the base (Part A) to 1 part (by weight) of the
catalyst (Part B). Mix the materials together fully.
Subtask 73-22-11-350-053
E. Prepare the sealant (Alternative Method).

_______
_______
AID IMMEDIATELY.
(1) Mix the sealant (Material No. V08-033) in a clean metal or plastic
container. Use a spatula. Do not use a mechanical device to mix the
sealant.
(2) Mix the sealant (Material No. V08-033) in a proportion of 10 parts

(by weight) of the base (Part A) to 1 part (by weight) of the
catalyst (Part B). Mix the materials together fully.
(3) Remove the air from the sealant in the vacuum chamber. Use standard
vacuum chamber and let the sealant stay in the chamber for 20
minutes.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-11

Page 807
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-22-11-350-054
F. Apply the sealant

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 73-22-11-991-151)

_______
_______
AID IMMEDIATELY.
_______
(1) Fill the repair area with the sealant. Use a plastic spatula or a
syringe (a syringe will give the best results). The top of the
sealant must be level with, or less than 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) below
the surface of the cowl.
(2) Let the sealant cure for 10 hours at 77.0 deg.F (25 deg.C) . After 1
hour the sealant will not be tacky (the sealant will be at maximum
strength in 7 days).
NOTE : If the cure temperature increases by 9 deg.F (-12.5 deg.C) the

____
cure time decreases by half. If the cure temperature decreases
by 9 deg.F (-12.5 deg.C) the cure time increases by 2.
(3) When the sealant has cured remove the teflon tape from each side of
the repair area.
Subtask 73-22-11-210-050
G. Examine the area of the repair. Make sure that the repair is satisfactory
and that it agrees with the repair procedure.
Subtask 73-22-11-350-055
H. Engrave the repair scheme number VRS2725 on the identification plate of

the cowl, adjacent to the part number.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-11

Page 808
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-22-11-942-051
A. Close Access
items.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-11

Page 809
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

SENSOR - P3/T3 (4024KS) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________
TASK 73-22-15-000-010
Removal of the P3/T3 Sensor (4024KS)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Penetrating oil (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-22-15-991-150 Fig. 401

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-15

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-22-15-941-050
1(2).
Subtask 73-22-15-010-050
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(2) Put the access platform in to position.
Subtask 73-22-15-040-050

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-15

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-22-15-010-051
D. Open the right thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
452AR
FOR 1000EM2
462AR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-22-15-991-150)
Subtask 73-22-15-020-050
A. Removal of the P3/T3 sensor:
(1) Disconnect the harness leads from the P3/T3 sensor (5).
(a) remove the two nuts (3) and the two nuts (4) from the four sensor
terminals.
(b) Remove the four harness leads from the terminals.
(2) Disconnect the pressure tube (2) from the P3/T3 sensor.
(a) Remove the lockwire from the tube on the side of the sensor.
(b) Disconnect the pressure tube (2) from the sensor.
(3) Disconnect the P3/T3 sensor (5) from the diffuser case assembly.
(a) Remove the wire from the bolts (1) which hold the sensor (5) to
the diffuser case assembly (7).
(b) Apply, Penetrating oil (Material No. V10-058) to the bolts.

Remove the bolts which hold the sensor to the diffuser case
assembly.
(4) Remove the sensor from the diffuser case assembly:
(a) Remove the sensor from the diffuser case assembly.
(b) Remove the gasket (6) from the boss (8). Discard the gasket.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-15

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

P3/T3 Sensor
Figure 401/TASK 73-22-15-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-15

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-22-15-400-010
Installation of the P3/T3 Sensor (4024KS)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Corrosion resistant steel lockwire (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-077 USA MIL-L-23699
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 gasket 73-22-15 80 -030

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-15

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-22-15-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-22-15-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 73-22-15-010-052
B. Get Access
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-15

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 73-22-15-040-051
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-22-15-991-150)
Subtask 73-22-15-420-050
A. Installation of the P3/T3 sensor:
(1) Install the P3/T3 sensor (5) on the diffuser case assembly (7).
(a) Install a new gasket (6) on to the diffuser case boss (8).
NOTE : The gasket can be installed with the compression feature

____
in either direction.
(b) Align the bolt holes in the gasket with the bolt holes in the
boss.
(c) Lower the sensor so that the extension goes in to the hole in the
center of the boss (8).
(d) Lower the sensor until it is on the boss.
(e) Align the bolt holes in the sensor with the bolt holes in the
boss.
(f) Apply clean lubricant (engine oil) (Material No. V10-077) to the
bolts.
(g) Install the three bolts (1) in to the bolt holes in the sensor
and the boss.
(h) TORQUE the bolts to between 65 and 85 lbf.in (0.73 and 0.96
m.daN), (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-15

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(i) Safety the bolts with Corrosion resistant steel lockwire
(Material No. V02-141), (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).
(2) Connect the pressure tube (2) to the P3/T3 sensor (5) .
(a) Attach the tube nut to the adapter on the side of the sensor (5).
(b) TORQUE the nut to between 159 and 177 lbf.in (1.79 and 2.00
m.daN). (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013)
(c) Safety the tube nut with lockwire (Material No. V02-126),
(Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).
(3) Connect the harness leads to the P3/T3 sensor.
(a) Attach the two leads, 4024KS-A, to their correct terminals.
(b) Attach the two leads, 4024KS-B, to their correct terminals.
(c) Install the nuts (3) and the nuts (4) on to their related correct
terminals.
(d) TORQUE the two larger alumel nuts (4) to between 10 and 15 lbf.in
(0.11 and 0.16 m.daN), (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(e) TORQUE the two smaller chromel nuts (3) to between 8 and 12
lbf.in (0.09 and 0.13 m.daN), (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 73-22-15-790-050
B. No test required.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-22-15-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the right thrust reverser half (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010)
FOR 1000EM1
452AR
FOR 1000EM2
462AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-15

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-22-15-440-050
Subtask 73-22-15-410-051
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-15

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

ENGINE ELECTRONIC CONTROL (EEC) (4000KS) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________________________
TASK 73-22-34-000-010
Removal of the Electronic Engine Control (EEC) (4000KS)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific caps
No specific plastic caps
IAE1R19416 1 WRENCH-SPECIAL 4 AND 8 SLOT CONNECTOR, LIFTING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Page
31-36-00-740-015 Printout of the Engine / APU Hours and Cycles Stored
in the FDIMU (10TV)
73-22-34-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-22-34-740-050
A. Do a print-out of the engine hours and cycles and keep the print with the
engine for follow-up (Ref. TASK 31-36-00-740-015).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-34

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-22-34-740-052
B. Print the Trouble Shooting Data
(1) On the 1(2) MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST ENG page (Ref. TASK 31-
32-00-860-012)
(2) Push the line key adjacent to the FADEC indication.
(3) Push the line key adjacent to the TROUBLESHOOTING indication.
(4) Print the FLIGHT DATA and GROUND DATA.
Subtask 73-22-34-941-050
C. Safety Precautions
1(2).
Subtask 73-22-34-010-050
D. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-34

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-22-34-991-150)
Subtask 73-22-34-020-050
A. Removal of the Electronic Engine Control (EEC).
(1) Disconnect the electrical harness connectors from the Electronic

Engine Control (EEC)
NOTE : EECs with hinged fire seals can be electrically disconnected

____
without special tools.
Pre SBE 70-0056
(a) Use the WRENCH-SPECIAL 4 AND 8 SLOT CONNECTOR, LIFTING

(IAE1R19416) and disconnect the electrical harness connectors
from the front and rear sides of the Electronic Engine Control
(EEC) (4).
(b) Install plastic caps on the connectors.
SBE 70-0056
(c) Open the hinged fireshield access panels on the EEC.
(d) Disconnect the electrical harness connectors from the front and
rear sides of the EEC (4).
(e) Install plastic caps on the connectors.
(2) Disconnect the data entry plug
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU DISCONNECT THE DATA ENTRY PLUG FROM THE
_______
EEC. DO NOT REMOVE OR CUT THE BACKSHELL CONNECTING
CHAIN/CABLE THAT ATTACHES THE DATA ENTRY PLUG ASSEMBLY TO
THE LP COMPRESSOR/ INTERMEDIATE CASE FLANGE. DAMAGE TO THE
PARTS COULD RESULT.
Pre SBE 70-0056
NOTE : The data entry plug assembly is permanently attached to the LP

____
compressor/intermediate case flange by the connecting
chain/cable. The data entry plug is an engine part and must
stay with the engine. The connecting chain/cable is not an
earth strap.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-34

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Electronic Engine Control


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-34

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-34

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-34

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(a) Use the WRENCH-SPECIAL 4 AND 8 SLOT CONNECTOR, LIFTING
(IAE1R19416) and disconnect the data entry plug assembly (24)
from the rear side of the EEC.
(b) Install plastic caps on the plug connector.
SBE 70-0056
NOTE : The data entry plug assembly is permanently attached to

____
the LP compressor/intermediate case flange by the
connecting chain/cable. The data entry plug is an engine
part and must stay with the engine. The connecting
chain/cable is not an earth strap.
(c) Open the hinged fireshield access panels on the EEC.
(d) Disconnect the data entry plug assembly (24) from the rear side
of the EEC.
(e) Install plastic caps on the plug connector.
(3) Disconnect the hoses from the adaptors and the unions on the bottom
of the EEC.
(a) Remove the wire that safeties the hose nuts (10), (13), (16),
(20) and (23), the adaptors (15) and (22) and the unions (9),
(12) and (19).
(b) Disconnect the hose nuts (10), (13), (16), (20) and (23) from the
adaptors and unions.
(4) Remove the vent plug assembly.
(a) Remove the lockwire that safeties the vent plug assembly (17) to
the EEC.
(b) Remove the vent plug assembly.
(5) Remove the EEC
WARNING : BE CAREFUL DURING THE REMOVAL OF THE EEC. IT WEIGHS

_______
APPROXIMATELY 41LBS (18,6KG).
(a) Remove the bolt (5) which holds the ground cable (6) to the EEC.
(b) Remove the bolts (2) and the washers (7) from the four shock
mounts and remove the EEC from the engine.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-34

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(6) Remove the adaptors and the unions from the EEC.
(a) Remove the adaptors (15) and (22) and the unions (9), (12) and
(19) from the EEC.
(b) Remove the seal rings (8), (11), (14), (18) and (21) from the
adaptors and the unions.
(c) Discard the seal rings.
Subtask 73-22-34-620-050
B. Install caps to all openings.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-34

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-22-34-400-010
Installation of the Electronic Engine Control (EEC) (4000KS)
CAUTION : SOME EEC STANDARDS CANNOT BE INTERMIXED ON THE SAME AIRCRAFT.

_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-34

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 seal ring 73-22-34 80E-020

8 seal ring 73-22-34 80F-020
8 seal ring 73-22-34 80G-020
8 seal ring 73-22-34 80H-020
8 seal ring 73-22-34 80J-020
11 seal ring 73-22-34 80E-040
11 seal ring 73-22-34 80F-040
11 seal ring 73-22-34 80G-040
11 seal ring 73-22-34 80H-040
11 seal ring 73-22-34 80J-040
14 seal ring 73-22-34 80E-060
14 seal ring 73-22-34 80F-060
14 seal ring 73-22-34 80G-060
14 seal ring 73-22-34 80H-060
14 seal ring 73-22-34 80J-060
18 seal ring 73-22-34 80E-090
18 seal ring 73-22-34 80F-090
18 seal ring 73-22-34 80G-090
18 seal ring 73-22-34 80H-090
18 seal ring 73-22-34 80J-090
21 seal ring 73-22-34 80E-060
21 seal ring 73-22-34 80F-060
21 seal ring 73-22-34 80G-060
21 seal ring 73-22-34 80H-060
21 seal ring 73-22-34 80J-060
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22-97-00-710-001 Operational Test of the LAND CAT III Capability

External Power
Page
31-36-00-740-014 Update of the Engine Hours and Cycles in the FDIMU
(10TV)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-34

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-40-11-911-010 Installation of the Tab-type Key Washers
71-00-00-710-022 Test No.6 : ELectronic Engine Control (EEC) System
Idle Test
73-22-00-710-040 Operational Test of the FADEC SYSTEM on the Ground
73-22-34-710-040 Operational Test of the EEC
73-22-34-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-22-34-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 73-22-34-740-051
B. Enter the engine hours and cycles data into the DMU for the installed
engine (Ref. TASK 31-36-00-740-014).
Subtask 73-22-34-010-051
C. Make sure that the fan cowls are open: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-34

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-22-34-420-051
D. Prepare the replacement Electronic Engine Control (EEC)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-22-34-991-150)
(1) Install each seal ring (8), seal ring (11), seal ring (14), seal ring
(18) and seal ring (21) onto its applicable adapter or union
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
NOTE : Do not apply lubricants to the seal rings (8), (11), (14),
____
(18) and (21).
(2) Install the adapters (15) and (22) and the unions (9), (12) and (19)
into their applicable openings in the bottom of the EEC.
NOTE : Do not apply lubricants to the threads of the adapters (15)

____
and (22) or the unions (9), (12) and (19).
(3) TORQUE the union (9) to between 195 and 212 lbf.in (2.20 and 2.39
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(5) TORQUE the adapters (15) and (22) to between 221 and 239 lbf.in (2.49
and 2.70 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 73-22-34-630-050
E. Remove caps from all openings.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-22-34-991-150)
Subtask 73-22-34-420-050
A. Installation of the Electronic Engine Control (EEC)
(1) Install the EEC
WARNING : BE CAREFUL DURING THE INSTALLATION OF THE EEC. IT WEIGHS

_______
APPROXIMATELY 41LBS (18,6KG).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-34

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(a) Install the EEC on the mount brackets (1) and (3).
(b) Apply lubricant (engine oil) (Material No. V10-077) to the

threads of the bolts (2) which hold the EEC to the brackets.
(c) Install the washers (7) on the bolts.
(d) Install the bolts and the washers.
(e) TORQUE the bolts to between 180 and 220 lbf.in (2.03 and 2.48
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(f) Apply lubricant (engine oil) (Material No. V10-077) to the

threads of the bolt (5) which holds the ground cable to the EEC.
(g) Install the bolt through the ground cable (6) into the EEC.
(h) TORQUE the bolt to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(2) Install the vent plug assembly
(a) Apply clean lubricant (engine oil) (Material No. V10-077), to the
threads of the vent plug assembly (17).
(b) Install the vent plug assembly (17) into the vent plug port on
the EEC.
(c) TORQUE the vent plug assembly (17) to between 90 and 100 lbf.in
(1.01 and 1.13 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(d) Safety the vent plug assembly with corrosion resistant steel
(3) Connect the electrical harness connectors
(a) Remove the plastic caps from the electrical harness connectors.
(b) Connect the 4000KS-J1 to -J5 and 4000KS-J7 to J11 connectors to

their mating receptacles on the EEC (Ref. TASK 70-23-15-912-010)
(c) TORQUE the connectors to 32 lbf.in (0.36 m.daN). Use the WRENCH-
SPECIAL 4 AND 8 SLOT CONNECTOR, LIFTING (IAE1R19416) (Ref. TASK
70-23-11-911-013).
SBE 70-0056

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-34

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(d) Close and secure the hinged fireshield access panels.
(4) Connect the data entry plug assembly
(a) Remove the plastic cap from the data entry plug assembly
connector (24).
(b) Connect the data entry plug assembly connector to the mating
receptacle on the rear side of the EEC. (Ref. TASK 70-23-15-912-
010)
(c) TORQUE the connector to 32 lbf.in (0.36 m.daN). Use the WRENCH-
SPECIAL 4 AND 8 SLOT CONNECTOR, LIFTING (IAE1R19416) (Ref. TASK
70-23-11-911-013).
SBE 70-0056
(d) Close and secure the hinged fireshield access panels.
(5) Connect the hoses to the adapters and unions on the bottom of the EEC
(a) Connect the hose nuts (10), (13), (16), (20) and (23) to their
applicable adapters or unions.
(b) TORQUE the hose nuts (10) and (13) to between 182 and 199 lbf.in
(2.05 and 2.24 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(c) TORQUE the hose nuts (16), (20) and (23) to between 142 and 150
(d) Safety the adapters, the unions and the hose nuts with corrosion
resistant steel lockwire (Material No. V02-141) (Ref. TASK 70-40-
11-911-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-34

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-22-34-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 73-22-34-861-050
B. Do these steps.
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-

002).
(2) On the maintenance panel 50VU, push then release the ENG/FADEC GND
PWR/1(2) pusbutton switch. The ON legend comes on.
Subtask 73-22-34-869-050
C. On the left or right MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page. (Ref. TASK
31-32-00-860-012)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-34

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-22-34-710-050
D. Perform the following tests:
(1) Do the test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU, push the line key - The SYSTEM REPORT/TEST ENG menu page
adjacent to the ENG indication. comes into view.
2. Push the line key adjacent to the - The ENGINE 1(2) MAIN MENU page comes
FADEC 1(2) A(B) indication. into view.
3. Push the line key adjacent to the - The FADEC 1(2) A(B) TROUBLE SHOOTING
TROUBLE SHOOTING indication. MENU page comes into view.
4. Push the line key adjacent to the - The FADEC 1(2) EEC CONFIGURATION page
EEC CONFIGURATION indication. comes into view.
5. Read the data that come on the

MCDU (EEC P/N, ENGINE RATING, EPR
MODIFIER and ENGINE SERIAL
NUMBER) to make sure they are the
same as written on the EEC, data
entry plug and engine
identification plates using the
following engine ratings
comparison table.
For SCN 16 software and below:
Make sure that the bump status shown on MCDU
(BUMP LEVEL=00: not installed; BUMP LEVEL=01: installed) is correct.
For SCN 17 software and above:
Make sure that the bump status shown on MCDU
(BUMP AVAILABLE=NO: not installed; BUMP AVAILABLE=YES: installed) is
correct.
6. On the MCDU, push the line key

adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes
into view.
7. Stop the MCDU.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-34

Page 416
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) If A/C is operated in actual CAT III conditions, perform a land test
(Ref. TASK 22-97-00-710-001).
(3) Do an Operational Test of the EEC (Ref. TASK 73-22-34-710-040) and

Operational Test of the Fadec System on the Ground (Ref. TASK 73-22-
00-710-040) and Electronic Engine Control (EEC) System Idle Test
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-022).
Subtask 73-22-34-710-055
E. Engine Ratings Comparison Table
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| MCDU | ENGINE DATA PLATE |
| (EEC CONFIGURATION Menu) | (Engine Model) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 22000 lbs | V2522 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 24000 lbs | V2524 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 24000E lbs | V2524E |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 27000 lbs | V2527 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 27000E lbs | V2527E |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 27000M lbs | V2527M |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 30000 lbs | V2530 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 30000 lbs | V2530 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 33000 lbs | V2533 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 73-22-34-862-050
F. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the maintenance panel 50VU push the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch. The ON legend goes off.
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-34

Page 417
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

ENGINE ELECTRONIC CONTROL (EEC) (4000KS) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
__________________________________________________________
TASK 73-22-34-710-040
Operational Test of the EEC
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Use this test to do a check of the EEC operation.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-22-34-861-051
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 73-22-34-869-052
B. Do an EIS Start Procedure (ECAM display unit only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-
860-001).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-34

Page 501
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-22-34-865-051
C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU OPEN THE ANTI-ICE PROBE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
_______
R BEFORE YOU OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKER 2KS2.
R IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS SEQUENCE, THERE IS A RISK THAT THE
R PROBES WILL BECOME HOT AND CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS WHO ARE NEAR
R THEM.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/AOA/1 4DA1 D04
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/1 2DA1 D03
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
49VU ANTI ICE/RAIN/RPLNT/CAPT 1DB1 D01
121VU ENGINE/ENG1 AND 2 FIRE EXTIG/BTL1/SQUIB/B 2WE1 Q44
121VU ENGINE/ENG1 AND 2 FIRE EXTIG/BTL1/SQUIB/A 1WE1 Q43
121VU ENGINE/ENG1 AND 2 FIRE EXTIG/BTL2/SQUIB/B 2WE2 Q42
121VU ENGINE/ENG1 AND 2 FIRE EXTIG/BTL2/SQUIB/A 1WE2 Q41
122VU ANTI ICE/WINDOWS/R 4DG2 W14
122VU ANTI ICE/RAIN/RPLNT/F/O 1DB2 W11
122VU ANTI ICE/WINDOWS/L 4DG1 X14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/3 2DA3 Y16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/TAT 1DA2 Y15
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/AOA 4DA2 Y13
R 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/2 2DA2 Y12
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/AOA 4DA3 Z15
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 5DA3 Z14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/TAT 1DA1 Z12

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-34

Page 502
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-22-34-865-050
D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1000EM1
FOR 1000EM2
Subtask 73-22-34-869-051
E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) On the panel 115VU, make sure that :

- the ENG MODE CRANK/NORM/IGN/START selector switch is set to NORM.
- the ENG MASTER 1(2) switch is set to OFF.
(2) On the panel 22VU, make sure that the ENG MAN START 1(2) pushbutton
switch is released.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-34

Page 503
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-22-34-710-056-A
A. Do this test:
NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the system (2), use the
____
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the panel 50VU: The upper display unit of the ECAM

- push then release the FADEC GND system shows:
PWR ENG1(2) pushbutton switch - EPR = 1
(on the pushbutton switch the - EGT = ambient temperature.
ON legend is on). - N1 = NCD (XX)
- N2 = NCD (XX)
- FF = O
- thrust limit mode (CL)
2. On the panel 50VU: On the pushbutton switch, the ON legend

- push the FADEC GND PWR ENG1(2) goes off.
pushbutton switch. On the upper display unit of the ECAM
system, the engine parameters (EPR and
EGT) go out of view (XX).
- push then release the FADEC GND On the pushbutton switch, the ON legend
PWR ENG1(2) pushbutton switch. comes on.
On the upper display unit of the ECAM
system, the engine parameters (EPR and
EGT) come into view.
3. On the panel 20VU: On the upper display unit of the ECAM

- lift the guard on the ENG1(2) system, the engine parameters go out of
FIRE pushbutton switch. Push to view.
release the pushbutton switch. - the single chime sounds and the
MASTER CAUT warning light appears.
- The warning message:
- ENG1(2) SHUT DOWN
- AVOID ICING CONDITIONS appears
- push the ENG1(2) FIRE - The engine parameters come into view.
pushbutton switch to reset. - ENG1(2) SHUT DOWN warning message
goes out of view.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-34

Page 504
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. On the panel 115VU: On the lower display unit of the ECAM
- set the ENG system (ENGINE page):
MODE/CRANK/NORM/IGN/START - the IGN indication and the symbol for
selector switch to IGN/START. the pneumatic starter valve come into
view.
5. Make sure that there is zero psi

at the starter valve inlet and
make sure that no one works on
the ignition system.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS

_______
ZERO PSI AT THE STARTER
VALVE INLET BEFORE YOU
PUSH THE MAN START
PUSHBUTTON SWITCH.
READ THE PRESSURE ON
THE ECAM DISPLAY UNIT.
WARNING : DO NOT WORK ON THE

_______
IGNITION SYSTEM WHEN:
- THE MASTER CONTROL
SWITCH IS IN THE ON
POSITION
AND
- THE ENG/MODE SELECTOR
SWITCH IS IN THE
IGN/START POSITION.
IN THIS CONFIGURATION
THE IGNITION SYSTEM IS
ENERGIZED WITH HIGH
VOLTAGE CURRENT THAT
CAN BE DANGEROUS.

- push the ENG MAN START 1(2) comes on.
pushbutton switch.
system:
- the EGT limit on the EGT disappears.
NOTE : The EGT limit does not disappear

____
for A321 aircraft: it increases
from 610C to 635C.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-34

Page 505
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The warning messages:
- ENG1(2) START VALVE FAULT
- START VALVE NOT OPEN
- MAN START............ OFF
appears associated with the MASTER
CAUT light and single chime.

- set the ENG MASTER 1(2) switch system:
to ON. the warning messages:
- ENG1(2) START VALVE FAULT
- START VALVE NOT OPEN
- MAN START.....OFF
- ENG MASTER....OFF
- START FAULT
After a few seconds:
- ENG1(2) IGNITION FAULT
- MAN START.....OFF
- ENG MASTER....OFF
- ENG1(2) IGN A+B FAULT
- AVOID ADVERSE CONDITIONS
appears associated with the MASTER
CAUT light and single chime.
On the lower display unit of the ECAM
system, the ignition system AB
indication comes into view.

- set the ENG MASTER 1(2) switch system the warning messages:
to OFF. - START FAULT
- ENG1(2) IGNITION FAULT
- MAN START..........OFF
remain in view.

system, the ignition system AB
indication goes out of view.

- release the ENG MAN START 1(2) goes off.
pushbutton switch.
10. On the panel 115VU: On the lower display unit of the ECAM
- set the ENG system:

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-34

Page 506
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MODE/CRANK/NORM/IGN/START - After a few seconds the symbol for
selector switch to NORM. the starter valve goes out of view.
11. On the ECAM control panel, push On the upper display unit of the ECAM
the CLR pushbutton. system, the warning messages go out of
view.
12. Set the ENG1(2) throttle control On the upper display unit of the ECAM
lever to: system:
- CL, MCT, TOGA. - make sure that the indications agree
with the position of the throttle
NOTE : With the throttle control
____ control lever.
lever at less than the CL When the throttle control lever is set
detent on the quadrant, to TOGA:
CL will be continuously - make sure that the EPR THR moves to
displayed. If one or both the upper EPR limit.
throttle control levers
are above CL, MCT will be
displayed, if one or both
throttle control levers
are above the MCT detent,
TOGA will be displayed.
lever to FULL REV. system:
- thrust limit mode MREV comes into
NOTE : When you perform the
____ view.
test, if you energized
the EEC 1 and 2, you have
to put both throttle
control levers to FULL
REV to display MREV on
the ECAM.
lever to O. system:
- thrust limit mode CL comes into view.
system:
WARNING : DO NOT WORK ON THE
_______ - make sure that EPR and FF become
IGNITION SYSTEM WITH NCD(XX)
THE CB 2KS1 (2KS2) - make sure that the remaining
OPENED WHEN: parameter EGT stays in view.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-34

Page 507
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- THE MASTER CONTROL The warning message appears:
SWITCH IS IN THE OFF - ENG 1(2) FADEC A FAULT.
POSITION AND
- THE ENG/MODE NOTE : If you do this test on system 2,
____
SELECTOR SWITCH IS IN ENG2 OIL TEMP parameter becomes
THE NORM POSITION. NCD(XXX) when the circuit
IN THIS CONFIGURATION, breaker 2KS2 is opened.
THE IGNITION SYSTEM IS
ENERGIZED WITH HIGH
VOLTAGE CURRENT THAT
CAN BE DANGEROUS.
- open the circuit breaker

2KS1(2KS2)
- open the circuit breaker system, make sure that the engine
4KS1(4KS2) parameter EGT becomes NCD(XX).
- The single chime sounds and the
MASTER CAUT light appears associated
with the warning message:
- ENG1(2) FADEC FAULT
- ENG INDICATIONS..CHECK
- C/B TRIPPED REAR PNL N-R (after about
1 min)
- On the lower display unit of the ECAM
system:
- make sure that the ENG1(2) OIL TEMP
parameter becomes NCD (XX).
17. On the ECAM control panel, push

the CLR pushbutton until all the
warning messages go out of view
on the upper display unit of the
ECAM system.
- close the circuit breaker system:
2KS1(2KS2). - make sure that the engine parameters
EPR, EGT and FF come into view.

system:

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-34

Page 508
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the OIL TEMP parameter comes into
view.
19. On the panel 121VU, close the On the upper display unit of the ECAM
circuit breaker 4KS1(4KS2). system:
- make sure that the EPR, EGT and FF
parameters for the ENG1(2) stay in
view.
20. On the panel 22VU: On the pushbutton switch the ON legend

- push the ENG1(2) N1 MODE comes on.
pushbutton switch.

system the EPR ENG1(2) indication
becomes NCD(XX).
- release the ENG1(2) N1 MODE On the pushbutton switch the ON legend

pushbutton switch. goes off.
The EPR ENG1(2) indication comes back

to the initial value.

- push the FADEC GND 1(2) goes off.
pushbutton switch.

system, the engine parameters go out of
view after 5 minutes.
22. On the panels 49VU and 121VU: Reset of the FWC

- open and close the C/Bs 3WW
for FWC1 and 2WW for FWC2.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-22-34-865-052
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1DA1, 1DA2, 2DA1, 2DA2, 2DA3, 3DA1, 3DA2, 3DA3, 4DA1, 4DA2, 4DA3, 5DA1,
5DA2, 5DA3, 1DB1, 1DB2, 4DG1, 4DG2, 1WE1, 1WE2, 2WE1, 2WE2

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-34

Page 509
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-22-34-862-052
B. Do the EIS Stop Procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
Subtask 73-22-34-862-051
C. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-34

Page 510
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

PLUG ASSEMBLY - DATA ENTRY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________
TASK 73-22-35-000-011
Removal of the Data Entry Plug Assembly 4000KS-J6
_______
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK gives the procedure for the removal and installation of the power
plant data entry plug assembly.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific clean dry bag

No specific protective cap
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-22-35-991-156 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-22-35-941-055

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 73-22-35-010-055
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-22-35-020-051
A. Remove the Data Entry Plug assembly as follows:
(1) Disconnect the data entry plug assembly (1) from the rear side of the
electronic engine control (2). Use the WRENCH-SPECIAL 4 AND 8 SLOT
CONNECTOR, LIFTING (IAE1R19416).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-22-35-991-156)
NOTE : The Data Entry Plug (DEP) assembly must not be removed from
____
the engine, unless to complete a rework or repair. Do not
remove the DEP from one engine and install it on a different
engine. A DEP from an engine can be modified and identified
again only by Service Bulletin incorporation for that engine.
The data on the engine identification plate must be the same
as that marked on the DEP backshell (DEP P/N, EPR MOD, ENG SN,
TAKE-OFF RATING-BUMP and VARIANT).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Data Entry Plug Assembly

Figure 401/TASK 73-22-35-991-156

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Remove the Data entry Plug:
CAUTION : DO NOT DISASSEMBLE THE DATA ENTRY PLUG (DEP) ASSEMBLY WHEN
_______
YOU REMOVE IT FROM THE ENGINE. THE DEP BACKSHELL AND THE
DEP CONNECTOR MUST BE AN ASSEMBLY UNTIL THE DEP IS REPAIRED
OR REPLACED BY THE PROCEDURES GIVEN IN THE APPROVED
REPAIRS. DISASSEMBLY OF THE DEP COULD CAUSE THE INCORRECT
CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY TO BE INSTALLED ON THE ENGINE OR
CONTAMINATION OF THE CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY.
(a) Remove the data entry plug assembly (8) from the fan case Flange
FC.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-22-35-991-156)
(b) Hold the pin (9) with a wrench in the hexagon opening.
(c) Turn the collar (7) in a counterclockwise direction with a pair

of pliers.
(d) Remove the collar (7), the data entry plug assembly (8) and the
pin (9).
(e) Discard the collar (7).
(3) Install a protective cap or a clean dry bag to the data entry plug
assembly.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-22-35-400-011
Installation of the Data Entry Plug Assembly 4000KS-J6
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 collar 73-22-35 80B-040
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Page

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
73-22-35-991-156 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-22-35-860-051
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 73-22-35-010-057
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-22-35-420-051
A. Install the data entry plug assembly (1) to the fan case at Flange FC.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-22-35-991-156)
CAUTION : YOU MUST MAKE SURE THAT YOU INSTALL THE CORRECT DATA ENTRY PLUG
_______
FOR THE ENGINE. INSTALLATION OF THE INCORRECT DATA ENTRY PLUG
CAN CAUSE THE ENGINE TO GIVE INCORRECT THRUST VALUES.
(1) Remove the protective cap or bag from the data entry plug assembly.
(2) Make sure that the engine serial number on the data entry plug
backshell is correct for the engine you put it on (see the engine
identification plate for the correct engine serial number).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Install the pin (9) through the data entry plug assembly connecting
cable hole (8) and through the rear side of hole No. 14 located on
Flange FC.
(4) Install a new collar (7) on the pin and tighten it by hand.
(5) Hold the pin (9) with a wrench in the hexagon opening.
(6) Tighten the collar (7) in a clockwise direction until the hexagon nut
is sheared off.
(7) Discard the sheared hexagon nut.
(8) Connect the data entry plug assembly (1) to the electronic engine
control (2).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-22-35-991-156)
(9) Align the main key on the data entry plug assembly (1) with the
electronic engine control (2) receptacle main key-way (Ref. TASK 70-
23-15-912-010).
(10) Use light hand pressure to engage the data entry plug assembly (1)
with the electronic engine control (2) receptacle and tighten it by
hand.
(11) TORQUE the data entry plug connector to 32 lbf.in (0.36 m.daN). Use
the WRENCH-SPECIAL 4 AND 8 SLOT CONNECTOR, LIFTING (IAE1R19416)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 73-22-35-861-050
B. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 73-22-35-869-051
C. Preparation before tests:
(1) On the maintenance panel 50VU push then release the ENG/FADEC GND
PWR/1(2) pusbutton switch. The ON legend comes on.
(2) On the left or right MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page.
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-012)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-22-35-710-052
D. Do the test below:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Push the line key adjacent to the - The ENGINE 1(2) MAIN MENU page comes
FADEC 1(2) A(B) indication. into view.
2. Push the line key adjacent to the - The FADEC 1(2) A(B) TROUBLE SHOOTING
TROUBLE SHOOTING indication. MENU page comes into view.
3. Push the line key adjacent to the - The FADEC 1(2) EEC CONFIGURATION page
EEC CONFIGURATION indication. comes into view.
4. Read the data that come on the

MCDU (EEC P/N, ENGINE RATING,
BUMP LEVEL ,EPR MODIFIER and
ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER) to make
sure they are the same as written
on the EEC, data entry plug and
engine identification plates
using the Engine Rating
Comparison Table.

into view.
6. Stop the MCDU.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-22-35-710-051
E. Engine Rating Comparison Table.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| MCDU | ENGINE DATA PLATE |
| (EEC CONFIGURATION Menu) | (Engine Model) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 22000 lbs | V2522 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 24000 lbs | V2524 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 27000 lbs | V2527 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 27000E lbs | V2527E |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 30000 lbs | V2530 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 33000 lbs | V2533 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 73-22-35-730-055
F. Do an operational test of the EEC (Ref. TASK 73-22-34-710-040).
Subtask 73-22-35-869-050
G. On the maintenance panel 50VU push the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pusbutton
switch. The ON legend goes off.
Subtask 73-22-35-862-050
H. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-22-35-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

PLUG ASSEMBLY - DATA ENTRY - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________________________
TASK 73-22-35-200-010
Inspection of the Data Entry Plug Assembly
_______
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK gives the procedure for the inspection of the power plant data
entry plug assembly.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-22-35-300-010 Replace the Jumpers, Contacts or Connector - VRS3500
73-22-35-300-011 Repair the Jumper Contact or Contact - VRS3501
73-22-35-300-012 Replace the Data Entry Plug Backshell Assembly -
VRS3503
73-22-35-991-158 Fig. 601
73-22-35-991-159 Fig. 602

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-22-35-941-051
1(2).
Subtask 73-22-35-010-051
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
(2) Put the access platform in the position
Subtask 73-22-35-020-052
C. Disconnect the data entry plug assembly (1) from the rear side of the
electronic engine control (2). Use the WRENCH-SPECIAL 4 AND 8 SLOT
CONNECTOR, LIFTING (IAE1R19416).
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 73-22-35-991-158)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 601/TASK 73-22-35-991-158

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-22-35-210-050
A. Examine the data entry plug assembly

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 73-22-35-991-159)
(1) Examine the connector main key at location 4 for damage.
(a) If the main key is damaged replace the connector, refer to

VRS3500 (Ref. TASK 73-22-35-300-010).
(2) Examine the connector rubber grommet at locations 5 for damage.
(a) If the rubber grommet is damaged replace the connector, refer to

VRS3500 (Ref. TASK 73-22-35-300-010).
(3) Examine the connector contacts at location 6 for bends.
(a) If the contacts are bent 15 degrees or less make the contacts
straight, refer to VRS3501 (Ref. TASK 73-22-35-300-011).
(b) If the contacts are bent more that 15 degrees replace the
contacts, refer to VRS3500 (Ref. TASK 73-22-35-300-010).
(4) Examine the connector threads at location 3 for damage.
(a) If the threads are damaged replace the connector, refer to

VRS3500 (Ref. TASK 73-22-35-300-010).
(5) Examine the connector nut ratchet at location 2 for damage.
(a) If the ratchet makes a click sound when you turn it with your
hand in the clockwise and the counterclockwise directions, accept
it.
(b) Other than in (a) replace the connector, refer to VRS3500

(Ref. TASK 73-22-35-300-010).
(6) Examine the backshell assembly at location 1 for damage.
(a) If the backshell assembly is damaged replace it, refer to VRS3503

(Ref. TASK 73-22-35-300-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Data Entry Plug Assembly - Inspection Areas

Figure 602/TASK 73-22-35-991-159

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 605
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(7) Examine the backshell assembly connecting chain/cable at location 7
for damage and make sure that the chain/cable is attached correctly
to the backshell and the fan case.
(a) If the connecting chain/cable is damaged replace the backshell

assembly, refer to VRS3503 (Ref. TASK 73-22-35-300-012).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-22-35-420-052
A. Connect the data entry plug assembly (1) to the rear side of the
electronic engine control (2).
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 73-22-35-991-158)
(1) Align the master key-way on the data entry plug assembly (1) with the
electronic engine control (2) receptacle master key-way (Ref. TASK
70-23-15-912-010).
(2) Use light hand pressure to engage the data entry plug assembly with
the electronic engine control receptacle and tighten it by hand.
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 73-22-35-410-051
B. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 73-22-35-730-051
C. Do an operational test of the EEC (Ref. TASK 73-22-34-710-040).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 606
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

PLUG ASSEMBLY - DATA ENTRY - REPAIRS
____________________________________
TASK 73-22-35-300-010
Replace the Jumpers, Contacts or Connector - VRS3500
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task is for A1 and A5 basic (non SelectOne) engines, which have not SBE
72-0562 incorporated (SelectOne Production Standard).
This task gives the procedure for the replacement of the data entry plug
jumpers, contacts or connector.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific contact insertion tool (MS27495A20)

No specific contact removal tool (MS27495R20)
No specific soft nose pliers
No specific strap wrench, TG70
R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
IAE1P16271 1 FIXTURE-HOLDING
IAE2P16369 1 TESTER-ELECTRICAL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 801
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 sealing plugs 73-22-35 80B-110

1 sealing plugs 73-22-35 80B-110A
2 contacts 73-22-35 80B-130
4 jumper 73-22-35 80B-070
5 jumper 73-22-35 80B-080
6 jumper 73-22-35 80B-090
7 jumper 73-22-35 80B-100
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-22-35-991-166 Fig. 801
73-22-35-991-160 Fig. 802
73-22-35-991-161 Fig. 803
73-22-35-991-162 Fig. 804
73-22-35-991-163 Fig. 805
73-22-35-991-164 Fig. 806
73-22-35-991-165 Fig. 807
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-22-35-941-052

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 802
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 73-22-35-010-052
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 73-22-35-010-058
C. Disconnect the Data Entry Plug (DEP) from the Electronic Engine Control
(EEC)
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 73-22-35-991-166)
(1) Disconnect the DEP (1) from EEC (2) connector with the WRENCH-SPECIAL
4 AND 8 SLOT CONNECTOR, LIFTING (IAE1R19416).
(2) Install a cap on to the EEC connector to give protection from

unwanted fluids or materials.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-22-35-020-053
A. Remove the backshell assembly (1) from the data entry plug assembly.
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 73-22-35-991-160)
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the backshell assembly (1).
(2) Install the data entry plug assembly on the FIXTURE-HOLDING

(IAE1P16271) as follows:
(a) Align the main key (3) on the data entry plug connector (4) with
the holding fixture receptacle main key-way (7).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 803
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 801/TASK 73-22-35-991-166

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 804
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Data Entry Plug Assembly Backshell

Figure 802/TASK 73-22-35-991-160

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 805
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) Use light hand pressure to engage the data entry plug assembly
with the holding fixture receptacle and tighten it by hand.
(3) Remove the backshell assembly (1) from the data entry plug connector.
Use a strap wrench, TG70 or equivalent, to loosen the backshell nut
(6).
(4) Remove the anti-vibration rubber (2) from the jumper end(s) (5) or
the backshell assembly (1).
(5) Remove the data entry plug connector (4) from the fixture.
Subtask 73-22-35-350-050
B. Remove the jumpers, the sealing plugs and the contacts from the
connector.
73-22-35-991-163)
(1) Write the connector hole letters and the type of jumper that is to be
removed on the worksheet. The number of contacts on the jumper is the
type of jumper (2, 3, 4 or 5 contacts).
(a) If you replace the connector, you must write all the connector
hole letters and the type of each jumper that is removed. Write
the connector hole letters and the type of each jumper that is to
be removed on the worksheet in the figure.
NOTE : This worksheet will be used during the installation and

____
the test procedures.
(2) Remove the jumpers (4) thru (7) as necessary. Hold the connector (3)
in your hand and use the contact removal tool (MS27495R20) (8) or
equivalent.
NOTE : If it is necessary, cut the jumper wires so that you can

____
easily install the removal tool on to the jumper. Cut the wire
0.250 in. (6.35 mm) from the top of the connector rubber
insert.
(3) Remove the sealing plugs (1) as necessary with your fingers or soft
nose pliers.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 806
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Data Entry Plug Assembly Jumpers, Contacts and Connector

Figure 803/TASK 73-22-35-991-161

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 807
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Data Entry Plug Assembly Jumpers, Contacts and Connector Replacement Worksheet
Figure 804/TASK 73-22-35-991-162

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 808
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Data Entry Plug Assembly Jumper and Contact Removal

Figure 805/TASK 73-22-35-991-163

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 809
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(4) Remove the contacts (2) as necessary, use the contact removal tool
(MS27495R20) or equivalent.
NOTE : A small piece of straight wire will help in the removal of the
____
contact.
NOTE : You can install the removed contacts, sealing plugs and
____
jumpers if they were not damaged during the removal.
Subtask 73-22-35-350-051
C. Install the jumpers, the contacts and the sealing plugs in the connector.
73-22-35-991-164)
CAUTION : DO NOT USE THE REMOVAL TOOL TO INSTALL THE JUMPERS OR THE
_______
CONTACTS. IF THE REMOVAL TOOL IS USED, THE COLLET IN THE
CONNECTOR CANNOT RETRACT AND LOCK THE JUMPER OR THE CONTACT.
CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH TOO HEAVILY ON THE INSERTION TOOL WHEN YOU PUT THE
_______
JUMPER OR THE CONTACT IN. IF YOU PUSH TOO HEAVILY YOU CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE COLLET.
(1) Install the new jumper (4), jumper (5), jumper (6) and jumper (7) in
the correct connector holes as written during the removal procedure.
Use the contact insertion tool (MS27495A20) (9), or equivalent.
NOTE : Use the worksheet that you made when you removed the jumpers
____
as an aid to make sure that you put all the jumpers in the
correct connector holes.
(a) Hold the connector (3) in your hand.
(b) Push the jumper in to the connector hole until the shoulder of
the contact is locked by the collet.
NOTE : When the collet locks the contact, the collet makes a
____
light click sound.
(c) Lightly pull back the jumper to make sure that the contact is
locked in the collet. The contact is correctly locked if the
jumper does not move rearward.
(d) Remove the insertion tool.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 810
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Data Entry Plug Assembly Jumper, Contact and Sealing Plug Installation
Figure 806/TASK 73-22-35-991-164

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 811
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Install the contacts (2) and the sealing plugs (1) in the open
connector holes that remain. Use the contact insertion tool
(MS27495A20) or equivalent.
NOTE : Make sure the contact is locked in the connector collet before
____
you install the sealing plug.
(a) Install the sealing plugs (larger diameter down) in to the open
connector holes with your fingers or soft nose pliers.
Subtask 73-22-35-210-051
D. Examine the Repair

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 73-22-35-991-160, 806/TASK 73-22-35-991-164)
(1) Make sure that the jumper contacts and the contacts are straight and
that the sealing plugs are installed correctly in all the open
connector holes.
(2) Examine the data entry plug connector for damage.
Subtask 73-22-35-750-050
E. Do an electrical wiring test on the data entry plug assembly. Use the
TESTER-ELECTRICAL (IAE2P16369).
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 73-22-35-991-160, 807/TASK 73-22-35-991-165)
(1) Turn the POWER switch to on. The red power light will not go on at
this time.
(2) Push the LIGHT TEST switch. Make sure that all the lights on the
panel come ON.
(3) Install the data entry plug connector (4) on the tester. Align the
data entry plug main key with the tester main key-way and tighten it
with your fingers.
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 73-22-35-991-160)
(4) set the letter Y on the selector switch and push the DEP TEST switch.
Write the jumpered wire combination from the lights that are ON.
Example: If the lights C and X are written, the combination Y-C-X is
a three contact jumper.
(5) Turn the selector switch clockwise and set each letter on the
selector switch and push the DEP TEST switch. Write each jumpered
wire combination from the lights that are ON for each letter on the
selector.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 812
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

EEC Data Entry Plug Tester, IAE2P16242

Figure 807/TASK 73-22-35-991-165

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 813
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(6) Compare each of the jumpered wire combinations you have written with
the jumpered wire combinations you make on the work sheet.
(7) If the correct jumpered wire combination lights do not come on, do
the steps that follows:
(a) Do a check of the DEP to jumper wire combinations that are

written on the work sheet.
(b) Do the DEP electrical wiring test again for the correct jumper
combination.
Subtask 73-22-35-420-053
F. Install the backshell assembly on to the data entry plug connector.

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 73-22-35-991-160)
(1) Install the data entry plug connector (4) on to the FIXTURE-HOLDING
(IAE1P16271).
(b) Use light hand pressure to engage the data entry plug connector
(2) Align and install the anti-vibration rubber (2) on to the jumper
end(s) (5) or in to the backshell (1) of the data entry plug.
(3) Install the backshell assembly (1) on the connector (4) and tighten
the backshell nut by hand.
(4) TORQUE the backshell nut (6) to between 53 and 58 lbf.in (0.59 and
0.65 m.daN). Use a strap wrench, TG-70 or equivalent (Ref. TASK 70-
23-11-911-013).
(5) Safety the backshell assembly (1) to the backshell nut (6) with
(6) Remove the data entry plug assembly from the holding fixture.
(7) Install a protective cap on the data entry plug assembly.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 814
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-22-35-410-056
A. Connect the data entry plug assembly (1) to the EEC (2).
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 73-22-35-991-166)
(1) Remove the protective cap or bag from the data entry plug assembly
(1).
(2) Remove the cap from the EEC (2) connector.
(3) Align the main key on the data entry plug assembly (1) with the EEC
(2) receptacle main key-way (Ref. TASK 70-23-15-912-010).
the EEC receptacle and tighten it by hand.
the EEC harness wrench, IAE1R19416 (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 73-22-35-410-052
B. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 73-22-35-730-052

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 815
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-22-35-300-010- 01
Replace the Jumpers, Contacts or Connector - VRS3500
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task is for A5 engines only, which have SBE 72-0562 incorporated
(SelectOne Production Standard).
This task gives the procedure for the replacement of the data entry plug
jumpers contacts or connector.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific contact insertion tool (MS27495A20)

No specific contact removal tool (MS27495R20)
No specific soft nose pliers
No specific strap wrench, TG70
R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 816
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 sealing plugs 73-22-35 80B-110

1 sealing plugs 73-22-35 80B-110A
2 contacts 73-22-35 80B-130
4 jumper 73-22-35 80B-070
5 jumper 73-22-35 80B-080
6 jumper 73-22-35 80B-090
7 jumper 73-22-35 80B-100
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-22-35-991-166 Fig. 801
73-22-35-991-160 Fig. 802
73-22-35-991-161 Fig. 803
73-22-35-991-162 Fig. 804
73-22-35-991-163 Fig. 805
73-22-35-991-164 Fig. 806
73-22-35-991-165 Fig. 807
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-22-35-941-057
(a) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 817
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) On the maintenance panel 50VU:
(b) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to energize

the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 73-22-35-010-063
B. Get Access

- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 73-22-35-010-064
C. Disconnection of the Data Entry Plug (DEP) from the Electronic Engine
Control (EEC)
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 73-22-35-991-166)
(1) Disconnect the DEP (1) from EEC (2) connector with the WRENCH-SPECIAL
4 AND 8 SLOT CONNECTOR, LIFTING (IAE1R19416).

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-22-35-020-056
A. Removal of the Backshell Assembly from the Data Entry Plug Assembly
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 73-22-35-991-160)
(2) Install the data entry plug assembly on the FIXTURE-HOLDING


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 818
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(6).
(4) Remove the anti-vibration rubber (2) from the jumper end(s) (5) or
Subtask 73-22-35-350-056
B. Removal of the Jumpers, the Sealing Plugs and the Contacts from the
Connector
73-22-35-991-163)
(1) Write the connector hole letters and the type of jumper that is to be
removed on the worksheet. The number of contacts on the jumper is the
type of jumper (2, 3, 4 or 5 contacts).
(a) If you replace the connector, you must write all the connector
hole letters and the type of each jumper that is removed. Write
the connector hole letters and the type of each jumper that is to
be removed on the worksheet in the figure.
NOTE : This worksheet will be used during the installation and

____
the test procedures.
(2) Remove the jumpers (4) thru (7) as necessary. Hold the connector (3)
in your hand and use the contact removal tool (MS27495R20) (8) or
equivalent.
NOTE : If it is necessary, cut the jumper wires so that you can

____
easily install the removal tool on to the jumper. Cut the wire
0.250 in. (6.35 mm) from the top of the connector rubber
insert.
(3) Remove the sealing plugs (1) as necessary with your fingers or soft
nose pliers.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 819
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(4) Remove the contacts (2) as necessary, use the contact removal tool
(MS27495R20) or equivalent.
NOTE : A small piece of straight wire will help in the removal of the
____
contact.
NOTE : You can install the removed contacts, sealing plugs and
____
jumpers if they were not damaged during the removal.
Subtask 73-22-35-350-057
C. Installation of the Jumpers, the Contacts and the Sealing Plugs in the
Connector
73-22-35-991-164)
CAUTION : DO NOT USE THE REMOVAL TOOL TO INSTALL THE JUMPERS OR THE
_______
CONTACTS. IF THE REMOVAL TOOL IS USED, THE COLLET IN THE
CONNECTOR CANNOT RETRACT AND LOCK THE JUMPER OR THE CONTACT.
CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH TOO HEAVILY ON THE INSERTION TOOL WHEN YOU PUT THE
_______
JUMPER OR THE CONTACT IN. IF YOU PUSH TOO HEAVILY YOU CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE COLLET.
(1) Install the new jumper (4), jumper (5), jumper (6) and jumper (7) in
the correct connector holes as written during the removal procedure.
Use the contact insertion tool (MS27495A20) (9), or equivalent.
NOTE : Use the worksheet that you made when you removed the jumpers
____
as an aid to make sure that you put all the jumpers in the
correct connector holes.
(a) Hold the connector (3) in your hand.
(b) Push the jumper in to the connector hole until the shoulder of
the contact is locked by the collet.
NOTE : When the collet locks the contact, the collet makes a
____
light click sound.
(c) Lightly pull back the jumper to make sure that the contact is
locked in the collet. The contact is correctly locked if the
jumper does not move rearward.
(d) Remove the insertion tool.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 820
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Install the contacts (2) and the sealing plugs (1) in the open
connector holes that remain. Use the contact insertion tool
(MS27495A20) or equivalent.
NOTE : Make sure the contact is locked in the connector collet before
____
you install the sealing plug.
(a) Install the sealing plugs (larger diameter down) into the open
connector holes with your fingers or soft nose pliers.
Subtask 73-22-35-210-055
D. Examine the Repair

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 73-22-35-991-160, 806/TASK 73-22-35-991-164)
(1) Make sure that the jumper contacts and the contacts are straight and
that the sealing plugs are installed correctly in all the open
connector holes.
(2) Examine the data entry plug connector for damage.
Subtask 73-22-35-750-052
E. Do an Electrical Wiring Test on the Data Entry Plug Assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 73-22-35-991-160, 807/TASK 73-22-35-991-165)
(1) Turn the POWER switch to on. The red power light will not go on at
this time.
(2) Push the LIGHT TEST switch. Make sure that all the lights on the
panel come ON.
(3) Install the data entry plug connector (4) on the tester. Align the
data entry plug main key with the tester main key-way and tighten it
with your fingers.
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 73-22-35-991-160)
(4) Set the letter Y on the selector switch and push the DEP TEST switch.
Write the jumpered wire combination from the lights that are ON.
Example: If the lights C and X are written, the combination Y-C-X is
a three contact jumper.
(5) Turn the selector switch clockwise and set each letter on the
selector switch and push the DEP TEST switch. Write each jumpered
wire combination from the lights that are ON for each letter on the
selector.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 821
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(6) Compare each of the jumpered wire combinations you have written with
the jumpered wire combinations you make on the work sheet.
(7) If the correct jumpered wire combination lights do not come on, do
the steps that follows:
(a) Do a check of the DEP to jumper wire combinations that are

written on the work sheet.
(b) Do the DEP electrical wiring test again for the correct jumper
combination.
Subtask 73-22-35-420-056
F. Installation of the Backshell Assembly on to the Data Entry Plug

Connector
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 73-22-35-991-160)
(IAE1P16271).
(2) Align and install the anti-vibration rubber (2) on to the jumper
end(s) (5) or in to the backshell (1) of the data entry plug.
(3) Install the backshell assembly (1) on the connector (4) and tighten
the backshell nut by hand.
0.65 m.daN). Use a strap wrench, TG70 or equivalent (Ref. TASK 70-23-
11-911-013).
(7) Install a protective cap on the data entry plug assembly.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 822
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-22-35-410-061
A. Connection of the Data Entry Plug Assembly to the EEC

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 73-22-35-991-166)
(1) Remove the protective cap or bag from the data entry plug assembly
(1).
(3) Align the main key on the data entry plug assembly (1) with the EEC
(2) receptacle main key-way (Ref. TASK 70-23-15-912-010).
the EEC receptacle and tighten it by hand.
Subtask 73-22-35-410-062
B. Close Access
items.

- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 73-22-35-730-057

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 823
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-22-35-300-011
Repair the Jumper Contact or Contact - VRS3501
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure to make the data entry plug jumper contact or
contact straight.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific cap
No specific long soft nose pliers
R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-22-35-991-166 Fig. 801
73-22-35-991-167 Fig. 808

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 824
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-22-35-941-053
1(2).
Subtask 73-22-35-010-053
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 73-22-35-010-059
(EEC).
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 73-22-35-991-166)
(1) Disconnect the DEP (1) from the EEC (2) connector with the WRENCH-
SPECIAL 4 AND 8 SLOT CONNECTOR, LIFTING (IAE1R19416).


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 825
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-22-35-350-052
A. Make the jumper contacts or contacts straight in the connector.

(Ref. Fig. 808/TASK 73-22-35-991-167)
(1) Make the contacts straight, use long soft nose pliers or equivalent.
Subtask 73-22-35-210-052
B. Examine the repair.

(Ref. Fig. 808/TASK 73-22-35-991-167)
(1) Examine the repaired jumper contacts or contacts.
(a) Make sure that the repaired contacts are at equal distances from
the other contacts.
(b) No damage is permitted on the contact from the tool.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-22-35-410-057
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 73-22-35-991-166)
23-15-912-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 826
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Data Entry Plug Assembly Jumper Contact or Contact Repair

Figure 808/TASK 73-22-35-991-167

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 827
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-22-35-410-053
B. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 73-22-35-730-053

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 828
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-22-35-300-012
Replace the Data Entry Plug Backshell Assembly - VRS3503
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure to replace the data entry plug backshell
assembly.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific clean dry bag

No specific strap wrench, TG-70
No specific vibration peen
R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 backshell assembly 73-22-35 80B-050

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 829
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-22-35-991-166 Fig. 801
73-22-35-991-160 Fig. 802
73-22-35-991-168 Fig. 809
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-22-35-941-054
1(2).
Subtask 73-22-35-010-054
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 830
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-22-35-010-060
(EEC).
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 73-22-35-991-166)
(1) Disconnect the DEP (1) from the EEC (2) connector with the WRENCH-
SPECIAL 4 AND 8 SLOT CONNECTOR, LIFTING (IAE1R19416).
(2) Install a protective cap on to the EEC connector to give protection

from unwanted fluids or materials.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-22-35-020-054
A. Remove the backshell assembly from the data entry plug assembly.
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 73-22-35-991-160)
(2) Install the data entry plug assembly on to the FIXTURE-HOLDING

with the holding fixture receptable and tighten it by hand.
(6).
(4) Remove the anti-vibration rubber (2) from the jumper ends(s) (5) or

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 831
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-22-35-350-053
B. Identify the new backshell assembly

(Ref. Fig. 809/TASK 73-22-35-991-168)
(1) Mark the PART No., CLASS No., RATING No., BUMP No., EPR MOD. No. and
ENG. S/N on a new backshell assembly with the same data as given on
the removed backshell assembly. Use the vibration peen method.
Subtask 73-22-35-210-053
C. Examine the repair.

(Ref. Fig. 809/TASK 73-22-35-991-168)
(1) Examine the backshell assembly for damage.
(2) Make sure that the data given on the new backshell assembly agrees
with the data given on the removed backshell assembly.
(3) Discard the removed backshell assembly.
Subtask 73-22-35-420-054
D. Install the backshell assembly on to the data entry plug connector.

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 73-22-35-991-160)
(IAE1P16271).
the holding ficture receptacle main key-way (7).
(4) with the holding fixture receptacle and tighten it by hand.
(2) Align and install the anti-vibration rubber (2) on the jumper end(s)
(5) of the data entry plug connector (4) or in to the backshell
assembly (1).
(3) Install the backshell assembly (1) on to the connector (4) and
tighten the backshell nut (6) by hand.
0.65 m.daN). Use a strap wrench, TG-70 or equivalent (Ref. TASK 70-
23-11-911-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 832
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Identify the New Data Entry Plug Backshell Assembly

Figure 809/TASK 73-22-35-991-168

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 833
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(7) Install a protective cap or a clean dry bag on to the data entry plug
assembly.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-22-35-410-058
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 73-22-35-991-166)
(1) Remove the protective cap or bag from the data entry plug assembly.
23-15-912-010).
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 73-22-35-410-054
B. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 834
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-22-35-730-054

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-35

Page 835
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

STATOR - ENGINE DEDICATED ALTERNATOR (4005EV) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________________________
TASK 73-22-38-000-010
Removal of the Engine Dedicated Alternator (EDA) Stator and/or Cooling Shroud
_______
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific covers
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-22-38-991-150 Fig. 401
73-22-38-991-153 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-22-38-941-051
(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine
1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-38

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 73-22-38-010-051

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-22-38-020-054
A. Disconnect the two electrical connectors (6) and (7) from the EDA stator
(5).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-22-38-991-150)
Subtask 73-22-38-210-052
B. Examine the stator receptacle

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-22-38-991-150)
(1) Do a visual examination of the receptacle pins.
(a) If the pins are gold or grey, accept.
(b) If the pins are blackened with material loss, replace the stator,
and the mating electrical harness connectors.
Subtask 73-22-38-020-051
C. Removal of the EDA Stator:
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE THE EDA STATOR. THE MAGNETS OF THE
_______
ROTOR WILL PULL THE STATOR. DAMAGE TO THE STATOR LAMINATIONS
AND THE ROTOR CAN OCCUR IF YOU DO NOT HOLD THE STATOR
CAREFULLY.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-38

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Engine Dedicated Alternator Stator

Figure 401/TASK 73-22-38-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-38

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-22-38-991-150)
(1) Disconnect the air bearing compartment cooling tube (1) from the EDA
stator.
(2) Remove the three nuts (4) and the bolts (3).
(3) Remove the EDA stator (5) from the rotor assembly.
(4) Remove the sealing ring (2) from the EDA stator (5).
(5) Discard the sealing ring (2).
Subtask 73-22-38-020-057
D. The dedicated alternator stator cooling shroud can be removed at this

point if required by releasing the clamping nut.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 73-22-38-991-153)
SBE 73-0076: Dedicated Alternator Stator - Introduction of new source of
supply
END OF SBE 73-0076
Subtask 73-22-38-020-058
E. Install covers to all exposed openings.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-38

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Engine Dedicated Alternator Stator SBE 73-0076

Figure 402/TASK 73-22-38-991-153

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-38

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-22-38-400-010
Installation of the Engine Dedicated Alternator (EDA) Stator and or Cooling

Shroud
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 3/4 to 2in. (19 to 50 mm) diameter C spanner
R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

cleaning fluid (Trichloroethane) (Ref. 70-30-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 sealing ring 73-22-38 80B-050

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-38

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-00-00-710-022 Test No.6 : ELectronic Engine Control (EEC) System
Idle Test
73-22-38-991-150 Fig. 401
73-22-38-991-153 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-22-38-860-051
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 73-22-38-010-053
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-38

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-22-38-110-051
A. Cleaning:
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Use a clean lint free cloth made moist with cleaning fluid
(Trichloroethane) (Material No. V01-001) to clean the mating faces of
the stator (5) and the alternator rotor assembly.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-22-38-991-150)
Subtask 73-22-38-210-053
B. Examination:
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-22-38-991-150)
(1) Visually examine the mating faces of the stator (5) and the
alternator rotor assembly for flatness. Remove any raised surface
areas or burrs.
(2) Remove all covers from the openings.
Subtask 73-22-38-420-051
C. Installation of the EDA Stator:
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU INSTALL THE EDA STATOR. THE MAGNETS OF THE
_______
ROTOR WILL PULL THE STATOR. DAMAGE TO THE STATOR LAMINATIONS
AND THE ROTOR CAN OCCUR IF YOU DO NOT HOLD THE STATOR
CAREFULLY.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-22-38-991-150)
PRE SBE 73-0076
(1) Install the sealing ring (2) to the stator (5) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-
911-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-38

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Install the stator (5) to the alternator rotor assembly.
NOTE : The stator can only be installed in one position because the
____
distances between the mounting bolt holes are not equal.
(3) Install the three bolts (3) and the three nuts (4).
(4) TORQUE the nuts (4) to 100 lbf.in (1.13 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-
911-013).
Subtask 73-22-38-420-057
D. EDA Cooling shroud alignment must be checked before installation. Align

the cooling shroud to the reference mark 1, item B.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 73-22-38-991-153)
CAUTION : YOU MUST MAKE SURE THAT YOU INSTALL THE ALTERNATOR SHROUD IN
_______
THE CORRECT POSITION ON THE STATOR GENERATOR TO PREVENT THE
COMPONENTS FROM OVERHEATING AND DAMAGE DURING IN-SERVICE
OPERATIONS.
SBE 73-0076: Dedicated alternator stator - Introduction of new source

supply
(1) With the arrow aligned make sure the dowel on the shroud engages in
the adjacent cooling hole in the casing, this correctly aligns the
cooling air inlet on the shroud with the cooling hole in the casing.
Tighten the clamping nut on the shroud to hold the shroud firmly in
the correct position.
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU INSTALL THE EDA STATOR. THE MAGNETS OF
_______
THE ROTOR WILL PULL THE STATOR. DAMAGE TO THE STATOR
LAMINATIONS AND THE ROTOR CAN OCCUR IF YOU DO NOT HOLD THE
STATOR CAREFULLY.
(2) Install the sealing ring (2) to the stator (5) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-
911-010).
(3) Install the stator (5) to the alternator rotor assembly.
NOTE : The stator can only be installed in one position because the
____
distances between the mounting bolt holes are not equal.
(4) Install the three bolts (3) and the three nuts (4).
(5) TORQUE the nuts (4) to 100 lbf.in (1.13 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-
911-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-38

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(6) TORQUE the clamping nut on the shroud to between 46 and 50 lbf.in
(0.51 and 0.56 m.daN).
Subtask 73-22-38-420-054
E. Connection
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-22-38-991-150)
(1) Connect the air bearing compartment cooling tube
(a) Install the tube (1) to the EDA stator (5).
(b) TORQUE the tube to between 283 and 310 lbf.in (3.19 and 3.50
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(2) Connect the electrical connectors
(a) Install the connectors (6) and (7) into the receptacles on the
stator (5) (Ref. TASK 70-23-15-912-010)
(b) Tighten the coupling nuts of the connectors (6) and (7) with a
3/4 to 2in. (19 to 50 mm) diameter C spanner.
(c) Tighten the coupling nuts until they are not easy to turn. Then
tighten them 1/16 of a turn more.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-22-38-410-051
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 73-22-38-720-051
B. Do an Electronic Engine Control (EEC) System idle test (Ref. TASK 71-00-
00-710-022).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-38

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

AIR TUBES - P2/T2 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________
TASK 73-22-48-000-010
Removal of the P2T2 Probe Tube Assembly
_______
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-22-48-991-151 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-22-48-941-051

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-48

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 73-22-48-010-052
B. Get Access
(1) Open the fan cowls: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
(2) Put the access platform in position on the right side of the engine.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-22-48-991-151)
Subtask 73-22-48-020-050
A. Remove the P2T2 Probe Tube and Hose Assemblies:
(1) Remove the P2T2 probe access panel.
(a) Remove the 18 bolts (3) from the access panel (2).
(b) Remove the access panel from the air intake cowl.
(2) Remove the P2T2 hose assembly.
(a) Cut and discard the wire from the connectors of the P2T2 hose
assembly (1).
(b) Hold the instrument air tube (10) with an applicable wrench and
disconnect the P2T2 hose assembly.
(c) Hold the union (9) with an applicable wrench and disconnect the
P2T2 hose assembly.
(d) Remove the P2T2 hose assembly.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-48

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

P2T2 Probe Tube and Hose Assemblies

Figure 401/TASK 73-22-48-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-48

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Remove the P2T2 tube assembly.
(a) Cut and discard the wire from the connectors of the P2T2 tube
assembly (7).
(b) Hold the union (4) with an applicable wrench and disconnect the
P2T2 tube assembly.
(c) Hold the union (9) with an applicable wrench and disconnect the
P2T2 tube assembly.
NOTE : Write the position of the union (9). It must be put in the
____
same position during the installation task.
(d) Remove the P2T2 tube assembly from the air intake cowl.
(e) Remove the nut (8) from the union (9).
(f) Remove the union (9) from the rear bulkhead.
Subtask 73-22-48-620-050
B. Put the applicable covers/caps/plugs on all the openings.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-48

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-22-48-400-010
Installation of the P2T2 Probe Tube Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-22-48-000-010 Removal of the P2T2 Probe Tube Assembly
73-22-48-991-151 Fig. 401

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-48

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-22-48-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-22-48-991-151)
Subtask 73-22-48-630-050
A. Remove the applicable covers/caps/plugs from the openings.
Subtask 73-22-48-110-051
B. Clean lint free cloth make moist to clean these parts:
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Use a clean lint free cloth make moist with cleaning fluid (Material
No. V01-002) to clean these parts.
(a) The end connectors of the hose (1).
(b) The end connector of the tubes (7) and (10).
(c) The unions (4) and (9).
(d) The nuts (8) and the bolts (3).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-48

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(e) The panel (2) and the air-intake-cowl access-panel frame.
Subtask 73-22-48-420-050
C. Install the P2T2 Probe Tube and hose assemblies:
(1) Install the P2T2 hose assembly.
(a) Put the union (9) in the rear bulkhead, in the position written
on its removal (Ref. TASK 73-22-48-000-010).
(b) Install the nut (8) to the union (9) from the inner side of the
rear bulkhead.
(c) TORQUE the nut (8) to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(d) Connect the elbow connector of the hose assembly (1) to the
instrument air pipe (10).
(e) Connect the straight connector of the hose assembly to the union
(9).
(f) TORQUE the connectors of the hose assembly to between 135 and 145
(g) Safety the union nut (8) and the connectors of the hose assembly
with corrosion resistant steel lockwire (Material No. V02-119).
(2) Install the P2T2 tube assembly.
(a) Connect the tube assembly (7) to the unions (4) and (9).
(b) Hold the unions (4) and (9) and TORQUE the connectors of the tube
assembly to between 135 and 145 lbf.in (1.52 and 1.63 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(c) Safety the connectors of the tube assembly with corrosion

resistant steel lockwire (Material No. V02-119).
(3) Install the P2T2 probe access panel.
(a) Attach the access panel (2) to the air intake cowl with the 18
bolts (3).
(b) TORQUE the bolts to 100 lbf.in (1.13 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-
911-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-48

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-22-48-410-052
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-48

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

AIR TUBES - P2/T2 - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________________
TASK 73-22-48-200-010
General Check of the P2/T2 Air Tubes
_______
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-48

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-22-48-991-150 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-22-48-941-050
1(2).
Subtask 73-22-48-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010).

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-48

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-22-48-010-051
C. Remove the P2/T2 probe access panel

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 73-22-48-991-150)
(1) Remove the 18 bolts (2).
(2) Remove the access panel (1).
Subtask 73-22-48-110-050
D. Clean the P2/T2 tubes (3) and (4):

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 73-22-48-991-150)
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Use a clean lint free cloth, made moist with cleaning fluid (Material
No. V01-002) (Ref 70-30-00) to clean the tubes.
(2) Dry the tubes with a clean lint free cloth.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-22-48-210-050
A. Examination:
(1) Examine the tubes (3) and (4) for correct attachment
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 73-22-48-991-150)
(a) If the tubes are loose, TORQUE the tube connection nuts to
between 135 and 145 lbf.in (1.52 and 1.63 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-
23-11-911-013).
(2) Examine the general condition of the tubes (3) and (4). Use the
inspection lamp and the inspection mirror.
(a) Examine the tubes for cracks.
1
_ If a tube is cracked, reject it.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-48

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

P2/T2 Air Tubes

Figure 601/TASK 73-22-48-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-48

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) Examine the tubes for dents and damage.
1
_ If a tube has dents or damage, reject it.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-22-48-410-050
A. Install the P2/T2 probe access panel

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 73-22-48-991-150)
items.
(2) Put the access panel (1) on the air intake cowl, in the correct
position for installation.
(3) Install the 18 bolts (2). TORQUE the bolts to 100 lbf.in (1.13
m.daN).
Subtask 73-22-48-410-051
B. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-48

Page 605
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TUBES - FUEL SYSTEM AIR - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_______________________________________________
TASK 73-22-49-790-010
Leak Check of the Pb Sense Line
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure outlines how to check for leaks in the Pb sense lines
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific nitrogen supply (regulated nitrogen source (max 75

psi))
R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
IAE1R19786 1 CONNECTOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V10-045A *
snoop leak detection fluid (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-49

Page 201
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-22-49-991-150 Fig. 201
73-22-49-991-151 Fig. 202
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-22-49-941-051
1(2).
Subtask 73-22-49-010-051
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-49

Page 202
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-22-49-020-053
A. Remove the Pb sense line pipe

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 73-22-49-991-150)
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the connectors.
(2) Disconnect the connector nut (1) from the P3/T3 sensor.
(3) Disconnect the connector nut (3) from the tube (2).
For Pre SB 75-0081
(4) Remove the bolt (7) and the washer (6) from the clip point 5433.
For Post SB 75-0081
(5) Remove the nut (12), the bolt (8) and the spacer (10) from the clip
point 6108.
End of SB 75-0081.
(6) Remove the nut (14), bolt (19), washer (18) and spacer (15) from the
clip point 6066.
(7) Remove the pipe (2).
Subtask 73-22-49-420-052
B. Preparation for the pressure test
(1) Install the CONNECTOR (IAE1R19786) to the pipe (4).
(2) Connect the nitrogen supply to the connector.
(3) Blank off the vented traps using clips and bolts as shown in figure.
(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 73-22-49-991-151)
(4) TORQUE the nut (item 6) to 40 lbf.in (0.45 m.daN).
(5) Coat the sense line joints, including the flexible tube that connects
to the EEC, with snoop leak detection fluid (Material No. V10-045A).
NOTE : Make sure that the upper flexible section of the sense line is
____
coated on the flexible portion and the unions.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-49

Page 203
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

PB Sense Line

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-49

Page 204
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

PB Sense Line

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-49

Page 205
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Water Trap Blanking

Figure 202/TASK 73-22-49-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-49

Page 206
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-22-49-720-050
C. Test
(1) Carefully open the regulator valve of the nitrogen supply (regulated
nitrogen source (max 75 psi)) and gradually increase the pressure to
75 psi and check for leaks.
(2) Continue to pressurize the sense lines for two minutes.
NOTE : If necessary, re-apply snoop leak detection fluid to confirm a

____
leak.
(3) If a leak is detected, identify the leaking joint/s. If possible

photograph the joint and the tube clipping arrangement both sides of
the joint.
(4) Release the pressure from the sense line.
(5) Check the security of the unions or any leaking joints. Torque the
connector to the recommended range (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(6) If connectors are found under-tightened, torque to the recommended

range and repeat the leak check.
(7) If a leak is found in the flexible line or on a rigid tube, replace

the defective parts and repeat the leak check.
(8) If a joint continues to leak, replace the tubes both sides of the
leaking joint and inform IAE Technical Services stating the location.
NOTE : If replacement parts are not available before the aircraft

____
returns to service, arrange for their replacement at the next
convenient point when spare parts become available.
(9) Clean the snoop leak detection fluid (Material No. V10-045A) from the
tubes.
(10) Remove the nitrogen supply and the connector IAE1R19786 from the tube
(x).
(11) Remove the blanking clips from the water traps.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-49

Page 207
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-22-49-420-053
D. Install the Pb sense line tube

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 73-22-49-991-150)
(1) Connect the tube (2) to the P3/T3 sensor and to the tube (4) (do not
tighten at this point).
Pre SB 75-0081
(2) Install the clip 5433, the bolt (7) and the washer (6).
m.daN).
Post SB 75-0081
(4) Install the clip 6108, the bolt (8), the spacer (10) and the nut
(12).
m.daN).
End of SB 75-0081.
(6) Install the clip 6066, the bolt (19), the washer (18), the spacer
(15) and the nut (14).
m.daN).
(8) TORQUE the tube connectors (1) and (3) to between 159 and 177 lbf.in
(1.79 and 2.00 m.daN).
(9) Safety the tube connectors with corrosion resistant steel lockwire
(Material No. V02-126)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-49

Page 208
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-22-49-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010) :

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-49

Page 209
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TUBES - FUEL SYSTEM AIR - INSPECTION/CHECK
__________________________________________
TASK 73-22-49-220-010
Inspection of the EEC Pb Inlet Port
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific clean lint-free cloth

No specific white light
No specific 10x magnifying glass
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 seal ring 73-22-34 80E-090

2 seal ring 73-22-34 80F-090
2 seal ring 73-22-34 80G-090
2 seal ring 73-22-34 80H-090
2 seal ring 73-22-34 80J-090

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-49

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-22-49-941-052
(2) Make sure tha the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
1(2).
Subtask 73-22-49-010-052
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-49

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-22-49-020-054
A. Disconnect the flexible hose
(1) Cut and discard the lockwire from the flexible hose (4) connector.
(2) Disconnect the flexible hose (4) from the Electronic Engine Control
(EEC) (1).
Subtask 73-22-49-220-050
B. Examine the EEC burner pressure sensor inlet port
(1) Remove the union (3) from the EEC sensor inlet port and discard the
seal ring (2).
PRE SB 73-0185 or PRE SB 73-0186
(2) Use a 10x magnifying glass and a white light to visually examine the
sensor screen. If you can see white powder contamination on the
sensor screen, replace the EEC.
END OF PRE SB 73-0185 or PRE SB 73-0186
POST SB 73-0185 or POST SB 73-0186
NOTE : Engines which have SB 73-0185 or SB 73-0186 do not have a

____
sensor screen.
END OF POST SB 73-0185 or POST SB 73-0186
Subtask 73-22-49-160-053
C. Clean the EEC inlet port
(1) If there is water in the EEC inlet port, dry the area with a clean
lint-free cloth.
(2) Blow out the inner diameter of the union (3) to remove all water with
nitrogen or clean dry air.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-49

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-22-49-420-054
D. Install the union and the flexible hose.
NOTE : Make sure that all the PB sense line pipes are connected
____
correctly. Joints that leak let moisture into the lines and
increase PB problems.
(1) Install a new seal ring (2) on the union (3).
(2) Install the union in the EEC (PB) inlet port with the external cone
end toward the flexible hose (4).
(3) TORQUE the union to between 168 and 181 lbf.in (1.89 and 2.04 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(4) Safety the union with corrosion resistant steel lockwire (Material
No. V02-126) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).
(5) Install and connect the flexible hose connector to the union.
(6) TORQUE the connector to between 142 and 150 lbf.in (1.60 and 1.69
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(7) Safety the connector with corrosion resistant steel lockwire

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-22-49-410-052
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010) :

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-49

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

SENSOR AND MANIFOLD - P4.9 (2004EM1,2004EM2,2004EM3) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________________________
TASK 73-22-51-000-010
Removal of the P4.9 Sensor and Manifold 2004EM1, 2004EM2, 2004EM3
_______
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-22-51-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-22-51-941-051

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-51

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 73-22-51-010-051
B. Get Access
(1) Open the fan cowl (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 73-22-51-040-051

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 73-22-51-010-053
D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010)

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-51

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-22-51-020-051
A. Removal of the P4.9 Sensor and Manifold:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-22-51-991-150)
(1) Remove the right manifold.
(a) Remove the nut (19) and the bolt (3) which attach the clip (20)
to the turbine exhaust case flange.
(b) Cut and discard the wire and disconnect the union nut of the
right manifold (4) from the pipe adaptor (18).
(c) Cut and discard the wire and remove the two bolts (1).
(d) Remove the right manifold (4) from the turbine exhaust case.
(e) Remove and discard the two piston rings (2).
(2) Remove the left manifold.
(a) Remove the nut (10) and the bolt (8) which attach the clip (9) to
the turbine exhaust case flange.
(b) Cut and discard the wire and disconnect the union nut of the left
manifold (11) from the pipe adapter (18).
(d) Remove the left manifold (11) from the turbine exhaust case.
(3) Remove the pipe adaptor.
(a) Remove the two bolts (14) which attach the two clips (13) to the
bracket (12).
(b) Cut and discard the wire and disconnect the union nut of the P4.9
pressure rake tube (17) from the pipe adaptor (18).
(d) Remove the pipe adaptor (18) and the bracket (12) from the
turbine exhaust case.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-51

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

P4.9 Sensor and Manifold

Figure 401/TASK 73-22-51-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-51

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(4) Put the applicable covers/caps/plugs on all of the openings.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-51

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-22-51-400-010
Installation of the P4.9 Sensor and Manifold 2004EM1, 2004EM2, 2004EM3
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 piston rings 73-22-51 80B-040

5 piston rings 73-22-51 80B-040
6 piston rings 73-22-51 80B-040

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-51

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-22-51-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-22-51-860-051
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 73-22-51-010-055
B. Get Access
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-51

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 73-22-51-040-053
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-22-51-420-051
A. Installation of the P4.9 Sensor and Manifold:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-22-51-991-150)
(1) Remove all the covers/caps/plugs from the openings.
(2) Install the pipe adaptor.
(a) Install two new piston rings (5) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010) in
to position on the pipe adaptor (18). Make sure that the openings
in the piston rings are opposite to each other.
(b) Install the pipe adaptor (18) in to position on the turbine

exhaust case so that the abutment faces touch. Make sure that the
piston rings (5) go in to the engine.
(c) Install the bracket (12) and the two bolts (15).
(d) TORQUE the bolts (15) to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(e) Safety the bolts (15) with corrosion resistant steel lockwire
(3) Install the right manifold.
to position on the right manifold (4). Make sure that the
openings in the piston rings are opposite to each other.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-51

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) Install the right manifold (4) in to the turbine exhaust case so
that the abutment faces touch. Make sure that the piston rings
(2) go in to the engine.
(c) Install the two bolts (1) at the flange connection.
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(e) Connect the right manifold (4) to the pipe adaptor (18).
(f) TORQUE the union nut to between 230 and 248 lbf.in (2.59 and 2.80
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(g) Safety the bolts (1) and the union nut with corrosion resistant
014).
(4) Install the left manifold.
to position on the left manifold (11). Make sure that the
openings in the piston rings are opposite to each other.
(b) Install the left manifold (11) in to the turbine exhaust case so
that the abutment faces touch. Make sure that the piston rings
(6) go in to the engine.
(c) Install the two bolts (7) at the flange connection.
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(e) Connect the left manifold (11) to the pipe adaptor (18).
(f) TORQUE the union nut to between 230 and 248 lbf.in (2.59 and 2.80
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(g) Safety the bolts (7) and the union nut with corrosion resistant
014).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-51

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(5) Connect the P4.9 pressure rake tube.
(a) Connect the pressure rake tube (17) to the pipe adaptor (18).
(b) TORQUE the union nut to between 159 and 177 lbf.in (1.79 and 2.00
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(c) Safety the union nut with corrosion resistant steel lockwire
(6) Install the support clips.
(a) Install the clips (9), (13) and (20) in to their applicable
positions.
(b) Install the bolts (8), (14) and (3) and the nuts (10) and (19).
(c) TORQUE the nuts (10) and (19) and the bolts (14) to between 85
013).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-22-51-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010)

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 73-22-51-440-051

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-51

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-22-51-410-053
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-51

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

METERING UNIT - FUEL (4000KC) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________
TASK 73-22-52-000-010
Removal of the Fuel Metering Unit (FMU) (4000KC)
_______
WARNING : BE CAREFUL DURING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION OF THE FMU IT WEIGHS 20LB

_______
(9KG).
CAUTION : DO NOT LET ENGINE OIL FALL ON THE ENGINE. UNWANTED OIL MUST BE
_______
REMOVED IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN LINT FREE CLOTH THE OIL CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE PROTECTION AND TO SOME PARTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific container for drained fuel, minimum capacity 1USgal

(4 l)
No specific covers/blanking caps

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-22-52-991-150 Fig. 401
73-22-52-991-152 Fig. 402
73-22-52-991-160 Fig. 403
73-22-52-991-151 Fig. 404
73-22-52-991-153 Fig. 405
73-22-52-991-159 Fig. 406
73-22-52-991-157 Fig. 407
73-22-52-991-154 Fig. 408
73-22-52-991-155 Fig. 409
73-22-52-991-158 Fig. 410
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-22-52-941-051
1(2).
Subtask 73-22-52-010-052

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-22-52-020-055
A. Disconnect the Electrical Harness

73-22-52-991-160)
(1) Remove the nut (52), the washer (51) and the bolt (50) which attach
the clip, at detail M.
the clip, at detail N.
PRE SBE 73-0049
the clips, at detail Q.
SBE 73-0049
(4) Remove the nut (61), the spacer (60), the washer (59) and the bolt
(58) that attach the clips at detail Q.
(5) Disconnect the electrical connectors (4), (5) and (6) at details B, C
and D from the FMU (1).
Subtask 73-22-52-020-056
B. Remove the Harness Raceway (17)

73-22-52-991-151, 405/TASK 73-22-52-991-153, 406/TASK 73-22-52-991-159)
(1) Remove the nut (30), the washer (31) and the bolt (32), which attach
the clip, at detail H.
(2) Remove the bolt (70) and the washer (71) which attach the clip, at
detail R.
PRE SBE 73-0049
(3) Remove the bolt (39), the washer (40) and the spacer (41), which
attach the clips and raceway, at detail L. Remove the raceway.
SBE 73-0049
(4) Remove the bolt (39), the washer (40), the spacer (41) and the spacer
(42) that attach the clips and raceway, at detail L. Remove the
raceway.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Metering Unit

Figure 401/TASK 73-22-52-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

PRE SBE 73-0049: Fuel Metering Unit

Figure 402/TASK 73-22-52-991-152

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

SBE 73-0049: Fuel Metering Unit

Figure 403/TASK 73-22-52-991-160

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

PRE SBE 73-0049: Fuel Metering Unit

Figure 404/TASK 73-22-52-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Metering Unit

Figure 405/TASK 73-22-52-991-153

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

SBE 73-0049: Fuel Metering Unit

Figure 406/TASK 73-22-52-991-159

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-22-52-020-057
C. Disconnection of Fuel Tubes
(1) Remove the fuel tube (7)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-22-52-991-150)
(a) Put the container for drained fuel, minimum capacity 1USgal (4 l)
in to position to catch all the fuel which drains from the fuel
tubes and the Fuel Metering Unit (FMU).
(b) Cut and remove the lockwire from the tube (7) union nut and the
tube (8) disconnect.
(c) Disconnect the tube (7) union nut from the tube (8).
(d) Remove the bolts (3) which attach the tube (7) to the FMU (1).
(e) Remove the tube (7).
(f) Remove and discard the sealing ring (2).

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-22-52-991-150)
(a) Cut and remove the lockwire from the tube (9) union nut and the
FMU (1) disconnect.
(b) Cut and remove the lockwire from the tube (10) union nut and tube
(9) disconnect.
(c) Disconnect the tube (10) union nut from the tube (9).
(d) Disconnect the tube (9) union nut from the FMU (1).
(e) Remove the tube (9).

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-22-52-991-150, 402/TASK 73-22-52-991-152,
403/TASK 73-22-52-991-160, 404/TASK 73-22-52-991-151, 405/TASK 73-22-
52-991-153)
(a) Remove the bolt (74), the washer (73) and the spacer (72) which
attach the clips, at detail S.
(b) Remove the bolt (56) and the washer (57) which attach the clip,
at detail P.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) Remove the bolt (33) and the washer (34) which attach the clip,
at detail J.
(d) Remove the nut (38), the washers (37) and (36), and the bolt (35)
which attach the clips, at detail K.
(e) Cut and remove the lockwire from the unions between tubes (11)
and (14), between tubes (12) and (14) and between tubes (13) and
(14).
(f) Disconnect the union nut on the tube (11) from the tube (14).
(g) Disconnect the union nut on the tube (12) from the tube (14).
(h) Disconnect the union nut on the tube (13) from the tube (14).
(i) Remove the bolts (15), which attach the tube (14) to the FMU (1).
(j) Remove the tube (14).
(k) Remove and discard the sealing ring (16).

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 73-22-52-991-157, 408/TASK 73-22-52-991-154,
409/TASK 73-22-52-991-155)
(a) Remove the bolt (32) and the washer (33) which attach the clip,
at detail F.
(b) Remove the nut (39), the washers (38) and (35), the spacers (37)
and (36), and the bolt (34) which attach the clips, at detail G.
(c) Remove the nut (42), the washer (41) and the bolt (40) which
attach the clip, at detail H.
(d) Remove the bolt (50), the washer (51) and the spacers (52) and
(53) which attach the clips, at detail J.
(e) Remove the nut (58), the washers (57) and (55), the spacer (56)
and the bolt (54) which attach the clips, at detail K.
(f) Remove the bolts (8), which attach the tube (5) and the bracket
(7) to the FMU. Remove the bracket.
(g) Remove the bolts (4), which attach the tube (5) and seal housing
(2) to the fuel diverter and return valve. Remove the tube and
the seal housing.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Metering Unit

Figure 407/TASK 73-22-52-991-157

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Metering Unit

Figure 408/TASK 73-22-52-991-154

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Metering Unit

Figure 409/TASK 73-22-52-991-155

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(h) Remove and discard the sealing rings (1), (3) and (6).

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 73-22-52-991-157)
(a) Cut and remove the lockwire from the union nuts at each end of
the tube (9).
(b) Disconnect the tube (9) union nuts from the FMU and the LP/HP
fuel pump.
(c) Remove the tube (9).
Subtask 73-22-52-010-053
D. Remove the Fuel Tube (17) for Access

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 73-22-52-991-157, 408/TASK 73-22-52-991-154)
(1) Remove the bolt (31) and the washer (30) which attach the clips, at
detail E.
(2) Remove the bolts (12) and (13), and the washers (14) which attach the
tube (17) and the bracket (15) to the LP fuel filter. Remove the
bracket.
(3) Remove the bolts (11) which attach the tube (17) to the LP/HP fuel
pump.
(4) Remove the tube (17).
(5) Remove and discard the sealing rings (10) and (16).
Subtask 73-22-52-020-058
E. Remove the Fuel Tube (4)

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 73-22-52-991-158)
(1) Remove the bolt (6) and the washer (5) which attach the clip, at
detail B.
(2) Remove the bolt (9), the washer (8) and the nut (7) which attach the
clip, at detail C.
(3) Remove the bolts (3), which attach the tube (4) to the FMU.
(4) Remove the bolts (12), which attach the tube (4) and the bracket (11)
to the fuel flow transmitter. Remove the tube and the bracket.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Metering Unit

Figure 410/TASK 73-22-52-991-158

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 416
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(5) Remove and discard the sealing rings (2) and (10).
Subtask 73-22-52-020-051
F. Remove the FMU

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 73-22-52-991-158)
NOTE : Hold the weight of the FMU before you remove the attaching bolts.
____
(1) Hold the weight of the FMU and remove the bolts (1) which attach the
FMU to the LP/HP fuel pump.
(2) Remove the FMU.
(3) Remove and discard the sealing ring (13).
(4) Install covers/blanking caps to all exposed openings.
(5) Remove the container and discard the drained fuel.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 417
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-22-52-400-010
Installation of the Fuel Metering Unit (FMU) (4000KC)
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
_______
WARNING : BE CAREFUL DURING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION OF THE FMU IT WEIGHS 20LB

_______
(9KG).
CAUTION : DO NOT LET ENGINE OIL FALL ON THE ENGINE. UNWANTED OIL MUST BE
_______
REMOVED IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN LINT FREE CLOTH THE OIL CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE PROTECTION AND TO SOME PARTS.
NOTE : The FMU fuel density adjuster is set during manufacture and must not be
____
moved from this position.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific vibro-engraving
R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 418
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 sealing ring 73-11-49 78A-150

2 sealing ring 73-11-49 83A-030
2 sealing ring 73-11-49 94A-200
3 sealing ring 73-11-49 78A-160
6 sealing ring 73-11-49 78A-150
10 sealing ring 73-11-49 81 -210
10 sealing ring 73-11-49 83A-040
13 sealing ring 73-22-52 80A-020
13 sealing ring 73-22-52 80B-020
16 sealing ring 73-11-49 76A-020
16 sealing ring 73-11-49 81 -200
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

80-13-51-710-040 Operational Test of the Pneumatic Starter Valve and
FMU with the CFDS
73-22-52-991-150 Fig. 401

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 419
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
73-22-52-991-152 Fig. 402

73-22-52-991-160 Fig. 403
73-22-52-991-151 Fig. 404
73-22-52-991-153 Fig. 405
73-22-52-991-159 Fig. 406
73-22-52-991-157 Fig. 407
73-22-52-991-154 Fig. 408
73-22-52-991-155 Fig. 409
73-22-52-991-158 Fig. 410
73-22-52-991-161 Fig. 411
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-22-52-860-051
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 73-22-52-010-055
B. Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 420
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-22-52-110-051
C. Clean Component
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Clean the FMU mounting pad on the LP/HP fuel pump.
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 73-22-52-991-158)
Use a lint free cloth made moist with cleaning fluid (Material No.
V01-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-22-52-420-051
A. Install the FMU on the LP/HP Fuel Pump

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 73-22-52-991-158, 411/TASK 73-22-52-991-161)
CAUTION : DO NOT PUT FUEL THAT HAS BEEN DRAINED FROM THE ENGINE BACK IN
_______
TO THE FUEL SYSTEM.
NOTE : Before installing the FMU, refer to the FMU compatibility chart to
____
prevent the installation of an incorrect FMU.
NOTE : Before installing the FMU, make sure that the part number and
____
manufacturer is the same as the removed FMU. If the part number
and manufacturer are different, the engine configuration will
change with new FMU and you must remark the engine data plate.
Refer to service bulletins V2500-ENG-73-CN01 AND V2500-ENG-73-CN02
for remarking procedure.
NOTE : Install an attaching bolt (1) in the forward top mounting hole of
____
the FMU before installing the FMU on the LP/HP fuel pump.
NOTE : Hold the weight of the FMU until all of the attaching bolts (1)
____
are installed.
(1) Remove all covers and blanking caps from the openings.
(2) Install a new sealing ring (13) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010) on to

the FMU fuel inlet.
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 73-22-52-991-158)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 421
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

FMU Chart
Figure 411/TASK 73-22-52-991-161

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 422
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Install an attaching bolt (1) in the forward top mounting hole of the
FMU.
(4) Install the FMU on the mounting pad of the LP/HP fuel pump.
(5) Install the remaining attaching bolts (1).
(6) TORQUE the bolts (1) to 210 lbf.in (2.37 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-
911-013).
(7) With new FMU you must remark the engine data plate. Use vibro-
engraving equipment to remark the engine data plate.
Subtask 73-22-52-420-054
B. Install the Fuel Tube (4)

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 73-22-52-991-158)
(1) Install new sealing ring (2) and sealing ring (10) on the fuel tube
(4) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
(2) Assemble the tube (4) with the FMU and the Fuel Flow Transmitter.
(3) Assemble the bracket (11) in position on the tube (4) flange.
(4) Attach the tube (4) and the bracket (11) to the Fuel Flow Transmitter
with the bolts (12).
(5) Attach the tube (4) to the FMU with the bolts (3).
(6) TORQUE the bolts (3) and (12) to 100 lbf.in (1.13 m.daN) (Ref. TASK
70-23-11-911-013)
(7) Put the clip, at detail C, in position on the tube (4).
(8) Attach the clip to the bracket (11) with the bolt (9), the washer (8)
and the nut (7).
(9) Put the clip, at detail B, in position on the tube (4).
(10) Attach the clip to the bracket with the bolt (6) and the washer (5).
(11) TORQUE the bolt (6) and the nut (7) to 40 lbf.in (0.45 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 423
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-22-52-410-052
C. Install the Fuel Tube (17)

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 73-22-52-991-157, 408/TASK 73-22-52-991-154)
(1) Install new sealing ring (10) and sealing ring (16) (Ref. TASK 70-23-
13-911-010) on the tube (17).
(2) Assemble the tube (17) on the LP/HP fuel pump and the LP fuel filter.
(3) Attach the tube (17) to the pump with the bolts (11).
(4) Assemble the bracket (15) in position on the tube (17) flange.
(5) Attach the tube (17) and the bracket (15) to the LP fuel filter with
the bolts (12) and (13) and the washers (14).
(6) TORQUE the bolts (11), (12) and (13) to 100 lbf.in (1.13 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(7) Assemble the clips at detail E. Attach the clips with the bolt (31)
and the washer (30).
(8) TORQUE the bolt (31) to 40 lbf.in (0.45 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-
911-013).
Subtask 73-22-52-420-055
D. Connection of Fuel Tubes
(1) Install the fuel tube (9):

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 73-22-52-991-157)
(a) Assemble the tube (9) with the FMU and the LP/HP fuel pump.
(b) Connect the tube (9) union nut to the fuel pump.
(c) Connect the tube (9) union nut to the FMU.
(d) TORQUE the union nuts to between 159 and 177 lbf.in (1.79 and
2.00 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(e) Safety the union nuts with corrosion resistant steel lockwire

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 424
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Install the fuel tube (5)
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 73-22-52-991-157, 408/TASK 73-22-52-991-154,
409/TASK 73-22-52-991-155)
(a) Install new sealing ring (1) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010) on the
seal housing (2).
(b) Assemble the seal housing (2) on the Fuel Diverter and Return
Valve. Make sure bolt holes are aligned.
(c) Install new sealing ring (3) and sealing ring (6) (Ref. TASK 70-
23-13-911-010) on the tube (5).
(d) Assemble the tube (5) on the FMU and the seal housing (2) on the
Fuel Diverter and Return Valve.
(e) Assemble the bracket (7) in position on the tube (5) flange.
(f) Attach the tube (5) and the bracket (7) to the FMU with the bolts
(8).
(g) Attach the tube (5) to the seal housing (2) and the Fuel Diverter
and Return Valve with the bolts (4).
(h) TORQUE the bolts (4) and (8) to 100 lbf.in (1.13 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(i) Assemble the clips at detail K. Attach the clips to the lug with
the bolt (54), the washers (55) and (57), the spacer (56) and the
nut (58).
(j) Assemble the clips at detail J. Attach the clips to the bracket
with the bolt (50), the washer (51) and the spacers (52) and
(53).
(k) Assemble the clip at detail H. Attach the clip to the lug with
the bolt (40), the washer (41) and the nut (42).
(l) Assemble the clips at detail G. Attach the clips to the lug with
the bolt (34), the washers (35) and (38), the spacers (36) and
(37) and the nut (39).
(m) Assemble the clip at detail F. Attach the clip to the bracket
with the bolt (32) and the washer (33).
(n) TORQUE the nuts (39), (42) and (58) and the bolts (32) and (50)
to 40 lbf.in (0.45 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 425
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-22-52-991-150, 402/TASK 73-22-52-991-152,
403/TASK 73-22-52-991-160, 404/TASK 73-22-52-991-151, 405/TASK 73-22-
52-991-153, 406/TASK 73-22-52-991-159)
(a) Install a new sealing ring (16) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010) on

the tube (14).
(b) Assemble the tube (14) with the FMU (1) and the tubes (11), (12)
and (13).
(c) Attach the tube (14) to the FMU (1) with the bolts (15).
(d) Connect the tube (11) union nut to the tube (14) disconnect.
(e) Connect the tube (12) union nut to the tube (14) disconnect.
(f) Connect the tube (13) union nut to the tube (14) disconnect.
(g) TORQUE the bolts (15) to 100 lbf.in (1.13 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-
23-11-911-013).
(h) TORQUE the tube (11) union nut to between 283 and 310 lbf.in
(3.19 and 3.50 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(i) TORQUE the tube (12) and the tube (13) union nuts to between 159
013).
(j) Safety the union nuts with corrosion resistant steel lockwire
(k) Assemble the clips at detail K. Attach the clips with the bolt
(35), the washers (36) and (37) and the nut (38).
(l) Assemble the clip at detail J. Attach the clip to the bracket
with the bolt (33) and the washers (34).
(m) Assemble the clip at detail P. Attach the clip to the bracket
with the bolt (56) and the washer (57).
(n) Assemble the clips at detail S. Attach the clips to the bracket
assembly with the bolt (74), the washer (73) and the spacer (72).
(o) TORQUE the nut (38) and the bolts (33), (56) and (74) to 40
lbf.in (0.45 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 426
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-22-52-991-150)
(a) Assemble the tube (9) with the FMU (1) and the tube (10)
disconnect.
(b) Connect the tube (9) union nut to the FMU (1).
(c) Connect the tube (9) union nut to the tube (10) disconnect.
(d) TORQUE the tube (9) union nuts to between 159 and 177 lbf.in
(1.79 and 2.00 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(e) Safety the union nuts with corrosion resistant steel lockwire

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-22-52-991-150)
(a) Install a new sealing ring (2) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010) on

the tube (7).
(b) Assemble the tube (7) with the FMU (1) and the tube (8)
disconnect.
(c) Attach the tube (7) to the FMU (1) with the bolts (3).
(d) Connect the tube (7) union nut to the tube (8) disconnect.
(e) TORQUE the bolts (3) to 100 lbf.in (1.13 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-
11-911-013).
(f) TORQUE the tube (7) union nut to between 159 and 177 lbf.in (1.79
and 2.00 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(g) Safety the union nuts with corrosion resistant steel lockwire

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 427
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-22-52-420-056
E. Install the Harness Raceway (17)

73-22-52-991-153, 406/TASK 73-22-52-991-159)
PRE SBE 73-0049
(1) Assemble the raceway and clips at detail L. Attach the raceway and
clips to the bracket with the bolt (39), the washer (40) and the
spacer (41).
SBE 73-0049
(2) Assemble the raceway and clips at detail L. Attach the raceway and
clips to the bracket with the bolt (39), the washer (40), the spacer
(41) and the spacer (42).
(3) Assemble the raceway and clip at detail R. Attach the clip to the
bracket with the bolt (70) and the washer (71).
(4) Assemble the clip at detail H. Attach the clip to the raceway lug
with the bolt (32), the washer (31) and the nut (30).
(5) TORQUE the nut (30) and the bolts (39) and (70) to 40 lbf.in (0.45
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 73-22-52-420-057
F. Connect the Electrical Harness (Ref. TASK 70-23-15-912-010)

73-22-52-991-159)
(1) Connect the electrical connectors (4), (5) and (6), at details B, C
and D, to the FMU (1).
(2) Tighten the connectors.
(3) Assemble the clip at detail M. Attach the clip to the lug with the
bolt (50), the washer (51) and the nut (52).
(4) Assemble the clip at detail N. Attach the clip to the raceway lug
PRE SBE 73-0049
(5) Assemble the clips at detail Q. Attach the clip to the raceway lug
SBE 73-0049

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 428
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(6) Assemble the clips at detail Q. Attach the clips to the raceway lug
with the bolt (58), the washer (59), the spacer (60) and the nut
(61).
(7) TORQUE the nuts (52), (55) and (60) to 40 lbf.in (0.45 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-22-52-410-053
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 73-22-52-790-051
(1) Do the operational test of the starter valve and FMU (Ref. TASK 80-
13-51-710-040).
(2) Do an operational test of the FADEC (Ref. TASK 73-22-00-710-040) and

make sure that, on the CFDS, no fault is shown related to the Fuel
Metering Unit.

____

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 429
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

METERING UNIT - FUEL (4000KC) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_______________________________________________
TASK 73-22-52-700-010
Adjustement/Test of the Fuel Metering Unit (FMU) 4000KC - Convert the Woodward
FMU SBE 73-0172
_______
_______
PARTS.
CAUTION : REFER TO SBE 72-0285 IF THIS SWITCHING TASK IS DONE AS PART OF AN

_______
ENGINE RE-RATING EXERCISE. SBE 72-0285 : ENGINE CONVERSION - PROVIDE
INSTRUCTIONS TO CHANGE THE V2500-A5 ENGINE RATING BY MODIFYING THE
DATA ENTRY PLUG.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task is for V2500-A5 engines.

Use this procedure to re-set the FMU to convert the Woodward FMU part number
8061-636 to part number 8061-637 and part number 8061-637 to part number
8061-636.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific hex tool

No specific WT-140418
R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 501
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FMU with the CFDS
73-22-52-991-165 Fig. 501
73-22-52-991-164 Fig. 502
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-22-52-941-052

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 502
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 73-22-52-010-056
B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-22-52-020-059
A. Disconnect the engine harness from the FMU
(1) Disconnect the two lower engine harness connectors from the FMU to
provide sufficient space to work (Ref. TASK 73-22-52-400-010) and
(Ref. TASK 73-31-17-400-010).
Subtask 73-22-52-020-061
B. De-pressurise the FMU fuel system before you do the switching procedure
(1) You must do this SUBTASK before you re-set the FMU.
WARNING : YOU MUST MAKE SURE THAT THE FMU FUEL SYSTEM IS
_______
DE-PRESSURIZED BEFORE YOU DO THIS CONVERSION PROCEDURE.
THIS IS TO AVOID POTENTIAL HAZARDS FROM FIRE AND INJURY TO
PERSONS FROM PRESSURIZED FUEL.
(2) Disconnect the fuel tube (1) at the fuel pump end and allow the fuel
to drain.
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 73-22-52-991-165)
(3) You must not use the fuel again in the engine.
Subtask 73-22-52-730-050
C. Resetting procedure : Convert the Woodward FMU part Number 8061-636 to

part Number 8061-637
WARNING : YOU MUST MAKE SURE THAT THE FMU FUEL SYSTEM IS DE-PRESSURIZED
_______
BEFORE YOU DO THIS CONVERSION PROCEDURE. THIS IS TO AVOID
POTENTIAL HAZARDS FROM FIRE AND INJURY TO PERSONS FROM
PRESSURIZED FUEL.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 503
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

FMU Fuel Tube

Figure 501/TASK 73-22-52-991-165

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 504
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

WARNING : YOU MUST BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE LOCKWIRE. IF YOU PULL
_______
LOCKWIRE WITH FORCE FROM A COMPONENT IT CAN CAUSE YOU INJURY.
CAUTION : YOU MUST NOT EXCEED THE RECOMMENDED TORQUE VALUES. OVER
_______
TORQUING CAN RESULT IN DAMAGE TO THE FUEL METERING UNIT (FMU)
WHICH MAY NECESSITATE REPLACEMENT OF THE FMU.
CAUTION : DO NOT EXCEED 50 LBF.IN (0.56 MDAN) OF TORQUE DURING THIS

_______
PROCEDURE.
CAUTION : LOCKWIRE FRAGMENTS WILL BE LIBERATED DURING THE REWORK

_______
PROCEDURE. ALL SUCH FRAGMENTS MUST BE RECOVERED.
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 73-22-52-991-164)
(1) Before you change the setting make sure that the FMU part number and
stop setting letter correctly match each other. Report mismatch to
your local quality representative.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FMU PART NUMBER | POSITION SETTING LETTER |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FMU 8061-636 | O |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FMU 8061-637 | X |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Remove the lockwire from the plug assembly (8).
(3) Remove the safety pin (1) from the plug assembly (8).
(4) Using a hex tool, turn the detent (2) inwards in a clockwise
direction until there is sufficient clearance between the top of the
detent (2) and the cap (3) to allow the cap (3) to be rotated.
(5) Using a hex tool in the larger external hex on the shaft (7), turn
the shaft assembly in an anti-clockwise (counter clockwise) direction
so the stop setting letter X shows in the switch window. Remove the
hex tool.
(6) Put a hex tool in the alternative hole in the cap (3) and turn the
detent (2) outwards in an anti-clockwise (counter clockwise)
direction.
(7) TORQUE the detent (2) outwards to between 19 and 22 lbf.in (0.21 and
0.24 m.daN).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 505
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Woodward FMU - Adjust the Max. Fuel Flow Stop


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 506
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 507
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 508
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 509
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(8) Make sure that the detent (2) prevents the cap (3) from rotating.
(9) Install the safety pin (1) through the body of the switchable unit to
safety it. Make sure the pin is secure in the hexagon. Make sure the
pin is pushed in until it springs/clicks fully in position.
(10) Identify the FMU with the correct nameplate.
_______
LOCKWIRE WITH FORCE FROM A COMPONENT IT CAN CAUSE YOU
INJURY.
(a) Remove the lockwire from securing screw (4).
(b) Remove the two nameplate securing screws (4) and remove the
nameplate.
(c) Inspect nameplate for damage. If damage is excessive, replace

nameplate.
NOTE : It is normal for the nameplate to have some markings and

____
material deformation caused by the screws. The nameplate
has identification markings on both sides.
(d) Turn the nameplate (5) over to show P/N 8061-637. Install the
nameplate on the FMU with the two screws (4).
(e) Check the run-on torque.
1
_ If the run-on torque is less than 10 oz. (0.07 Nm), then
replace the two screws (4).
2
_ If the run-on torque continues to be less than 10 oz. (0.07
Nm), then replace the inserts.
(f) TORQUE the screws (4) to between 5.5 and 6.0 lbf.in (0.06 and
0.07 m.daN).
(g) Inspect the nameplate (5) and make sure you can see the P/N
8061-637.
(h) Make sure the stop setting letter X is visible in the switch
window.
(i) Make sure the safety pin (1) is secure and safeties the
switchable assembly.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 510
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(j) Safety the pin eyelet with lockwire (Material No. V02-127) and
bend the wire back on itself (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-012).
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 73-22-52-991-164)
(k) Twist the two wires. Use the standard double twist method (SAE
AS567). Route the twisted wire under the pin (1) and around the
plug assembly (8). Make sure that the wire is as taut as
possible.
(l) Use one strand of lockwire to loop through the pin eyelet (1).
Twist the wire pair again to make sure it is firmly attached to
the eyelet of the pin.
(m) Attach one seal (9) (SAE AS567) and apply end twists. Use WT-
140418 assembly tool to crimp the seal (9). Tie down the pigtail
of the lockwire to the lockwire underneath.
NOTE : The seal (9) is available from the Woodward Govenor

____
Company. Refer to Service Bulletin 83724-73-0004.
(n) Safety the screw (4) with lockwire (Material No. V02-138).
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 73-22-52-991-164)
1
_ Twist and loop the safety wire underneath the LP pump inlet
boss. Route the twisted lockwire back over the top of the LP
pump inlet boss.
2
_ Stop the twist of wires at the intersection where the two
wires meet and loop the two wire strands around the twisted
safety wire.
3
_ Twist the lockwire, after the loop, so that the two sets of
lockwire are attached. Install one seal (9) and crimp the seal
with WT-140418 assembly tool.
4
_ Finish wire twists and tie down the lockwire to screw (4).
(11) Do the final checks.
(a) Inspect the nameplate (5) and make sure you can see the P/N
8061-637.
(b) Make sure the stop setting letter X is visible in the switch
window.
(c) Make sure the safety pin (1) is fully secure and safeties the

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 511
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(d) Make sure the FMU serial number on the nameplate (5) and
modification plate (6) are the same.
(e) Make sure the two seals (9) are correctly installed.
(f) Make sure the two seals (9) have one of the two acceptable marks.
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 73-22-52-991-164)
Subtask 73-22-52-730-052
D. Resetting procedure: Convert the Woodward FMU Part Number 8061-637 to

Part Number 8061-636
WARNING : YOU MUST MAKE SURE THAT THE FMU FUEL SYSTEM IS DE-PRESSURIZED
_______
BEFORE YOU DO THIS CONVERSION PROCEDURE. THIS IS TO AVOID
POTENTIAL HAZARDS FROM FIRE AND INJURY TO PERSONS FROM
PRESSURIZED FUEL.
_______
_______
CAUTION : DO NOT EXCEED 50 LBF.IN (0.56 MDAN) OF TORQUE DURING THIS

_______
PROCEDURE.
CAUTION : LOCKWIRE FRAGMENTS WILL BE LIBERATED DURING THE REWORK

_______
PROCEDURE. ALL SUCH FRAGMENTS MUST BE RECOVERED.
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 73-22-52-991-164)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FMU 8061-636 | O |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FMU 8061-637 | X |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Remove the lockwire from the plug assembly (8).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 512
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Remove the safety pin (1) from the plug assembly (8).
(4) Using a hex tool, turn the detent (2) inwards in a clockwise
direction until there is sufficient clearance between the top of the
detent (2) and the cap (3) to allow the cap (3) to be rotated.
(5) Using a hex tool in the larger internal hex on the shaft (7), turn
the shaft assembly in a clockwise direction so the stop setting
letter O shows in the switch window. Remove the hex tool.
(6) Put a hex tool in the alternative hole in the cap (3) and turn the
detent (2) outwards in an anti-clockwise (counter clockwise)
direction.
(7) TORQUE the detent (2) outwards to between 19 and 22 lbf.in (0.21 and
0.24 m.daN). Make sure that the detent (2) prevents the cap (3) from
rotating.
(8) Install the safety pin (1) through the body of the switchable unit to
safety it. Make sure the pin is secure in the hexagon. Make sure the
pin is pushed in until it springs/clicks fully in position.
(9) Identify the FMU with the correct nameplate.
_______
LOCKWIRE WITH FORCE FROM A COMPONENT IT CAN CAUSE YOU
INJURY.
(a) Remove the lockwire from securing screw (4).
(b) Remove the two nameplate securing screws (4) and remove the
nameplate.
(c) Inspect nameplate for damage. If damage is excessive, replace

nameplate.
NOTE : It is normal for the nameplate to have some markings and

____
material deformation caused by the screws. The nameplate
has identification markings on both sides.
(d) Turn the nameplate (5) over to show P/N 8061-636. Install the
nameplate on the FMU with the two screws (4).
(e) Check the run-on torque.
1
_ If the run-on torque is less than 10 oz. (0.07 Nm), then
replace the two screws (4).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 513
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

2
_ If the run-on torque continues to be less than 10 oz. (0.07
Nm), then replace the inserts.
(f) TORQUE the screws (4) to between 5.5 and 6.0 lbf.in (0.06 and
0.07 m.daN).
(g) Inspect the nameplate (5) and make sure you can see the P/N
8061-636.
(h) Make sure the stop setting letter O is visible in the switch
window.
(i) Make sure the safety pin (1) is secure and safeties the
(j) Safety the pin eyelet with lockwire (Material No. V02-127) and
bend the wire back on itself (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-012).
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 73-22-52-991-164)
(k) Twist the two wires. Use the standard double twist method (SAE
AS567). Route the twisted wire under the pin (1) and around the
plug assembly (8). Make sure that the wire is as taut as
possible.
(l) Use one strand of lockwire to loop through the pin eyelet (1).
Twist the wire pair again to make sure it is firmly attached to
the eyelet of the pin.
(m) Attach one seal (9) (SAE AS567) and apply end twists. Use WT-
140418 assembly tool to crimp the seal (9). Tie down the pigtail
of the lockwire to the lockwire underneath.
NOTE : The seal (9) is available from the Woodward Govenor

____
Company. Refer to Service Bulletin 83724-73-0004.
(n) Safety the screw (4) with lockwire (Material No. V02-138).
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 73-22-52-991-164)
1
_ Twist and loop the safety wire underneath the LP pump inlet
boss. Route the twisted lockwire back over the top of the LP
pump inlet boss.
2
_ Stop the twist of wires at the intersection where the two
wires meet and loop the two wire strands around the twisted
safety wire.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 514
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3
_ Twist the lockwire, after the loop, so that the two sets of
lockwire are attached. Install one seal (9) and crimp the seal
with WT-140418 assembly tool.
4
_ Finish wire twists and tie down the lockwire to screw (4).
(a) Inspect the nameplate (5) and make sure you can see the P/N
8061-636.
(b) Make sure the stop setting letter O is visible in the switch
window.
(c) Make sure the safety pin (1) is fully secure and safeties the
(d) Make sure the FMU serial number on the nameplate (5) and
modification plate (6) are the same.
(e) Make sure the two seals (9) are correctly installed.
(f) Make sure the two seals (9) have one of the two acceptable marks.
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 73-22-52-991-164)
Subtask 73-22-52-420-059
E. Connect the engine harness to the FMU and the fuel tube (1) at the fuel
pump end.
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 73-22-52-991-165)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-22-52-942-053
A. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 515
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-22-52-710-052
B. Do the following tests
(1) Do an idle check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-012).

____
(2) Do the operational test of the starter and FMU (Ref. TASK 80-13-51-
710-040).
(3) Do the operational FADEC test (Ref. TASK 73-22-00-710-040).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 516
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-22-52-700-011
Adjustement/Test of the Fuel Metering Unit (FMU) 4000KC - Convert the TRW Lucas
FMU SBE 73-0173
_______
_______
PARTS.
CAUTION : REFER TO SBE 72-0285 IF THIS SWITCHING TASK IS DONE AS PART OF AN

_______
ENGINE RE-RATING EXERCISE. SBE 72-0285 : ENGINE CONVERSION - PROVIDE
INSTRUCTIONS TO CHANGE THE V2500-A5 ENGINE RATING BY MODIFYING THE
DATA ENTRY PLUG.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 517
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FMU with the CFDS
73-22-52-991-166 Fig. 503
73-22-52-991-167 Fig. 504
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-22-52-941-053
1(2).
Subtask 73-22-52-010-057

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 518
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-22-52-020-060
A. Disconnect the engine harness from the FMU and flowmeter.
(1) Disconnect the engine harness from the FMU and flowmeter to provide
sufficient space to work (Ref. TASK 73-22-52-400-010) and (Ref. TASK
73-31-17-400-010).
Subtask 73-22-52-730-051
B. Resetting procedure : Convert the TRW Lucas FMU Part Number FMU560MK1 to
Part Number FMU570MK1.
_______
_______
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 73-22-52-991-166, 504/TASK 73-22-52-991-167)
your local quantity representative.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FMU 560 MK1 | O |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FMU 570 MK1 | X |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Check that the secondary latch (1) is not unclipped before you start
this procedure. Report mismatch to your local quality representative.
(3) Remove the lockwire and unclip the spring latch (1) from the housing.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE A SCREWDRIVER WITH A BLADE WIDTH OF MORE THAN

_______
1/2 IN. (13 MM) AND A BLADE LENGTH OF MORE THAN 8 IN. (200
MM).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 519
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TRW Lucas FMU Adjust the Max. Fuel Flow Stop


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 520
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TRW Lucas FMU Adjust the Max. Fuel Flow Stop


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 521
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TRW Lucas FMU Adjust the Max. Fuel Flow Stop - Safety Wire Procedures.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 522
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 523
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 524
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(4) Place a flatbladed screwdriver in the slot on the sleeve (visible
through the housing window) and move the sleeve up fully.
NOTE : You can carefully use the edge of information plate (6) as a
____
lever for the screwdriver.
(5) Keep the sleeve raised and at the same time use a 5/8 inch wrench to
turn the exposed hexagon counterclockwise. After a small amount of
turn, you can remove the screwdriver from the sleeve slot.
NOTE : Turn the exposed hexagon counterclockwise as viewed from the

____
hexagon end of the device.
(6) Continue to rotate the sleeve hexagon (2) in an anti-clockwise

(counterclockwise) direction until the device clicks into the
alternative setting position.
(7) Check the setting position. Make sure the sleeve hexagon (2) has
returned to the fully down position into the housing and the position
setting letter X is fully visible in the housing window.
(8) Clip the spring latch (1) down on the housing to safety it.
(9) Safety the spring latch and switchable datum assembly with lockwire.
(a) Use a single piece of lockwire (Material No. V02-126) and wrap
the lockwire around the base of the hinge and the spring latch
twice. Refer to stages 1 to 5 on the following illustration:
(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 73-22-52-991-167)
(b) Make sure that the lockwire tail, length 0.708 in. to 0.866 in.
(18mm to 22mm) is formed to the right of the maximum flow stop
setting display window, stages 5 and 7.
(c) Make sure that the completed wire lock does not move more than
0.08 in. (2,0mm) in a direction which is parellel to the axis of
the switchable datum assembly.
(d) Install the ferrule (8) on to the tail of the lockwire to touch
the switchable datum assembly, refer to stage 6.
(e) Crimp the ferrule (8) on to the lockwire with a crimping tool
which has a minimum jaw width of 0.393in. (10mm). Make sure that
the thickness of the ferrule between the crimped faces is between
0.110in. and 0.098in. (2,8mm and 2,5mm).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 525
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(f) Bend the lockwire tail back towards the maximum flow stop
assembly, refer to stage 7.
(10) Identify the FMU with the correct nameplate (4).
(a) Remove the lockwire from the retaining screws (3).
(b) Remove the two nameplate retaining screws (3) and remove the
nameplate (4).
(c) Turn the nameplate (4) over to show P/N FMU 570 MK1 and install
the two screws (3) to attach the nameplate (4) to the FMU.
(d) TORQUE the two screws to 20 lbf.in (0.22 m.daN)
(11) Safety the nameplate retaining screws.
(a) Use one piece of lockwire (Material No. V02-126) and safety the
two retaining screws to each other.
(b) Route the lockwire around the screw heads or as shown

(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 73-22-52-991-167)
NOTE : The requirement to safety the screws with lockwire is to

____
give a visual anti-tamper indication only. The two
retaining screws are locked in position with self-locking
wire thread inserts.
(c) Cut the lockwire tail to length between 0.708in. to 0.866in.

(18mm to 22mm) from the retaining screw head.
the retaining screw head.
(e) Crimp the ferrule (8) on to the lockwire. Use a crimping tool
which has a minimum jaw width of 0.393in. (10mm).
(f) Make sure that the thickness of the ferrule between the crimped
faces is between 0.110in. and 0.098in. (2,8mm and 2,5mm).
(g) Bend the lockwire tail towards the head of the retaining screw.
(a) Inspect the nameplate (4), make sure you can see the P/N FMU
570MK1.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 526
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) Make sure the stop setting letter X is visible in the housing
window.
(c) Make sure the spring latch (1) is locked down and fully engaged
on the housing to safety it.
(d) Make sure that the two ferrules are correctly crimped and secure.
(e) Make sure the FMU serial number on the nameplate (4) and
modification plate (5) are the same as each other.
Subtask 73-22-52-730-053
C. Resetting procedure : Convert the TRW Lucas FMU Part Number FMU 570MK1 to
Part Number FMU 560MK1.
_______
_______
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 73-22-52-991-166, 504/TASK 73-22-52-991-167)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FMU 560 MK1 | O |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FMU 570 MK1 | X |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Check that the spring latch (1) is not unclipped before you start
this procedure. Report mismatch to your local quality representative.
(3) Remove the lockwire and unclip the spring latch (1).
CAUTION : DO NOT USE A SCREWDRIVER WITH A BLADE WIDTH OF MORE THAN

_______
1/2 IN. (13 MM) AND A BLADE LENGTH OF MORE THAN 8 IN. (200
MM).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 527
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(4) Place a flatbladed screwdriver in the slot on the sleeve (visible
through the housing window) and move the sleeve up fully.
NOTE : You can carefully use the edge of information plate (6) as a
____
lever for the screwdriver.
(5) Keep the sleeve raised and at the same time use a 5/8 inch wrench to
turn the exposed hexagon clockwise. After a small amount of turn, you
can remove the screwdriver from the sleeve slot.
NOTE : Turn the exposed hexagon clockwise as viewed from the hexagon
____
end of the device.
(6) Continue to rotate the sleeve hexagon (2) in a clockwise direction

until the device clicks into the alternative setting position.
(7) Check the setting position. Make sure the sleeve hexagon (2) has
returned to the fully down position into the housing and the position
setting letter O is fully visible in the housing window.
(8) Clip the spring latch (1) down on the housing to safety it.
(9) Safety the spring latch and switchable datum assembly with lockwire.
(a) Use a single piece of lockwire (Material No. V02-126) and wrap
the lockwire around the base of the hinge and the base of the
spring latch twice. Refer to stages 1 to 5 on the following
illustration:
(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 73-22-52-991-167)
(b) Make sure that the lockwire tail, length 0.708 in. to 0.866 in.
(18mm to 22mm) is formed to the right of the maximum flow stop
setting display window, stages 5 and 7.
(c) Make sure that the completed wire lock does not move more than
0.08 in. (2,0mm) in a direction which is parallel to the axis of
the switchable datum assembly.
the switchable datum assembly, refer to stage 6.
(e) Crimp the ferrule (8) on to the lockwire with a crimping tool
which has a minimum jaw width of 0.393 in. (10mm). Make sure that
the thickness of the ferrule between the crimped faces is between
0.110 in. and 0.098 in. (2,8mm and 2,5mm).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 528
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(f) Bend the lockwire tail back towards the maximum flow stop
assembly, refer to stage 7.
(10) Identify the FMU with the correct nameplate (4).
(a) Remove the lockwire from the retaining screws (3).
(b) Remove the two nameplate retaining screws (3) and remove the
nameplate (4).
(c) Turn the nameplate (4) over to show P/N FMU 560 MK1 and install
the two screws (3) to attach the nameplate (4) to the FMU.
(d) TORQUE the two screws to 20 lbf.in (0.22 m.daN).
(11) Safety the nameplate retaining screws.
(a) Use one piece of lockwire (Material No. V02-126) and safety the
two retaining screws to each other.
(b) Route the lockwire around the screw heads or as shown on the
following illustration:
(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 73-22-52-991-167)
NOTE : The requirement to safety the screws with lockwire is to

____
give a visual anti-tamper indication only. The two
retaining screws are locked in position with self-locking
wire thread inserts.
(c) Cut the lockwire tail to length between 0.708 in. to 0.866 in.
(18mm to 22mm) from the retaining screw head.
the retaining screw head.
(e) Crimp the ferrule (8) on to the lockwire. Use a crimping tool
which has a minimum jaw width of 0.393 in. (10mm).
(f) Make sure that the thickness of the ferrule between the crimped
faces is between 0.110 in. and 0.098 in. (2,8mm and 2,5mm).
(g) Bend the lockwire tail towards the head of the retaining screw.
(a) Inspect the nameplate (4), make sure you can see the P/N FMU
560MK1.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 529
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) Make sure the stop setting letter O is visible in the housing
window.
(c) Make sure the spring latch (1) is locked down and fully engaged
on the housing to safety it.
(d) Make sure that the two ferrules are correctly crimped and secure.
(e) Make sure the FMU serial number on the nameplate (4) and
modification plate (5) are the same as each other.
Subtask 73-22-52-420-060
D. Connect the engine harness to the FMU and flowmeter (Ref. TASK 73-22-52-
400-010) and (Ref. TASK 73-31-17-400-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-22-52-942-054
A. Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 73-22-52-710-051
B. Do the following tests:
(1) Do the operational test of the starter and FMU (Ref. TASK 80-13-51-
710-040).
(2) Do the operational FADEC test (Ref. TASK 73-22-00-710-040).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-22-52

Page 530
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

FUNCTIONAL INTERFACES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The FADEC unit interfaces with the following aircraft functional elements:
- Air data computer which transmits air data signals to the engine control
system.
- Engine Interface Unit which : concentrates airframe signals and transmits
them to the FADEC, receives information from the engine and dispatches
them to other systems.
- Cockpit system display which furnishes engine parameters indication and
warnings to the crew.
- Throttle control system which translates the crew commands for engine
power level into a command signal to the FADEC.
- The thrust reverser control system.
- The AIDS interface which records engine data for maintenance purposes.
- Electrical power supply from airframe to power FADEC while engines are not
running.
2. __________________
System Description
A. FADEC Inputs/Outputs
Digital inputs/outputs of the FADEC conform to ARINC 429-7 specification.
(1) Digital Inputs

Inputs to each channel are isolated from each other in order to
prevent failure propagation between channel A and B and/or between
both engines.
Each channel of the EEC has input ports for both ADIRU and EIU plus
an input port for a spare.
The FADEC makes a fault detection on its inputs by performing the
following:
- range and rate tests
- status Matrix check
- Source/Destination Identifier (SDI) check (except for data from the
EIU)
- data parity test.
Faults detected by the FADEC are annunciated and recorded for
maintenance or crew action if required.
(2) Digital Outputs
(a) General
Bit transmission rate is nominally 12.5 kHz. Each channel of the
EEC has two output ports and each bus has separated line driver.
Outputs are isolated in such a way that propagation of failures
is prevented.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

General Arrangement of A/C EEC - Interfaces

Figure 001

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 2
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Information contained on FADEC output buses includes the
following general items:
- Engine Rating Parameter Information
- Parameters used for Engine Control
- FADEC System Maintenance Data
- Engine Condition Monitoring Parameters
R - EEC Status and Fault Indication.
A detailed list of the specific data items on the output data
buses is shown in the following Output Tables.
(b) Specification
Additional characteristics of the EEC digital output data buses
are as follows:
1
_ Continuity
The EEC transmits the ARINC outputs on 4 buses ; 2 per
channel. The transmission is continuous on all the buses in
normal operation irrespective of whether the given channel is
in active control or not.
The data transmission is inhibited when the processor in the
applicable channel is not functioning, during power-up or
power-down transients, and during channel initialization.
2
_ Data
The values of parameters transmitted on the two output busses
of a given channel are the same. The parameter values output
by the two channels are normally the same within the
tolerances of the redundant sensors.
Parameters such as selected N1 are based on a selection logic
between the two available N1 inputs which is the same in both
channels and thus would normally have the local value.
Parameters such as TT2 with dual sensor inputs are based on
the validated TT2 input to that channel and thus due to normal
sensor differences will have different values. Parameters such
as T2.5 with single sensor input have identical values on
outputs of both channels as long as the cross channel data bus
is working. In the event of a failure of the cross channel
data bus, the channel without T2.5 input information outputs
failure warning on its ARINC buses.
3
_ Channel switch over processes
Channel switch over does not affect the output data of the
FADEC unit.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 3
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4
_ Status matrix and source destination identifier
The FADEC Unit transmits engine parameters on its output bus
with the status matrix and SDI as defined in the Table: DEC
ARINC 429 Discrete Data Outputs Format From FADEC.
During control initialization the status matrix reads no
computed data. Immediately afterwards the status matrix
reflects the status of the input parameters. Parameters and
data unaffected by the test are set valid/invalid according to
normal criteria.
(3) Discrete and Analog Signals

The EEC also receives discrets and analog signals from the airframe
and from local engine sensors.
From airframe it receives TLA signals. TLA validation logic is given
in paragraph EEC/Throttle system interfaces.
All the engine sensors signals are validated by the EEC.
The EEC checks the range limits, the rate limits and performs an
interface fault detection.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 4
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| OCTAL |
| | | | | MAX TRANSMIT |
| OUTPUT | LABEL | RANGE | UNITS | INTERVAL (msec)|
|----------------------|---------|---------------|-----------|----------------|
| T2 (Engine) | 130 | -80/90 | deg. C | 200 |
| P2 (Engine) | 131 | 1/25 | psia | 200 |
| N1 | 346 | 0/120 | percent | 50 |
| N1 Command | 254 | 0/120 | percent | 50 |
| N1 Limit | 255 | 0/120 | percent | 200 |
| N2 | 344 | 0/120 | percent | 50 |
| P0 | 114 | 1.7/15 | psia | 200 |
| P12.5 | 257 | 1/50 | psia | 200 |
| Pb10 | 162 | 2/450 | psia | 200 |
| P2.5 | 262 | 1/50 | psia | 200 |
| Pb | 264 | 1/550 | psia | 200 |
| P4.9 | 132 | 1/25 | psia | 200 |
| T2.5 | 263 | -50/300 | deg. C | 200 |
| T3 | 265 | -80/700 | deg. C | 200 |
| EGT | 345 | -80/1000 | deg. C | 200 |
| Unbiased EGT | 321 | -80/1000 | deg. C | 200 |
| SVA Feedback | 325 | 0/100 | percent | 200 |
| 2.5 Bleed F/B | 335 | 0/100 | percent | 200 |
| Acc Feedback | 330 | 0/100 | percent | 200 |
| Reverser Pos. | 137 | 0/100 | percent | 200 |
| Throttle Lev. Angle | 133 | -24/48 | deg. Res. | 50 |
| Fuel Flow | 244 | 0/17000 | pph | 200 |
| EPR Actual | 340 | .6/1.8 | ----- | 50 |
| EPR Command | 341 | .6/1.8 | ----- | 50 |
| EPR Takeoff | 342 | .6/1.8 | ----- | 200 |
| EPR Idle | 252 | .6/1.8 | ----- | 200 |
| Selected Alt. | 203 | -1000/50000 | feet | 200 |
| Selected Mach | 205 | 0/1.0 | ----- | 200 |
| EPR Limit | 337 | .6/1.8 | ----- | 200 |
| Throttle EPR Ref. | 166 | .6/1.8 | ----- | 200 |
| Target EPR (echo) | 343 | .6/1.8 | ----- | 200 |
| Flex T/O Temp | 214 | -99/99 | deg. C | 200 |
| Fuel Temp | 115 | -50/300 | deg. C | 200 |
| Engine Oil Temp | 316 | -50/400 | deg. C | 200 |
| IDG Oil Temp | 315 | -50/400 | deg. C | 200 |
| Air Valve F/B | 332 | 0/100 | percent | 200 |
| Spill Valve F/B | 245 | 0/100 | percent | 200 |
| N2Dot | 300 | -16384/16384 | rpm/sec | 100 |
| N2C26 | 336 | 0/256 | percent | 200 |
| WF Command | 334 | 200/14800 | pph | 200 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 5
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

ARINC Continuous Output from FADEC

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 6
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Status Word 1, Octal Label 270 from FADEC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT | FUNCTION | BIT STATUS |
|-------|------------------------|--------------------------------------------|
| | | 1 0 |
| 14 | Engine Position | Failed OK |
| | Indication | |
| 15 | Starter Air Valve | Not closed Closed |
| | Position | |
| 16 | Auto Depower | Depowered Automode |
| 17 | Manual Thrust Mode | Active Not Active |
| 18 | N1 Rated Mode | Engaged Not Engaged |
| 19 | Reverser System | Failed OK |
| 20 | Autothrust Mode | Activated Not Activated |
| | Activated | |
| 21 | 2.5 Bleed Failed | Failed Operational |
| 22 | Memo Mode Activated | Activated Not Activated |
| 23 | Autothrust TLA Limd. | TLA Limited Not Limited |
| 24 | Channel Control | (In Control) Not (In Control) |
| 25 | Engine at shutdown | Shutdown Not Shutdown |
| 26 | TLA Not at Idle For | Not at Idle At Idle |
| | Start | |
| 27 | SVA Failed | Failed Operational |
| 28 | Engine Not Below | Not Below Idle Below Idle |
| | Idle |
| 29 | 10th Service Bleed | Override Not Override |
| | Override | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 7
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|-------|------------------------|--------------------------------------------|
| | | 1 0 |
| 14 | Reverser Deploy | Deploy Stow |
| | Solenoid | |
| 15 | TMA Solenoid | Close Open |
| 16 | FDV | OFF ON |
| 17 | Off Load IDG | Pilot action Normal |
| 18 | Arming Solenoid | Armed Not Armed |
| 19 | 7th Bleed #1 Solenoid | Close Open |
| 20 | 7th Bleed #2 Solenoid | Close Open |
| 21 | 10th Bleed Solenoid | Close Open |
| 22 | Overspeed Solenoid | ON OFF |
| 23 | Fuel On Solenoid | Fuel On Current State |
| 24 | Fuel Off Solenoid | Fuel Off Current State |
| 25 | Starter Air Valve | Not Closed Closed |
| | Solenoid | |
| 26 | Ignition Relay #1 | De-energize Energize Ignitor |
| | | Ignitor |
| 27 | Ignition Relay #2 | De-energize Energize Ignitor |
| | | Ignitor |
| 28 | P2/T2 Probe Heater | ON OFF |
| | Relay | |
| 29 | 7th Bleed 4 Solenoid | Close Open |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 8
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|-------|------------------------|--------------------------------------------|
| | | 1 0 |
| 14-18 | Loop Indicator # (Bit | N/A |
| | 18 Most Significant) | |
| 19-21 | Thrust Mode # (Bit 21 | N/A |
| | Most Significant) | |
| 22 | Bleed Config. K1 | Selected Not Selected |
| 28 | Bleed Config. Data | Failed OK |
| 29 | Engine Set at Min | Min power Not Min power |
| | allowable power | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 9
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|-------|------------------------|--------------------------------------------|
| | | 1 0 |
| 14 | P5 Interface | Failed OK |
| 15 | Pb Interface | Failed OK |
| 16 | P2 Interface | Failed OK |
| 17 | PMX Interface | Failed OK |
| 18 | T2 Interface | Failed OK |
| 19 | PAM Interface | Failed OK |
| 20 | TC Interface | Failed OK |
| 21 | A/D Interface | Failed OK |
| 22 | RES/LVDT Interface | Failed OK |
| 23 | TRA Excitation Fault | Failed OK |
| 24 | Sensor Fault in-Flight | Failed OK |
| 25 | Sensor Fault-Dispatch | No Go Go |
| 26 | P5 Checksum | Failed OK |
| 27 | P2 Checksum | Failed OK |
| 28 | Pb Checksum | Failed OK |
| 29 | Background Not | Failed OK |
| | Executing | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 10
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|-------|------------------------|--------------------------------------------|
| | | 1 0 |
| 14 | Parity Test | Error OK |
| 15 | ROM Checksum | Failed OK |
| 16 | RAM Test | Failed OK |
| 17 | Instruction Test | Failed OK |
| 18 | High Speed Crosslink | Failed OK |
| 19 | Foreground SW Exec | Incorrect OK |
| 20 | Watchdog Timer | Failed OK |
| 21 | ARINC Transmitter | Failed OK |
| | Output 2 Wraparound | |
| 22 | E2ROM Write | Failed OK |
| | Verification | |
| 23 | ROM Parity Error | YES NO |
| | Caused Reset | |
| 24 | RAM Parity Error | YES NO |
| 25 | Watchdog Timer Error | YES NO |
| 26 | Status Buffer or | Failed OK |
| | Watchdog Parity | |
| 27 | Loss of Clock Caused | YES NO |
| | Reset | |
| | Output 1 Wraparound | |
| 29 | E2ROM Parity Caused | YES NO |
| | Reset | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 11
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|-------|------------------------|--------------------------------------------|
| | | 1 0 |
| 14 | P12.5/P2.5 Checksum | Failed OK |
| 15 | Pamb Local Channel | Failed OK |
| 16 | Pb Local Channel | Failed OK |
| 17 | P5 Local Channel | Failed OK |
| 19 | Pb Crosscheck | Failed OK |
| 20 | P5 Crosscheck | Failed OK |
| 21 | ARINC Receiver | Failed OK |
| 23 | Activity Monitor | Failed OK |
| | Self-Test | |
| 24 | Engine commanded to | X |
| | idle due to inadvertent| |
| | reverser deployment | Idle OK |
| 25 | Pressure Sensors | Disagree Agree |
| | Disagree | |
| 26 | Instinctive Disconnect | Failed OK |
| | Discrete Latched Failed| |
| 27 | Fuel Back to Tank | Spill Allowed Spill Not Allowed|
| 28 | PAM Drift | Failed OK |
| 29 | PAM Checksum | Failed OK |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 12
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|-------|------------------------|--------------------------------------------|
| | | 1 0 |
| 14 | Aborted Start | Aborted Normal |
| 15 | Autostart Group | Failsafed Operational |
| | Failsafed | |
| 16 | Ignition Failure | Failed OK |
| 17 | Hot Start | Hot Start Normal |
| 18 | Fuel On | Failed OK |
| 19 | Hung Start | Hung Normal |
| 20 | T5 Failed | Failed OK |
| 21 | EIU Start Data Failed | Failed OK |
| 22 | N1 Unrated Mode | Engaged Not engaged |
| 23 | Wet Crank Mode | Active Inactive |
| 24 | Dry Crank Mode | Active Inactive |
| 25 | Continuous Ignition | Active Inactive |
| 26 | Starter Air Valve | Failed OK |
| | Failed | |
| 27 | Engine Blowout | Blowout Normal |
| 28 | Autostart Mode | Active Inactive |
| 29 | Manual Start Mode | Active Inactive |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 13
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|-------|------------------------|--------------------------------------------|
| | | 1 0 |
| 14 | Fuel Flow I/F Fault | Failed OK |
| | Position Failed | |
| 16 | Fuel On/Off Valve | Fuel Off Fuel On |
| | Position | |
| 17 | Fuel On/Off Valve | Failed OK |
| 18 | Low Starter Air Supply | Low Normal |
| 19 | Engine Surge Detection | Surge No Surge |
| 20 | Fuel Diverter Valve | Off ON |
| | Position | |
| 21 | Fuel Diverter Valve | Failed OK |
| 22 | Accel Indicator | Accel No Accel |
| 23 | Decel Anticipator | Decel No Decel |
| 24 | Data Entry Plug Not | Failed OK |
| | Connected | |
| 25 | Data Entry Plug | Failed OK |
| | Interface Fault |
| 26 | N1 Locked Rotor | Locked Not Locked |
| 27 | Rev. Stow and Lock Pos.| Failed OK |
| 28 | Rev. Stow and Lock Pos.| Locked Unlocked |
| 29 | Delayed Accel | Accel No Accel |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 14
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|-------|------------------------|--------------------------------------------|
| | | 1 0 |
| 14 | Both Reverser LVDTs | Deployed Not Deployed |
| 15 | Both Stow & Lock | Unlocked Not Unlocked |
| | Discretes | |
| 16 | Both Arming Solenoid | Pressurized Not Pressurized |
| | Discretes | |
| 17 | Auto Restow | Restow OK |
| 18 | Auto Redeploy | Redeploy OK |
| 19 | Flex T/O Mode | Engaged Not Engaged |
| 20 | Air Valve Failed Closed| Failed OK |
| 21 | Air Valve Failed Open | Failed OK |
| 22 | Fuel Over-Temperature | Caution Normal |
| | Caution | |
| 23 | Autothrust | Inoperative OK |
| 24-26 | Rating selected (Bit 26| N/A N/A |
| | Most Significant) | |
| 27 | Left ADC Inputs | Failed OK |
| 28 | Right ADC Inputs | Failed OK |
| 29 | T5 Redline Exceedance | Over Limit OK |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bits 24-26
26 25 24
0 0 1 = 29 K rating
0 1 0 = 30 K rating
0 1 1 = 26.5 K rating

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 15
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Maintenance Word 1, Octal Label 350 from FADEC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|-------|------------------------|--------------------------------------------|
| | | 1 0 |
| 14 | N1 Local Channel | Failed OK |
| 15 | N2 Local Channel | Failed OK |
| 16 | T2 Local Channel | Failed OK |
| 17 | T5 Local channel | Failed OK |
| 18 | Fuel Temp Control | Failed OK |
| | Channel | |
| 19 | Engine Oil Temperature | Failed OK |
| | Local Channel | |
| 20 | Fuel Valve Feedback | Not Available OK |
| 21 | SVA LVDT Local Channel | Failed OK |
| 22 | 2.5 Bleed LVDT Local | Failed OK |
| | Channel | |
| 23 | ACC LVDT Local Channel | Failed OK |
| 24 | T3 Local Channel | Failed OK |
| 25 | Reverser LVDT Local | Failed OK |
| | Channel | |
| 26 | *P12.5/P2.5 Local | Failed OK |
| | Channel | |
| 27 | **FF/Local Channel | Failed OK |
| 28 | TRA Resolver Local | Failed OK |
| | Channel | |
| 29 | Class II Fault | Fault No Fault |
| | Indicator Bit | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Channel A/Channel B
** Channel A only; Coded Zero in channel B

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 16
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|-------|------------------------|--------------------------------------------|
| | | 1 0 |
| 14 | Left ADC Link Fault | Failed OK |
| | Flag | |
| 15 | Right ADC Link Fault | Failed OK |
| | Flag | |
| 16 | Wf Torque Motor W/A | Failed OK |
| 17 | SVA Torque Motor W/A | Failed OK |
| 18 | 2.5 Bleed Torque Motor | Failed OK |
| | Wraparound | |
| 19 | ACC Torque Motor W/A | Failed OK |
| 20 | Arming Solenoid W/A | Failed OK |
| 21 | Air Valve Torque Motor | Failed OK |
| | Wraparound | |
| 22 | P2/T2 Heater Relay | Failed OK |
| | Wraparound | |
| 23 | Wf Track Check | Failed OK |
| 24 | SVA Track Check | Failed OK |
| 25 | 2.5 Bleed Track Check | Failed OK |
| 26 | ACC Track Check | Failed OK |
| | Solenoid Wraparound | |
| 28 | Fuel On Wraparound | Failed OK |
| 29 | Fuel Off Wraparound | Failed OK |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 17
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|-------|------------------------|--------------------------------------------|
| | | 1 0 |
| 14 | Reverser Not Presszed | Failed OK |
| | During Deploy | |
| 15 | Both Lock Sensors | Failed OK |
| | Locked During Deploy | |
| 16 | One Lock Sensor Locked | Failed OK |
| | During Deploy | |
| 17 | Spill Valve Failed Open| Failed OK |
| 18 | Alternator Circuit | Failed OK |
| 19 | Misc. E2ROM Data | Failed OK |
| 20 | Ignition Relay #1 | Failed OK |
| | Wraparound | |
| 21 | Ignition Relay #2 | Failed OK |
| | Wraparound | |
| 22 | Channel Select Discre- | Disagree OK |
| | tes Disagreement | |
| 23 | Both TRAs Latched | Failed OK |
| | Failed | |
| 24 | Air Valve Spring | Failed OK |
| 26 | P5 Pneumatic Line | Failed OK |
| 27 | P2 Pneumatic Line | Failed OK |
| 28 | 7th Stg Bld 4 Sol W/A | Failed OK |
| 29 | P2/T2 Probe Heater | Disagree OK |
| | Disagree | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 18
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|-------|------------------------|--------------------------------------------|
| | | 1 0 |
| 14 | N1 Crosscheck | Failed OK |
| 15 | N2 Crosscheck | Failed OK |
| 16 | Pamb Crosscheck | Failed OK |
| 17 | P2 Crosscheck | Failed OK |
| 18 | T2 Crosscheck | Failed OK |
| 19 | Engine Group I | Overcurrent OK |
| | Overcurrent | |
| 20 | Tf Crosscheck | Failed OK |
| 21 | TOE Crosscheck | Failed OK |
| 22 | Wf Crosscheck | Failed OK |
| 23 | SVA Crosscheck | Failed OK |
| 25 | ACC Crosscheck | Failed OK |
| 27 | Reverser Crosscheck | Failed OK |
| 28 | 2.5 Bleed Crosscheck | Failed OK |
| 29 | TRA Crosscheck | Failed OK |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 19
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|-------|------------------------|--------------------------------------------|
| | | 1 0 |
| 14 | Reverser Solenoid W/A | Failed OK |
| 15 | TMA Solenoid W/A | Failed OK |
| 16 | Engine Group I or II | Failsafed OK |
| | Failsafed | |
| 17 | Engine Group II | Overcurrent OK |
| | Overcurrent | |
| 18 | 7th Stage Bleed #1 | Failed OK |
| 19 | 7th Stage Bleed #2 | Failed OK |
| 20 | 10th Stage Bleed | Failed OK |
| | Solenoid W/A | |
| 21 | 10th Stg Service | Failed OK |
| | Bld Sol W/A | |
| 22 | FDV Solenoid W/A | Failed OK |
| 23 | Overspeed Solenoid W/A | Failed OK |
| 24 | O/S Solenoid Over- | Overcurrent OK |
| | current | |
| 25 | ARINC Receiver 2 | Failed OK |
| 26 | Autostart Group | Overcurrent OK |
| | Overcurrent | |
| 27 | Wf ON/OFF Solenoid | Overcurrent OK |
| | Overcurrent | |
| 28 | Rev Group Overcurrent | Overcurrent OK |
| 29 | PB Heater Wraparound | Failed OK |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 20
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|-------|------------------------|--------------------------------------------|
| | | 1 0 |
| 14 | EEC Channel Fault | Failed OK |
| 15 | EEC Unit Fault | Failed OK |
| 16 | RES/LVDT Excitation | Failed OK |
| 17 | Data Entry Plug | Failed OK |
| | Failure | |
| 18 | Rating and EPR Modifier| Failed OK |
| | Inputs are Failed | |
| 19 | FCU LRU Loop | Failed OK |
| 20 | Local Channel Resource | Yes No |
| | Sharing | |
| 21 | Both Channels Resource | Yes No |
| | Sharing | |
| 22 | Coded Zero | X |
| | Fault | |
| 24 |*T2.5 Local Channel | Failed OK |
| 25 |**ATHR Activation | Activation Deactivation |
| | Possible due to | |
| | Alpha Floor | |
| 26 | EEC Crosschannel Fault | Failed OK |
| 28 | EEC Overheat | Overheat OK |
| 29 | FCU Overspeed Self-Test| Failed OK |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Channel B only; Coded zero in channel A

** This output bit is a status indication which must be set when the input flag
is set and cleared when the input flag is cleared.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 21
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|-------|------------------------|--------------------------------------------|
| | | 1 0 |
| 14 | EIU Data Failed | Failed OK |
| | Failed | |
| 16 | Ignitor/Exciter #1 | Failed OK |
| | Failed | |
| 17 | Ignitor/Exciter #2 | Failed OK |
| | Failed | |
| 18 | Fuel On/Off Valve | Failed OK |
| | Failed | |
| 19 | Aircraft 28-VDC Bus | Failed OK |
| 20 | Starter Air Valve | Disagree OK |
| | Position Discretes | |
| 21 | Fuel On/Off Valve | Disagree OK |
| | Position Discretes | |
| 22 | Probe Heater Discretes | Disagree OK |
| 23 | Overspeed Discretes | Disagree OK |
| 24 | Autothrust Disconnect | Disagree OK |
| | #2 ON Discretes | |
| 25 | Autothrust Disconnect | Disagree OK |
| | #1 ON Discretes | |
| 26 | Left Engine Discretes | Disagree OK |
| 27 | Right Engine Discretes | Disagree OK |
| 28 | Arming Solenoid | Disagree OK |
| | Discretes | |
| 29 | Pb Local Channel Soft | Failed OK |
| | Failure Latched | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 22
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|-----|------------------------|----------------------------------------------|
| | | 1 0 |
| 14 | IDG Oil Temperature | Failed OK |
| | Local Channel | |
| 15 | Air Valve LVDT Local | Failed OK |
| | Channel | |
| 16 | Spill Valve LVDT Local | Failed OK |
| | Channel | |
| 17 | Spill Valve T/M W/A | Failed OK |
| 18 | Air Valve Track Check | Failed OK |
| 19 | Spill Valve Track Check| Failed OK |
| 20 | TOI Crosscheck | Failed OK |
| 21 | Air Valve Crosscheck | Failed OK |
| 22 | Spill Valve Crosscheck | Failed OK |
| 23 | Fuel Diverter Valve | Failed OK |
| | Failed | |
| 24 | TMA Valve Failed | Failed OK |
| 25 | TMA Valve Position | Disagree OK |
| | Discretes | |
| 26 | Fuel Divert. Valve | Failed OK |
| | Crosscheck | |
| 27 | Reverser Stow and Lock | Failed OK |
| | Crosscheck | |
| 28 | Engine Position | Disagree Agree |
| | Discrete | |
| 29 | A/C Permission Switch | Failed OK |
| | Failed Closed |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 23
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Engine Serial Number, Label 046 from FADEC
------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT | FUNCTION | BIT FORMAT |
|-------|------------------------|-------------------------------|
| | | 1 0 |
| 15 | Digit 1, LSB | BCD |
| 16 | . | . |
| 17 | . | . |
| 18 | Digit 1, MSB | . |
| 19 | Digit 2, LSB | . |
| 20 | . | . |
| 21 | . | . |
| 22 | Digit 2, MSB | . |
| 23 | Digit 3, LSB | . |
| 24 | . | . |
| 25 | . | . |
| 26 | Digit 3, MSB | . |
------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 24
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Engine Serial Number, Label 047 from FADEC
------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT | FUNCTION | BIT FORMAT |
|-------|------------------------|-------------------------------|
| | | 1 0 |
| 15 | Digit 4, LSB | BCD |
| 16 | . | . |
| 17 | . | . |
| 18 | Digit 4, MSB | . |
| 19 | Digit 5, MSB | . |
| 20 | . | . |
| 21 | . | . |
| 22 | Digit 5, MSB | . |
------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 25
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

DEC ARINC 429 Discrete Data Outputs Format from FADEC
BIT
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 OCTAL LABEL
. BIT 1 MOST
. SIGNIFICANT
.
8
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 SOURCE 10 9
DESTINATION 0 1 Engine 1 and Channel A
10 IDENTIFIER 1 1 Engine 1 and Channel B
1 0 Engine 2 and Channel A
0 0 Engine 2 and Channel B
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11-13 ALL ZEROS (NOTE 1)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14 DISCRETE DTA
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
29
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
31 30
30 STATUS - 00 NORMAL
MATRIX - 01 NO COMPUTED DATA
31 - 10 NOT USED
- 11 NOT USED
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
32 PARITY BIT (ODD)
NOTE 1 : Bit 12 - 1 for label 046 and 047 only.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 26
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. Interface
_________
A. ADIRU/EEC Interface
(1) General
Air Data Inertial Reference Unit (ADIRU) sends air data parameters to
the FADEC through ARINC 429 buses.
Each channel of the EEC receives a digital data stream from both
ADIRU which contains total temperature, total pressure and altitude
pressure signals from the airframe sensing system
(Ref. Fig. 002)
(2) Input Data to the EEC

Data are provided from the ADC to the FADEC Unit at the LOW BIT
RATE defined by ARINC 429 (12 - 14.5 kilobits per second). Air data
transmitted to the FADEC Unit are in accordance with Table 5.
(3) Aircraft Parameter Validation
(a) Each FADEC unit channel requires inputs of total pressure, total
temperature, and pressure altitude to function normally. Loss of
any of these does not result in a control mode which produces a
loss in thrust established by those conditions prior to the
fault.
In addition to the ADIRU data stream, the EEC receives its own
independent measurements of inlet total pressure, inlet total
temperature and ambient pressure from:
- a dual element total temperature probe (one per channel)
- a dedicated total pressure probe (plumbed to the FADEC unit
sensor which is hardwired to each channel)
- dedicated ambient pressure ports (plumbed to the FADEC unit
sensor which is hardwired to each channel).
Validation of each parameter is accomplished by a series of
comparison of healthy (no range, interface of latched failures)
parametric data.
Out of tolerance disagreement between healthy ADIRU and healthy
engine probes or a hard failure of air data will lead to an
accomodation.
(b) Source selection

Software selection logic is used to determine which source of
each parameter should be used. The following general requirements
apply to the use of ADIRU inputs:
1
_ ADIRU data are preferred, when validated by engine data, over
FADEC air data sensors and are used whenever possible for
rating calculations.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 27
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Interwiring EEC - ADC

Figure 002

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 28
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

2
_ ADIRU P2 is not used for EPR actual determination.
3
_ ADIRU inputs, once they pass reasonableness test, will not be
used as control inputs unless they can be validated by one of
the following checks:
a
_ Comparison to FADEC sensor measurement of the same
parameter.
b
_ Comparison to a parameter synthesized by the FADEC from a
control input parameter.
c
_ Comparison of the same parameter from each ADIRU.
4
_ For the case where ADIRU data would be used without comparison
to a valid referee (engine probe or synthesis), the control
will revert to the alternate mode (N1).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | Max. |
| |Octal | | Min. | Max. | Scale | Signal | Accu- |Transmit|
| Parameter |Label | Units | Range | Range | Factor | Format | racy |Interval|
| | | | | | | | |(m.sec.)|
|-----------|------|-------|-------|-------|--------|--------|-------|--------|
| Total air | 211 | deg.C | -60 | +99 | 512 | BNR | 1.0 | 500 |
|temperature| | | | | | | | |
|-----------|------|-------|-------|-------|--------|--------|-------|--------|
| Total air | 242 | m.bar | 135.5 | 1354.5| 2048 | BNR | 0.3 | 125 |
| pressure | | | | | | | | |
|-----------|------|-------|-------|-------|--------|--------|-------|--------|
| Pressure | 203 | feet | -1000 | +50000| 131072 | BNR | # | 62.5 |
| Altitude | | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 5
B. EIU/EEC Interface
(1) General
(a) EIU Presentation

Two EIUs are fitted on each aircraft, one for engine 1, one for
engine 2. Each EIU, located in the electronics bay, is an
interface concentrator between the airframe and the corresponding
FADEC located on the engine, thus reducing the number of wires.
EIUs are active at least from engine starting to engine shutdown,
they are essential to start the engine.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 29
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

The main functions of the EIU are:
- to concentrate data from cockpit panels and different
electronic boxes to the associated FADEC on each engine,
- to insure the segregation of the two engines,
- to select the airframe electrical supplies for the FADEC,
- to give to the airframe the necessary logic and information
from engine to other systems (APU, ECS, Bleed Air,
Maintenance).
(b) EIU/EEC Interface

Data link arrangement between EIU and EEC is shown in the
(Ref. Fig. 003)
1
_ EIU input from the EEC
The EIU acquires two ARINC 429 output data buses from the
associated EEC (one from each channel) and it reads data from
the channel in control. When some data are not available on
the channel in control, data from the other channel are used.
In the case where EIU is not able to identify the channel in
control, it will assume Channel A as in control.
The EIU looks at particular engine data on the EEC digital
data flow to interface them with other aircraft computers and
with engine cockpit panels.
2
_ EIU output to the EEC
Through its output ARINC 429 data bus, the EIU transmits data
coming from all the A/C computers which have to communicate
with the EEC, except from ADCs and throttle which communicate
directly with the EEC.
There is no data flow during EIU internal test or
initialization.
(2) EIU Description
(a) EIU inputs/outputs definition

The general EIU inputs/outputs arrangement is shown in the
(Ref. Fig. 004)
1
_ Inputs
The EIU receives discrete signal, ARINC 429 lines, analog
voltage, electrical supplies, and is able to process data from
resistor sensors.
a
_ The discrete signals which are of the ground/open circuit
type are:

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 30
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

EEC - EIU Digital Data Unit

Figure 003

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 31
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

73-25-00

Page 32
Nov 01/07

CES

I A E

V2500

Engine Interface Unit

Figure 004

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 33/34
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ITEM | PARAMETER DEFINITION | Nature when |
| | | active | inactive |
| | | (1) | (0) |
|------|-------------------------------------------|-----------|--------------|
| D 1 | Engine 1 Side | ground | open circuit |
| D 4 | Engine 2 Side | ground | open circuit |
| D 5 | Full Provision, Discrete 1 | ground | open circuit |
| D 6 | Full Provision, Discrete 2 | ground | open circuit |
| D 8 | N1 Mode Selected | ground | open circuit |
| D 9 | Engine Selector on AUTO Position | ground | open circuit |
| D 10 | Engine Selector on IGNITION Position | ground | open circuit |
| D 11 | Engine Selector on CRANK Position | ground | open circuit |
| D 12 | Airframe FADEC Supply on ON Position | ground | open circuit |
| D 13 | Wing Anti-ice Switch on OFF position | ground | open circuit |
| D 14 | MAN Engine Start Selected | ground | open circuit |
| D 15 | Flaps and Slats Lever in Retracted Pos | ground | open circuit |
| D 16 | Bump/Overboost OFF | ground | open circuit |
| D 17 | MASTER Lever ON | ground | open circuit |
| D 18 | MASTER Lever OFF | | |
| D 19 | Fire ON | ground | open circuit |
| D 20 | Nacelle Anti-ice Switch OFF position | ground | open circuit |
| D 21 | LH Main Landing Gear Compressed | ground | open circuit |
| D 22 | RH Main Landing Gear Compressed | ground | open circuit |
| D 23 | TLA Below minus 3 Degrees | ground | open circuit |
| D 24 | FRSOV selected OFF (Aircraft control) | ground | open circuit |
| D 25 | Oil Low Press Detected | ground | open circuit |
| D 28 | Scavenge Valve in Open Position | | |
| D 28 | No. 4 BRG scavenge valve open | ground | open circuit |
| D 29 | Bump/Overboost ON | ground | open circuit |
| D 31 | Nose Wheel Landing Gear Compressed | ground | open circuit |
| D 32 | TLA Below Minus 3 Degrees | ground | open circuit |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 35
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

b
_ The analog voltages which are of differential type with a
working range of 1 to 9 volts, includes a filter with a
time constant.
These inputs are:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ITEM | PARAMETER DEFINITION | RANGE |
|------------|------------------------------------------|---------------------|
| V2 | OIL PRESSURE | 0.7 V to 9.1 V for |
| | | 0 to 400 PSID |
|------------|------------------------------------------|---------------------|
| V3 | OIL QUANTITY | 1.63 V to 9 V for |
| | | 0 to 25.8 QTS |
|------------|------------------------------------------|---------------------|
| V4 | No. 4 BEARING SCAVENGE PRESSURE | 0.7 V to 9.1 V for |
| | | 0 to 300 PSIG |
|------------|------------------------------------------|---------------------|
| R1 | NACELLE TEMPERATURE | -55C to +375C |
|------------|------------------------------------------|---------------------|
| R2 | OIL TEMPERATURE | -60C to +250C |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 36
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

c
_ The numerical input words (from the A/C computers) are:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| LABEL | FORMAT | PARAMETER DEFINITION | OPERATING RANGE |
|---------|----------|-----------------------------------|--------------------|
| 214 | BNR | FLEXIBLE TEMPERATURE | -99C to +99C |
|---------|----------|-----------------------------------|--------------------|
| 343 | BNR | EPR TARGET | 0 to 2 |
|---------|----------|-----------------------------------|--------------------|
| 260 | BCD | DATE | |
|---------|----------|-----------------------------------|--------------------|
| 126 | BCD | FLIGHT PHASE | |
|---------|----------|-----------------------------------|--------------------|
| 125 | BCD | GMT | |
|---------|----------|-----------------------------------|--------------------|
| 155 | BCD | BITE CTL DISCRETE WORD | |
|---------|----------|-----------------------------------|--------------------|
| | | _ | |
| 233 | | 1st, 2nd caract | | |
| 234 | ISO5 | 3nd, 4th caract | FLIGHT NUMBER | |
| 235 | | 5th, 6th caract | | |
| 236 | | 7tf, 8th caract _| | |
|---------|----------|-----------------------------------|--------------------|
| | | _ | |
| 301 | | | | |
| 302 | ISO5 | | AIRCRAFT IDENTIFIER | |
| 303 | | | | |
| 304 | | _| | |
|---------|----------|-----------------------------------|--------------------|
| 222 | BNR | ECS MIN-PRESS DEMAND * | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Primary with SDI: 10

Secondary with SDI: 01

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 37
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

d
_ The discrete input words from the A/C computers are shown
(Ref. Fig. 005, 006, 007, 008)
e
_ The numerical and discrete input words from the EEC are
described
(Ref. Fig. 009, 010, 011, 012, 013, 014, 015)
2
_ Outputs
The EIU sends discrete outputs and ARINC 429 line outputs ;
one of the ARINC line is dedicated to the EEC and the other
one to the A/C systems.
The discrete signals which are of the +28V/open circuit or
ground/ open circuit types are listed
(Ref. Fig. 016)
The EIU sends two ARINC 429 buses ; on these bus lines the EIU
sends information to the EEC and to the A/C system. The data
flow is shown in numerical words and for discretes
(Ref. Fig. 017, 018, 019, 020, 021, 022, 023, 024)
3
_ Functions of the EIU
a
_ Input data validation
The EIU has to acquire the whole information available from
the inputs without losses.
Transmitted messages must not be modified, except messages
with an odd parity.
EIU receives two input buses (channel A and channel B) from
the EEC, and reads data from in-control channel. When some
data are not available on in-control channel, data from the
other one are used.
EIU receives two inputs buses (primary and secondary) from
ECS.
Some input signals are used to create output data : when
data is not available or in conflict with other sources,
the corresponding outputs are:
- open circuit for discretes
- failure warning for internal faults and NCD for
external faults for ARINC data.
The EIU has to perform the following logics with the

acquired data:
. Oil low press and ground
. Light fault ON
. APU boost command 1
. Valve closure for engine start inop
. TLA in take off
. Modulated idle

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 38
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

ARINC 420 Discrete Input Words (Sheet 1/3)

Figure 005

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 39
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 006

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 40
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 007

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 41
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

ARINC 429 Numerical Input Words (Sheet 5A/7)

Figure 008

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 42
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

ARINC 429 Numerical Inputs Words (Sheet 1/7)

Figure 009

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 43
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

ARINC 429 Numerical Input Words (Sheet 2/7)

Figure 010

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 44
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 011

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 45
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 012

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 46
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 013

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 47
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 014

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 48
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 015

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 49
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Discrete Output Signals

Figure 016

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 50
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

ARINC 429 Numerical Output Words (Sheet 1/2)

Figure 017

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 51
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

ARINC 429 Numerical Output Words (Sheet 2/2)

Figure 018

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 52
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

ARINC 429 Discrete Output Words (Sheet 1/5)

Figure 019

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 53
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 020

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 54
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 021

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 55
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 022

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 56
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

ARINC 429 Discrete Output Words (SHEET 5A/5)

Figure 023

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 57
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 024

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 58
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

. 28VDC airframe FADEC supply off
. EEC bus or N1 relay fault
. Engine 1, engine 2
. APU bus fault
. Flight memory storage allowed
. RHMLG and LHMLG disagree
. Oil low press inop
. Wing de-icing
. Nacelle anti-ice selection
. Master lever fault
. CRANK/AUTO/IGNITION fault
. Thrust reverser inhibition
. Bump/Overboost selection
. FRSOV OFF selected
. FADEC supply auto shutdown
. Discrete outputs available
. Scavenge valve stuck closed, stuck open
. Failed seal or clogged restrictor.
. Nacelle high temperature (real signal)
. Nacelle high temperature (latched signal)
. APU boost command 2
These logics are referenced

(Ref. Fig. 025, 026, 027, 028, 029, 030, 031)
b
_ Fault Logics
The EIU incorporates an internal BITE allowing efficient
fault detection. The result of that fault detection shall
be contained in status and maintenance words available on
the output data bus:
- external faults - label 350
- internal minor faults - label 351
- internal major faults - label 352
c
_ Power-up tests
Power-up tests are accomplished only on the ground and if
pressure switch indicates continuity to ground, in other
cases initialization time is less than 20 ms.
C. EIU/A/C Interface
(1) General environement

The EIU concentrates data from cockpit panels and different aircraft
systems to send them to the FADEC and gives selected FADEC
information to the A/C systems. The EIU communicates with a lot of
A/C systems through analog and digital interfaces.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 59
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Processed Logics (Sheet 1/6)

Figure 025

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 60
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 026

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 61
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 027

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 62
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 028

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 63
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 029

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 64
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 030

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 65
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

ARINC 429 Discrete Output Words (Sheet 6A/6)

Figure 031

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 66
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Auto flight system (AFS) interface
(a) AFS is a part of the auto thrust system (ATS) function.
(b) The automatic flight system provides the following functions

related to the engine power management.
- computation of EPR target
- selection of autothrust modes (speed or thrust limit)
- alpha floor protection
- bump rating selection
- selection of flex T/O temperature.
(c) Input from AFS to the EEC is the data centralizer unit of the AFS
and is linked to the EIU through an ARINC 429 low speed bus. The
EIU then transmits this information to the EEC through the
EIU/EEC digital data link.
The data link arrangement is shown in
(Ref. Fig. 032)
Specific information from AFS is:
- flex T/O temperature
- auto-thrust signal
- auto-thrust demand : EPR target
- alpha floor protection signal
- bump rating select signals
- auto-thrust engagement signal.
(d) Output to the AFS. The EEC sends directly some specific outputs
to the AFS through the FADEC output bus via the FMGC which is
part of AFS system. The data link arrangement is shown
(Ref. Fig. 032)
The EIU also receives these data from FADEC but does not transmit
them to the AFS.
The following data are sent to the AFS:
- TRA
- EPR command - EPR throttle
- EPR actual - Fuel flow
- EPR target (feedback) - Bleed configuration (feedback)
- EPR limit (selected) - Engine rating identification
- Thrust mode selected - Flex T/O temp (feedback)
- EPR max

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 67
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

AFS to EEC via EIU Wiring

Figure 032

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 68
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) ECS interface
The Environmental Control System (ECS) receives discretes giving A/C
and engine bleed configurations and controls engine bleed port
pressure demand.
Compatibility between Environmental Control System (ECS) requirements
and aircraft performance optimization necessitates modulation of idle
during descent.
This modulation is accomplished by controlling minimum burner
pressure to result in a minimum deliverable bleed pressure level at
the high pressure bleed port as defined by the following:
- for the minimum normal ECS demand (0%), the engine provides the
minimum pressure given by curve 2
(Ref. Fig. 033)
- for the maximum normal ECS demand (100%), the engine provides the
minimum pressure given by curve 1 or
(Ref. Fig. 033)
- for intermediary ECS demand (0-100%), the engine provides minimum
pressure proportionally modulated between minimum and maximum by
use of an ECS signal.
The ECS determines multipliers for the various air bleed
configurations according to the logic shown in
(Ref. Fig. 034)
The FADEC takes these multipliers into account for computation of
thrust corrections.
The ECS demand for idle setting and multipliers corresponding to the
bleed configuration is sent through ARINC 429 data bus via EIU to the
EEC. Data link arrangement is
(Ref. Fig. 035)
EIU receives two input buses (primary and secondary) from ECS.
(4) Engine starting control panel interface

The engine control panel is controlled from engine panel located on
the center pedestal which provides:
- the selector position
- the master lever position
and receives the fault announcement.
In addition, an engine manual start panel located on the overhead
panel provides the MAN start signal to the EEC.
Input from engine starting control panel to the EIU are discrete
input signals.
(Ref. Fig. 036)
General arrangement is shown in
(Ref. Fig. 037)
Output from EIU to engine starting panel is a discrete output signal
(Ref. Fig. 036)
General arrangement is shown in
(Ref. Fig. 038)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 69
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Modulated Bleed Pressure During Descent

Figure 033

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 70
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

General Schematics of Air Bleeds

Figure 034

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 71
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Interface Between ECS Computer via EIU and EEC

Figure 035

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 72
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Discrete Input/Output from EIU A/C Starting Control

Figure 036

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 73
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Input from A/C Starting Control to EEC

Figure 037

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 74
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Output from EEC to A/C Starting Control

Figure 038

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 75
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

The electrical circuit diagram is shown in
(Ref. Fig. 039, 040)
(5) CFDS interface

The centralized fault data system is a means of accessing the systems
to obtain maintenance information and initiate tests through the BITE
of the system.
The communication is established through the existing ARINC 429 bus
arrangement.
(Ref. Fig. 041)
The FADEC and EIU menu function is requested by the CFDS system
through the label 227. The FADEC menu function request is transmitted
through the EIU to the EEC.
(a) EEC transmission
1
_ Normal mode
The EEC transmits the messages, if existing, contained in
table according to the communication protocol defined in
chapter (Ref. 31-30-00).
2
_ Menu mode
The following functions can be selected:
- current leg LRU data
- all leg primary fault data
- FADEC system test
- ignition test
- Thrust Reverser test
- starter air valve test
- P2T2 probe heater test
(b) EIU transmission
1
_ Normal mode
The EIU transmits the messages, if existing according to the
communication protocol defined in chapter (Ref. 31-30-00).
2
_ Menu mode
The EIU deals only with the standard items of the menu which
are:
- last leg report
- previous leg report
- LRU identification
- ground scanning

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 76
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

EEC Power Supply for Ignition and Starting Systems Engine 1

Figure 039

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 77/78
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

EEC Power Supply for Ignition and Starting Systems Engine 2

Figure 040

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 79/80
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Centralized Fault Display System

Figure 041

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 81
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(6) Other interfaces
The EIU receives other signals from various aircraft systems listed
below:
- Wing A/I switch OFF position from cockpit panel.
- Airframe FADEC supply OFF position from cockpit panel.
- Engine fire signal from the fire system detection.
- Fuel recirculation shutdown from the fuel system.
- Nose, LH and RH landing gear compressed from LGCIU (Landing Gear
Control and Interface Unit)
- LH and RH landing gear released from LGCIU (Landing Gear Control
and Interface Unit)
- Engine selected from pin programming.
- Engine version from pin programming.
- Oil pressure, quantity, temperature low press from engine sensors.
- Nacelle temperature from engine sensor.
- Flaps and slats retracted from slat and flap levers.
- Bump OFF, bump ON from bump pushbutton switch (located on the
throttle levers)
- Scavenge valve in open position from No. 4 bearing scavenge valve
switch
- No. 4 bearing scavenge pressure from engine sensor.
- TLA below minus 3 degrees from SEC 1, 2 and 3.
All these inputs are shown in
(Ref. Fig. 042)
The EIU sends some specific signals to various aircraft systems
listed below:
- APU boost - to the ECB (Electronic Control Box).
- 2 signals of Oil low press and ground to airframe systems and
panels
- valve closure to air valves.
- HP fuel shut-off valve closed to the ECS (Environmental Control
System)
- TRA in T/O position.
All these outputs are shown in
(Ref. Fig. 043)
The EIU sends also the data bus output to the flight warning
computer.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 82
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Various EIU Inputs

Figure 042

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 83
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

EIU Discrete Output Signals to Various A/C Systems

Figure 043

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 84
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

D. Cockpit System Display/EEC Interface
(1) General
The aircraft system which processes the engine data and messages for
cockpit display on the cathode ray tubes consists in three display
management computers (DMC) and two flight warning computers.
Each DMC receives 4 engines data buses, one from each channel of EEC
and two from each engine. All the 8 buses from EEC engine 1 and EEC
engine 2 are acquired by the 3 DMCs. Each FWC recives 4 data buses
one from each channel of EEC General Arrangement as shown in
(Ref. Fig. 044)
(2) Functions
The engine parameters and messages are displayed on two ECAM CRTs.
The upper ECAM CRT is dedicated permanently to the primary engine
parameters.
(Ref. Fig. 045)
The lower CRT is partly dedicated to engine parameters.
(Ref. Fig. 046)
(a) Parameters indication

The cockpit system display looks for:
- primary engine parameters : EPR actual, EPR limit, EPR command,
N1, N2, EGT and fuel flow. The single numerical EPR limit value
which is displayed with the selected thrust limit mode is the
result of a logic in the DMC which selects the highest one of
the two engines.
- thrust reverser position signals
- HP fuel valve disagree signal
(b) FADEC and engine health status
* Health status is available to specify as a minimum:
1
_ That one channel is out of order.
2
_ That FADEC operation is degraded by any combination of the
following:
- No power management - full engine control
- Loss of key function - possible loss of engine control
- Loss of Clearance Control - increase in fuel consumption,
EGT
- Loss of function - function will not be available when
commanded with associated operating instruction when:
. flight envelope or performance are limited
. immediate action is required from pilot
. maintenance action is required

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 85
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Interwiring from FADEC to Cockpit Indications

Figure 044

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 86
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Upper ECAM Display Unit

Figure 045

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 87
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Lower ECAM Display Unit

Figure 046

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 88
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3
_ That FADEC is out of order leading to definitive in flight
shutdown.
4
_ That FADEC built-in engine limit protection is working with
associated operating instruction.
5
_ That FADEC is aborting starting sequence.
* Table gives the detail of EEC status words and maintenance

words whose discrete information can be used to generate the
corresponding messages to be displayed:
Class 1 denotes fault for which a message has to be displayed
during the flight.
Class 2 denotes faults for which a message has to be displayed
at the end of the flight because fault is significant.
Class 3 denotes faults for which no immediate message is
required and maintenance action can be delayed. There is no
restriction to time delay for repair.
(c) EEC channel status

Channel status is provided by ARINC bus from each channel.
(d) Ground test indication

During ground test, the data transmitted over the EEC ARINC bus
are not affected.
E. Throttle Control System/EEC Interfaces
(1) General
The throttle control system is fully electrical and each throttle
lever drives two resolvers ; located in the cockpit center pedestal,
these resolvers are dedicated to the FADEC, one for each engine.
(Ref. Fig. 047)
The FADEC excites and demodulates these resolvers.
Each throttle lever is fitted with one pushbutton which is used to
generate the autothrust disconnect discrete signal to the EEC.
(2) Interface
(a) TLA signal

Throttle lever angle signals are sensed from resolvers rotated as
a function of throttle lever positions.
Electrical characteristics are described in chapter (Ref.
76-11-00).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 89
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Inputs from Throttle Lever Transducers to EEC

Figure 047

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 90
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

There are two throttle resolvers per throttle lever, each of them
being dedicated to one channel of the EEC. The electrical
excitation is provided by the EEC (one excitation output per
channel).
The TLA resolver is a dual quadrant resolver which works in the
first quadrant for positive angles and in the fourth quadrant for
negative angles.
Therefore the TLA sine and cosine winding outputs are in phase
with the excitation for resolver angle within 0 to 90 range of
angle.
In the -90 to 0 range of angles the cosine ouptut and the
excitation are in phase and the sine output out of phase.
The TLA wiring between resolver unit and EEC is shown on
(Ref. Fig. 048)
1
_ Instinctive autothrust disconnect signal
(Ref. Fig. 049)
Each throttle lever is fitted with one pushbutton which is
used to generate the autothrust disconnect discrete signal in
the FADEC unit.
The FADEC unit receives a signal directly issued from either
throttle 1 or throttle 2 pushbutton through aircraft wiring.
When the instinctive disconnect pushbutton is pressed, the
minimum pulse duration is not less than 50 milliseconds. The
FADEC receives two analog discrete signals from the aircraft.
These signals are generated by switch closure/opening driven
either by FMGC command channel or monitor channel and/or
throttle lever pushbuttons.
(3) TRA Input Validation

Faults of throttle resolvers angle and its dated external wiring and
FADEC interface electronics are detected by the following checks:
- Range test for the sine and cosine windings
- Excitation wraparound test
- Angle checks:
. range test (-41 minimum in range angle and 88 maximum in range
angle)
. cross check (remote and local TRA values must be within 1.8 of
each other)
. rate test (maximum allowable rate of change = 600 res/sec)
. SIN + COS = 1

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 91
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Throttle Lever Angle Harness

Figure 048

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 92
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Acquisition of the Autothrust Instinctive Disconnect

Signal by the FADEC
Figure 049

R EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

73-25-00 Page 93
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(4) TRA Failure Accomodation
(a) One validated TRA input

Under normal conditions the FADEC selects the local input TRA.
If one resolver should fail for any reason, then the failure
accomodation logic as describe in the following Table I will be
invoked immediately. If the fault persists for one second or
more, set the appropriate ARINC 350 maintenance word bit and
latch in the failure accomodation logic.
This accomodation logic shall override Section D.(2), Two
validated TRA inputs not in agreement accomodation logic.
(b) Two validated TRA inputs not in agreement

If a crosscheck occurs ; that is, if both TRA inputs are valid
and they disagree by an amount greater than 1.8, then the
selected TRA will be set to past value. If the failure persists
for one second or more, set the appropriate ARINC 353 maintenance
word bit and invoke the accomodation logic based on the selected
TRA (past value) at the time of the crosscheck as descibed in the
following Table I.
If the throttle is moved after the accomodation logic is invoked
the accomodation logic will change accordingly. Specifically: As
the throttle is moved towards reverse, the accomodation logic
will transition accordingly. Moving the throttle towards take-off
will not change the accomodation logic. Also, if the throttle was
in reverse and it is moved into the forward region the IDLE THRU
MAX CONTINUOUS accomodation will be invoked. That is, it is
possible to transition to the right out of the reverse region in
Table I.
If the flight status transitions from flight to ground or from
ground to flight, the accomodation logic will transition
accordingly.
(c) No validated TRA input

If there is no valid input ; that is, if both TRA inputs are hard
failed, then the selected TRA will be set to past value. If the
failure persists for one second or more, set the appropriate
ARINC 352 maintenance word bit and latch in the accomodation
logic based on the selected TRA (past value) at the time of the
hard failure as descibed in the following Table I.
If the flight status transitions from flight to ground or from
ground to flight, the accomodation logic will transition
accordingly. That is, oncea failure latches it is possible to
transition vertically but not horizontally in Table I. If the
slats status transitions from extended to retracted, the logic
should transition accordingly accordingly except when

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 94
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

transitioning back to extended. In this case the selected TRA
will remain at MCT.
(d) Loss of both reverser feedbacks and the reverser deploys

If the reverser inadvertantly deploys and during the subsequent
auto restow cycle, both reverser feedbacks are failed, then the
selected TRA is equal to idle.
TABLE I
Fault Condition: 1 validated TLA input

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Selected throttle position at the time of fault detection
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A
C flight idle thru max
C status reverse continuous flex take-off max take-off
O
M ------------------------------------------------------------------------
F M
A O
D D ground select valid select valid select valid select valid
E A TLA TLA TLA TLA
C T ------------------------------------------------------------------------
I
O flight select valid select valid select valid select valid
N TLA TLA TLA TLA
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
O C *possibility *thrust may *thrust may *no immediate
P O to select increase in increase consequences
E N reverse manual thrust
R S thrust on setting mode *possible *possibility
A E ground deactivation to activate
T Q *possibility of the autothrust the
I U to activate setting mode in autothrust
O E autothrust max continuous setting mode
N N setting mode mode with normal
A C procedure
L E *possibility to
activate the
autothrust
setting mode
by setting
throttle lower
than MCT
*possible throttle
stagger

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 95
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fault Condition: 1 validated TLA input
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*message to
recommend to put
throttle at mto
to clear up
the fault
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TLA validation requirements
Fault Condition: 2 validated TLA inputs not in agreement

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A
O
M ------------------------------------------------------------------------
F M select larger
A O TLA but select TLA= select larger select larger
D D ground limited to forward idle TLA TLA
E A TLA=forward
C T idle
I ------------------------------------------------------------------------
O flight select larger select larger select larger select larger
N TLA but TLA but TLA TLA
limited to limited to
TLA=max TLA=max
continuous continuous
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
O C *possibility *thrust may *thrust may *no immediate
P O to select increase in increase consequences
E N reverse manual thrust
R S thrust on setting mode *possible *possibility
A E ground if deactivation to activate
T Q fault occurs *possibility of the autothrust the
I U after to activate setting mode in autothrust
O E reverser has autothrust max continuous setting mode
N N deployed setting mode mode with normal
A C procedure
L E *possibility to
activate the
autothrust
setting mode

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 96
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fault Condition: 2 validated TLA inputs not in agreement
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
by setting
throttle lower
than MCT
*possible throttle
stagger
*message to
recommend to put
throttle at mto
to clear up
the fault
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TLA validation requirements
Fault Condition: No validated TLA input

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A
O
M ------------------------------------------------------------------------
F M
A O
D D ground select select slect select
E A TLA=forward TLA=forward TLA=forward TLA=forward
C T idle idle idle idle
I ------------------------------------------------------------------------
O flight select select slats extended: slats extended:
N TLA=max TLA=max freeze last freeze last
continuous continuous and selected selected
clear flex TLA value TLA value
take-off if slats retracted: slats retracted:
previously select TLA= select TLA=max
selected max continuous and
continuous clear flex
and clear take-off mode
flex take-off if previously
mode selected
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
O C *if thrust *on ground *on ground *on ground
P O reverser engine power equivalent equivalent

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 97
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fault Condition: No validated TLA input
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
E N already limited at to engine to engine
R S deployed, idle failure failure
A E FADEC
T Q commands *in flight *in flight *in flight
I U restow possibility no immediate no immediate
O E to activate effect during effect during
N N autothrust take-off phase take-off
A C if available phase
L E
*in manual *possibility *possibility
thrust setting to activate to activate
mode, engine autothrust autothrust
rating at slat setting mode
increases and retraction at slat
freezes at retraction
max continuous
Thrust reverser not available at landing on the affected engine

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
F. Thrust Reverser Interface
(1) General
The EEC controls the deployment and stowing sequence of the thrust
reverser. The logic which is implemented in the EEC is based on TLA
signals, flight ground signals, thrust reverser position feedback.
The general interwiring diagram is given in
(Ref. Fig. 050)
(2) Thrust Reverser Directional Control Valve Solenoid

The EEC interfaces with the thrust reverser directional control valve
solenoid (mounted within the HCU). The directional control valve
solenoid is a dual coil solenoid connected to both EEC channels (one
coil dedicated to each channel).
(3) Thrust Reverser Isolation Valve Solenoid

Each channel within the EEC interfaces with the thrust reverser
isolation valve solenoid mounted within the HCU. The isolation
solenoid valve is a dual coil solenoid, one coil dedicated to each
EEC channel.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 98
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Thrust Reverser - FADEC Interwiring Diagram

Figure 050

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page 99
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(4) Thrust Reverser Switches and Linear Variable Differential
Transformers (LVDT)
The EEC interfaces with:
- two single-wound LVDTs mounted on the two upper actuators, one per
channel. The transformation ratio is a maximum at 0.533 at the stow
position and a minimum of 0.0342 at the deploy position.
- two stow/lock proximity sensors, one per locking (lower) actuator
and per channel to indicate whether or not the locking actuators
are locked and thus stowed. When the actuator is locked the switch
contacts close.
(5) Pressure Switch

Each channel of the EEC has a dedicated pressure switch mounted in
the Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU). Energisation of the isolation valve
solenoid allows hydraulic pressure in the system, this event being
relayed to the EEC by the pressure switch.
R 4. ________________
FADEC Interfaces
R A. 28VDC Power Supply

The EEC is designed to operate with the engine not running, the EEC is
operational five seconds after it is electrically powered by A/C 28VDC.
The EEC is electrically powered by the A/C through the EIU. That A/C
28VDC permits:
- automatic ground check of the FADEC before engine running
- engine starting
- powering the EEC (while engine is running below 10 % N2).
As soon as the engine is running at and above 10 % N2 rpm, the dedicated
alternator provides electrical power for the FADEC system.
NOTE : After an engine shut down the EEC is powered by A/C 28VDC for 5
____
minutes to allow engine parameters monitoring.
General schematic of 28VDC power is shown in

(Ref. Fig. 051, 052)
B. 115VAC Power Supply

The 115VAC power supply is dedicated to the ignitors and to the P2/T2
probe heating.
5. Additional
_________________________
Engine Sensors
All interface between ECC and engine sensors, LVDTS feedback and FMU are
detailed in the chapter EEC description chapter (Ref. 73-20-00).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page A0
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Electrical Power Supplies to FADEC

Figure 051

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page A1
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

28VDC Electrical Power Requirement

Figure 052

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page A2
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

6. _________________________
Additional Engine Sensors
A. General
These additional engine sensors are optional and dedicated to the engine
condition monitoring through the AIDS. These engine parameters (P12.5,
P2.5, T2.5) are available on the EEC data bus output if installed on the
engine.
B. P12.5 Sensor
P12.5 sensor provide air pressure from the fan exit.
C. P2.5 Sensor
P2.5 sensor provide air pressure from the LP compressor exit.
D. T2.5 Sensor
T2.5 sensor provide air pressure at the LP compressor exit.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-00

Page A3
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

INTERFACE UNIT - ENGINE (EIU) (1KS1,1KS2) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________________
TASK 73-25-34-000-041
Removal of the Engine Interface Unit (EIU) (1KS1,1KS2)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
The procedure is the same for the engine interface unit 1KS1 and 1KS2.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
73-25-34-991-903 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-25-34-865-061
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
WARNING : OPEN THE PROBE HEATER CIRCUIT-BREAKERS 1DA1(2), 3DA1(2,3),

_______
4DA1(2,3) AND 5DA1(2,3) BEFORE YOU OPEN THE PHC CIRCUIT
BREAKERS 2DA1(2,3). IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS SEQUENCE:
- THE PROBES WILL BECOME TOO HOT.
- THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT AND INJURY TO MAINTENANCE
PERSONNEL.
WARNING : OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKERS 2KS1 AND 2KS2 AFTER YOU OPEN THE IGNITION
_______
CIRCUIT BREAKERS. IF NOT, THE CONTINUOUS IGNITION SYSTEM WILL
BE ACTIVATED.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-34

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/CVR/SPLY 2RK E14
49VU COM/CVR/CTL 4RK E13
121VU RCDR/DFDR 7TU K16
FOR 1KS1
FOR 1KS2
Subtask 73-25-34-010-052
B. Get Access
(2) Open the access door 824

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-34

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-25-34-991-903)
Subtask 73-25-34-020-052
A. Removal of the Engine Interface.
(1) Loosen the knurled nuts (5).
(2) Lower the knurled nuts (5) to free the hooks (4).
(3) Pull the engine interface unit (1) with the handle (3) until the
connector (6) is disconnected.
(4) Remove the engine interface unit (1) from its support (2).
(5) Put the blanking caps on the electrical connectors.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-34

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Engine Interface Unit

Figure 401/TASK 73-25-34-991-903

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-34

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-25-34-400-041
Installation of the Engine Interface Unit (EIU) (1KS1,1KS2)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access

73-25-34-710-042 Operational Test of the EIU with the CFDS
73-25-34-991-903 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-25-34-010-054
A. Get Access
(2) Make sure that the access door 824 is open.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-34

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-25-34-865-062
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
WARNING : OPEN THE PROBE HEATER CIRCUIT-BREAKERS 1DA1(2), 3DA1(2,3),

_______
4DA1(2,3) AND 5DA1(2,3) BEFORE YOU OPEN THE PHC CIRCUIT
BREAKERS 2DA1(2,3). IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS SEQUENCE:
- THE PROBES WILL BECOME TOO HOT.
- THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT AND INJURY TO MAINTENANCE
PERSONNEL.
WARNING : OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKERS 2KS1 AND 2KS2 AFTER YOU OPEN THE IGNITION
_______
CIRCUIT BREAKERS. IF NOT, THE CONTINUOUS IGNITION SYSTEM WILL
BE ACTIVATED.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/CVR/SPLY 2RK E14
49VU COM/CVR/CTL 4RK E13
121VU RCDR/DFDR 7TU K16
FOR 1KS1
FOR 1KS2

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-34

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-25-34-991-903)
Subtask 73-25-34-420-052
A. Installation of the Engine Interface.
(1) Remove the blanking caps and make sure that the electrical connectors
(6) and (7) are in good condition.
(2) Put the engine interface unit (1) in its support (2).
(3) Push the engine interface unit (1) with the handle (3) until the
connector (6) engages correctly.
(4) Engage the knurled nuts (5) in the hooks (4) and tighten them.
Subtask 73-25-34-942-054
B. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 73-25-34-865-063
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1DA1, 1DA2, 2DA1, 2DA2, 2DA3, 3DA1, 3DA2, 3DA3, 4DA1, 4DA2, 4DA3, 5DA1,
5DA2, 5DA3, 1DB1, 1DB2, 4DG1, 4DG2, 7TU, 2RK, 4RK
FOR 1KS1
2KS1, 4KS1, 2JH1, 3JH1, 1JH
FOR 1KS2
2KS2, 4KS2, 2JH2, 3JH2, 1JH
Subtask 73-25-34-710-061
D. Do an operational test of the Engine Interface Unit (Ref. TASK 73-25-34-

710-042).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-34

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-25-34-410-052
A. Close Access
(1) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-34

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

INTERFACE UNIT - ENGINE (EIU) (1KS1,1KS2) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
___________________________________________________________
TASK 73-25-34-710-042
Operational Test of the EIU with the CFDS
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Use this test to do a check of the EIU operation.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Page
73-25-34-991-902 Fig. 501
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-25-34-861-054
Subtask 73-25-34-865-060
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1000EM1
FOR 1000EM2

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-34

Page 501
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 73-25-34-860-063
C. On the MAINTENANCE PNL 50VU:

Release the FADEC GND PWR 1(2) pushbutton switch (on the pushbutton
switch, the ON legend comes on).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-25-34-710-060
A. Operational Test of the EIU:
(1) Do this test
NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the system 2, use the
____
(2) On the left or right MCDU get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST ENG page.
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-012).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Push the line key adjacent to the - The EIU1 (EIU2) menu comes into view.
EIU1 (EIU2) indication.
2. Push the line key adjacent to the - On the MENU, the NO FAILURE message
GND SCANNING indication. comes into view.
3. Push the line key adjacent to the - The EIU 1(2) menu comes into view.
RETURN indication.
4. Push the line key adjacent to the - The DISCRETE OUTPUTS SIMUL menu comes
DISCRETE OUTPUTS indication. into view.
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 73-25-34-991-902)
5. Push the line key adjacent to the - The FAULT STATUS = 1 comes into view.
FAULT indication. - On the ENG panel 115VU: the FAULT
1(2) legend comes on.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-34

Page 502
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

DISCRETE OUTPUTS Menu

Figure 501/TASK 73-25-34-991-902

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-34

Page 503
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. Push the line key adjacent to the - The FAULT STATUS = 0 comes into view.
FAULT indication. - On the ENG panel 115VU: the FAULT
1(2) legend goes off.
7. Push the line key adjacent to the - The CFDS menu comes into view.
8. Push the MCDU MENU key - The MCDU menu comes into view.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-25-34-860-064

Push the FADEC GND PWR 1(2) pushbutton switch.
The ON legend goes off.
Subtask 73-25-34-862-054
B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-34

Page 504
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-25-34-860-040
Change the EIU DISCRETE OUTPUTS Menu Data Status
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Page
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-25-34-861-055
Subtask 73-25-34-865-064
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1000EM1
FOR 1000EM2

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-34

Page 505
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-25-34-860-051
A. On the left or right MCDU get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page. (Ref. TASK 31-
32-00-860-012).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Push the line key adjacent to the The EIU1 (EIU2) menu comes into view.
EIU1 (EIU2) indication.
2. Push the line key adjacent to the The DISCRETE OUTPUTS menu comes into
DISCRETE OUTPUTS indication. view.
NOTE : The screen shows the actual output status at the time of the request.
____
The output status are frozen after you enter this menu. You can only
change the status if you push the key adjacent to the indication.
3. Push the line key adjacent to the The data status changes (from 0 to 1 or
indication of the data status you from 1 to 0)
have to change
NOTE : You can only change one discrete output at a time, but you can change
____
the 16 discretes one by one to get the configuration that is
necessary.
NOTE : Discrete outputs return to their normal state when you go out of the
____
DISCRETE OUTPUTS menu.
4. Push the line key adjacent to the The MCDU menu comes into view.
RETURN indication until the MCDU
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-25-34-862-055
A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-34

Page 506
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-25-34-860-041
EIU DISCRETE OUTPUTS Simulation
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Page
73-25-34-991-902 Fig. 501
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-25-34-861-056
Subtask 73-25-34-865-065
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1000EM1
FOR 1000EM2

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-34

Page 507
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-25-34-860-061
C. On the left or right MCDU get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST ENG page. (Ref. TASK
31-32-00-860-012).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-25-34-860-053

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 73-25-34-991-902)
(1) LOP GND1 line key
WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH THE PROBES IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE TEST.

_______
THEY ARE HOT AND CAN BURN YOU.
CAUTION : REMOVE THE PROTECTIVE COVERS FROM THE PROBES BEFORE YOU DO
_______
THE TEST.
NOTE : Use this key to simulate OIL LOW PRESS & GND for these systems
____
through the MCDU: Blue/Yellow-main-hydraulic-pressure power
warning-indicating, WHC2, PHC2, Green-main-hydraulic PWR RVSR
indicating, FCDC1, FCDC2.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EIU1 (EIU2) on the MCDU
DISCRETE OUTPUTS view.
3. Push the line key adjacent to LOP LOP GND1 discrete output status becomes
GND1 0
B(Y) ELEC PUMP LO PR warning message
inhibition stops
The PHC2 controls a low probe heating
level for pitot 2
The WHC2 controls a low windshield
(F/O) heating level
The 3DB1 and 3DB2 rain repellent valve
can open

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-34

Page 508
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : The LOP GND1 discrete is used to inhibit the Flight Control System
____
test through the CFDS. Access to this menu is prohibited by the CFDS
architecture as long as you work on the EIU DISCRETE OUTPUTS menu.

into view.
5. Stop the MCDU
Subtask 73-25-34-860-052
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) LOP GND2 line key
WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH THE PROBES IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE TEST.

_______
THEY ARE HOT AND CAN BURN YOU.
CAUTION : REMOVE THE PROTECTIVE COVERS FROM THE PROBES BEFORE YOU DO
_______
THE TEST.
NOTE : Use this key to simulate OIL LOW PRESS & GND for these systems
____
through the MCDU: PHC1, PHC3, WHC1, AEVC, DFDR and CVR.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Push the line key adjacent to LOP LOP GND2 discrete output status becomes
GND2 0
The PHC1 and PHC3 control a low probe
heating level for pitots 1 and 3
The WHC1 controls a low captain
windshield heating level
The CVR and DFDR are set to on

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-34

Page 509
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : When you simulate LOP GND2 to 0 the horn is inhibited if the
____
airflow extraction is low in the avionics compartment.

into view.
5. Stop the MCDU
Subtask 73-25-34-860-054
C. T/R INHIB line key
NOTE : To simulate the authorization of closure of the thrust reverser

____
directional control valve solenoid (through the relay 14KS1(2))
through the MCDU.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Push the line key adjacent to T/R T/R INHIB discrete output status
INHIB becomes 1 and the 14KS1(2) inhibition
relay is energized. This permits the
energization of the
directional-control-valve solenoid

into view.
5. Stop the MCDU

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-34

Page 510
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-25-34-860-055
D. FAULT line key
NOTE : Use this key to simulate a disagree between the position and the
____
command of the HP fuel valve through the MCDU.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Push the line key adjacent to FAULT discrete output status becomes
FAULT 1 and FAULT legend of the 5KS1(2)
annunciator light comes on.
4. On the MCDU, push the line key The FAULT legend goes off.
into view.
5. Stop the MCDU

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-34

Page 511
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-25-34-860-056
E. HP FUEL PN line key
NOTE : Use this key to simulate a HP FUEL VALVE 1(2) in the open position
____
through the MCDU.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Push the line key adjacent to HP HP FUEL PN discrete output status

FUEL PN becomes 1 and the zone controller 8HK
will receive the HP FUEL VALVE 1(2)
open condition.
NOTE : The zone controller uses the HP fuel valve position to make the bleed
____
status on label 061. Then it sends it to the EEC through the EIU
(label 030). This input can change the bleed status only if the PRV
opens (engine in operation).

into view.
5. Stop the MCDU
Subtask 73-25-34-860-057
F. APU BST1 line key
CAUTION : THE APU BOOST FUNCTION SHOULD NOT BE USED UNLESS STRICTLY
_______
REQUIRED FOR TROUBLE SHOOTING PURPOSE THUS TO AVOID PREMATURE
CORE PERFORMANCE DETERIORATION. IF REALLY REQUIRED, DO NOT
OPERATE THE APU FOR MORE THAN ONE (1) MINUTE IN BOOST MODE
CONDITION.
NOTE THAT FOR TROUBLE SHOOTING AN ECS SYSTEM MALFUNCTION, THE
ENGINE BLEED SHOULD BE PREFERRED.
NOTE : Use this key to simulate an APU BOOST control through the MCDU.
____

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-34

Page 512
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

NOTE : APU BST2 line key has no boost effect on the APU.
____
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Push the line key adjacent to APU APU BST1 discrete output status becomes
BST1 1 and the EIU sends the APU BOOST
command to the ECB 59KD. The APU is
boosted (if in operation).

into view.
5. Stop the MCDU
Subtask 73-25-34-860-058
G. PACKS OFF line key
NOTE : Use this key to simulate the PACK FLOW control valve closure
____
control through the MCDU.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Push the line key adjacent to PACKS OFF discrete output status
PACKS OFF becomes 1 and the
PACK-FLOW-control-valve closure
solenoid is energized.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-34

Page 513
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : A muscle air pressure is necessary to open the PACK FLOW control
____
valve 1(2).

into view.
5. Stop the MCDU
Subtask 73-25-34-860-059
H. Test Requirements:
(1) N2 > IDLE line key
NOTE : Use this key to simulate N2 > IDLE for these systems:
____
Radio altimeter transceiver 25A
Blue main hydraulic power
(2) Do the EIS start procedure (ECAM display units only) (Ref. TASK 31-
60-00-860-001).
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL
_______
SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DISCRETE OUTPUTS on the MCDU view.
3. Push the line key adjacent to N2 N2 > IDLE DISCRETE OUTPUT becomes 1
> IDLE and the electric pump of the Blue
hydraulic system start
On the ECAM DU HYD page make sure that
the Blue hydraulic system is
pressurized (approximately 3000PSI)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-34

Page 514
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : The N2 > IDLE discrete is used to inhibit the RAMP TEST of the RADIO
____
ALTIMETER 1(2). The CFDS architecture prevent access to the
radio-altimeter RAMP-TEST menu as long as you work on the EIU
DISCRETE OUTPUTS menu.
Subtask 73-25-34-860-060
J. Test Requirements:
(1) TLA > MCT line key
NOTE : Use this key to simulate TLA > MCT for these systems : AEVC,
____
PACK CONTROLLERS, CABIN PRESSURE CONTROLLERS.
(2) Do the EIS start procedure (ECAM display units only) (Ref. TASK 31-
60-00-860-001).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Push the line key adjacent to TLA TLA > MCT discrete output status
> MCT becomes 1
On the ECAM DU PRESS page make sure
that the inlet and extract skin air
valves close
4. On the MCDU, push the line key The MCDU menu comes into view.
into view.
5. Stop the MCDU

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-34

Page 515
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-25-34-862-056
A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).
Subtask 73-25-34-860-062
B. Do the EIS stop procedure

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-25-34

Page 516
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

INDICATING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The fuel system is monitored from:
- The fuel flow indication on the upper ECAM display unit permanently
displayed in green and under numerical form.
- The fuel filter clogging caution (amber) on the lower ECAM display unit.
2. ____________________
Fuel Flow Indication
A. Fuel Flow Indication

The fuel flow transmitter signal is fed to the FADEC which processes it
and transmits the information to the ECAM system for display
(Ref. Fig. 002)
through the digital FADEC data bus
(Ref. Fig. 003)
B. Fuel Flow Transmitter

(Ref. Fig. 004)
(1) Description
The fuel flow transmitter is installed in the fuel line between the
fuel metering unit and the fuel distribution valve. It is mounted on
the lower left-hand side of the fan case, rearward of the LP/HP fuel
pump.
The fuel flow transmitter is made of these primary assemblies:
- the transmitter body,
- the inlet fitting and clamps
- the turbine assembly,
- the measurement assembly.
(a) Transmitter body

The transmitter body is an aluminium alloy casting that has a
central bore into which the other assemblies are installed. An
inlet adapter is clamped to the end of the transmitter body.
Attached to the side of the transmitter body are two pick-off
coils and an electrical connector.
(b) Turbine and valve assembly

The turbine assembly is connected to the inlet end of the shaft.
It is used to drive the measurement assembly connected to the
opposite end of the shaft.
(c) Bypass valve assembly

The bypass valve opens increasingly with flow and thus maintains
a constant turbine assembly rotational velocity.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-30-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Indicating - Location
Figure 001

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-30-00

Page 2
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Flow Indication

Figure 002

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-30-00

Page 3
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Flow Indication - Diagrams

Figure 003

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-30-00

Page 4
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Flow Transmitter

Figure 004

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-30-00

Page 5
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(d) Measurement assembly
The measurement assembly has a multi-vane impeller installed in a
drum. These are connected by a linear spring attached radially
between them.
Two pairs of magnets are attached to the measurement assembly,
one pair to the drum, the other pair to the impeller. Each pair
of magnets are set 180 degrees apart.
(2) Operation
Fuel goes into the transmitter and drives the turbine. At low fuel
flow rates all the fuel goes through the turbine. As the fuel flow
increase, the bypass valve starts to open to let some of the fuel go
through the large holes in the turbine. This prevents the turbine
from turning too quickly.
The fuel leaves the turbine and the bypass valve and then all of it
flows through the straightening vanes. These vanes straighten the
fuel flow before it goes into the measurement assembly.
When the fuel flow transmitter is stopped, the magnets on the
impeller align axially with the magnets on the drum. As the
measurement assembly is turned, a pulse is generated each time a
magnet passes its related pick-off coil. When the fuel goes into the
measurement assembly its flow, through the impeller vanes, resists
the movement of the impeller.
The spring permits the impeller to move in relation to the drum. The
magnets are then not aligned and there will be a time difference
between the pulses generated in the drum and impeller pick-off coils.
This time difference is directly proportional to the fuel mass flow
rate and is used to calculate the fuel flow.
3. _______________________________
Fuel Filter Clogging Indication
A. Fuel Filter Clogging Indication

(Ref. Fig. 005, 006)
The fuel filter clog indication is provided on the lower ECAM display
unit. When the pressure loss in the fuel filter exceeds 5 plus or minus 2
psid, the pressure switch is energized. This causes:
- The engine page to come on the lower ECAM DU with the caution signal
FUEL CLOG.
- The associated caution message to come on the upper ECAM DU.
When the pressure loss in the filter decreases between 0 and -1.5 psid
from the filter clog energizing pressure, the pressure switch is
de-energized which causes the caution to go off.
The differential pressure switch signal is fed directly to the SDAC
through the hardware
(Ref. Fig. 007)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-30-00

Page 6
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Filter Clog - Indication

Figure 005

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-30-00

Page 7
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Filter Clogging - Electrical Circuit

Figure 006

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-30-00

Page 8
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Filter Clogging - Schematic

Figure 007

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-30-00

Page 9
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

B. Fuel Filter Differential Pressure Switch
(1) Description
The pressure switch is bolted to the fuel filter housing and connects
to ports in it.
The switch is in two housing held together with screws. One housing
contains a bellows and the other a switch.
The bellows housing is connected to the fuel supply with two ports.
The bellows is connected to the filter inlet side and the housing
(vent side) is connected to the filter outlet side. A lever connects
the bellows to the switch.
The switch housing contains the switch and an electrical connector.
The switch is lever operated by the bellows lever.
(2) Operation
The bellows and bellows housing are each filled with fuel at the
pressure of the system. The pressure in the bellows and bellows
housing is thus the same so the bellows do not move. If the filter
element gets clogged or not fully clogged, the filter inlet pressure
will increase. This will cause the bellows to extend. At the pressure
set point the bellows will extend sufficiently far to push the lever
and close the switch contacts. The switch will then transmit a
message signal of a clogged filter to the cockpit.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-30-00

Page 10
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

INDICATING - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
______________________________________
TASK 73-30-00-040-042
Fuel Filter CLOG Warning - Filter Servicing
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 73-30-03

Indicating - Fuel Filter Clog Warning
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-12-42-000-010 Removal of the Fuel Filter Element (2000EM)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-30-00-941-054

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-30-00

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 73-30-00-010-052
B. Open the fan cowls : (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
451AL, 452AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-30-00-020-052-A
A. Remove the fuel filter element (Ref. TASK 73-12-42-000-010).
Subtask 73-30-00-420-050-A
B. Install the fuel filter element (Ref. TASK 73-12-42-400-010).
Subtask 73-30-00-860-050
C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
items.
Subtask 73-30-00-710-052
D. Do this test:
(2) Make sure that there are no fuel leaks at the filter.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-30-00

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-30-00-410-052
A. Close the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010).

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
451AL, 452AR
Subtask 73-30-00-941-055
B. Put a warning notice in the cockpit to tell persons that the fuel filter
clog indication (on the lower ECAM DISPLAY UNIT) does not operate.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-30-00

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-30-00-440-042
Reactivation of Fuel Filter CLOG Warning
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 73-30-03

Indicating - Fuel Filter Clog Warning
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TSM 77 PB 101 (for corrective action)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-30-00-869-053
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-30-00-440-050
A. Do the trouble shooting procedure. (Ref. TSM 77 PB 101)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-30-00-942-053
A. Remove the warning notice in the cockpit.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-30-00

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

FLOWMETER - FUEL (4010KS) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________
TASK 73-31-17-000-010
Removal of the Fuel Flow Transmitter (4010KS)
_______
ONE HOUR.
_______
CAUTION : DO NOT SHIP OR STORE THE FUEL FLOW TRANSMITTER DRY. IT MUST CONTAIN
_______
PROPER FLUID AT ALL TIMES TO PREVENT INTERNAL DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific caps
No specific clean container
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

material oil (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-31-17

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-31-17-991-150 Fig. 401
73-31-17-991-151 Fig. 402
73-31-17-991-152 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-31-17-941-051
1(2).
Subtask 73-31-17-010-051

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-31-17

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-31-17-020-051
A. Removal of the Fuel Flow Transmitter.
(1) Disconnect the tube clips

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-31-17-991-150, 402/TASK 73-31-17-991-151)
(a) Remove the bolt (11), the washer (12) and the clip (13) from the
clip point at Detail B.
(b) Remove the bolt (14), the washer (15), the clip (16) and the nut
(17) from the clip point at Detail C.
(c) Remove the bolt (23), the clips (24) and (25), the washer (26)
and the nut (27) from the clip point at Detail E.
(d) Remove the bolt (28), the washer (29), the clips (30) and (33),
the raceway (31) and the spacer (32) from the clip point at
Detail F.
(e) Remove the bolt (36), the washer (35) and the clip (34) from the
clip point at Detail F.
(2) Disconnect the bonding lead

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-31-17-991-150, 402/TASK 73-31-17-991-151)
(a) Remove the nut (22), the bolt (18) and the washers (21) and (19
from the raceway lug at Detail D.
(b) Remove the bonding lead tag (20) from the raceway lug.
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector (54) from the fuel flow
transmitter.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 73-31-17-991-152)
(4) Remove the fuel outlet tube

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 73-31-17-991-152)
(a) Put the clean container in position under the fuel flow
transmitter.
(b) Remove the three bolts (50) which attach the outlet tube (52) and
bracket (51) to the fuel flow transmitter. Remove the bracket
(51).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-31-17

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 401/TASK 73-31-17-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-31-17

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 402/TASK 73-31-17-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-31-17

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 403/TASK 73-31-17-991-152

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-31-17

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) Disconnect the union and remove the outlet tube (52) and the
sealing ring (53).
(d) Discard the sealing ring (53).
(5) Remove the fuel flow transmitter

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 73-31-17-991-152)
(a) Support the fuel flow transmitter and remove the three bolts (46)
and the bracket (47).
(b) Remove the fuel flow transmitter.
(c) Remove the sealing ring (49) from the inlet tube (48).
(d) Discard the sealing ring (49).
(e) Fill the fuel flow transmitter with material oil (Material No.
V10-103) (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-010).
Subtask 73-31-17-620-051
B. Install caps to all openings.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-31-17

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-31-17-400-010
Installation of the Fuel Flow Transmitter (4010KS)
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49 sealing ring 73-31-17 80A-040

53 sealing ring 73-31-17 80A-020

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-31-17

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-31-17-991-150 Fig. 401
73-31-17-991-151 Fig. 402
73-31-17-991-152 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-31-17-860-051
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 73-31-17-010-053
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-31-17

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-31-17-110-051
C. Clean Components:
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Clean these parts using a lint free cloth made moist with cleaning
fluid (Material No. V01-001):
(a) The inlet and outlet tube mating surfaces on the fuel flow
transmitter.
(b) The flange mating surfaces on the inlet and outlet tubes.
(c) The bonding lead tag and the mating surface on the raceway lug.
Subtask 73-31-17-630-051
D. Remove the caps from all openings.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-31-17-420-051
A. Installation of the Fuel Flow Transmitter.
(1) Install the fuel flow transmitter

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 73-31-17-991-152)
(a) Install a new sealing ring (49) on the inlet tube (48) (Ref. TASK
70-23-13-911-010).
(b) Put the fuel flow transmitter in position and install the bracket
(47) and the three bolts (46).
(c) Install a new sealing ring (53) on to the outlet tube (52)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
(d) Put the outlet tube (52) in position and install the bracket (51)
and the three bolts (50).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-31-17

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(e) TORQUE the bolts (46) and (50) to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96
and 1.18 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(f) Connect the union.
(g) TORQUE the union to between 257 and 283 lbf.in (2.90 and 3.19
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(2) Install the electrical connector (54) (Ref. TASK 70-23-15-912-010).

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 73-31-17-991-152)
(3) Install the bonding lead

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-31-17-991-150, 402/TASK 73-31-17-991-151)
(a) Put the bonding lead tag (20) in position on the raceway lug (13)
at Detail D.
(b) Install the washer (19),the bolt (18), the washer (21) and the
nut (22).
NOTE : The bonding lead tag must be installed adjacent to the

____
raceway.
(c) TORQUE the nut (22) to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.50
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013)
(4) Install the tube clips.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-31-17-991-150, 402/TASK 73-31-17-991-151)
(a) Install the bolt (11), the washer (12) and the clip (13) to the
clip point at Detail B.
(b) Install the bolt (14), the washer (15), the clip (16) and the nut
(17) to the clip point at Detail C.
(c) Install the bolt (23), the clips (24) and (25), the washer (26)
and the nut (27) to the clip point at Detail E.
(d) Install the bolt (36), the washer (35) and the clip (34) to the
clip point at Detail F.
(e) Install the bolt (28), the washer (29), the clips (30) and (33),
the raceway (31) and the spacer (32) to the clip point at Detail
F.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-31-17

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(f) TORQUE the nuts (17) and (27) and the bolts (11), (28) and (36)
to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.50 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-
23-11-911-013).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-31-17-410-051
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 73-31-17-790-051
B. Test Requirements:
(1) On the upper ECAM DU, check if Fuel Flow Indication is available.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-31-17

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

SWITCH - FUEL FILTER DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE (4000EL) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________________________
TASK 73-34-15-000-010
Removal of the Fuel Filter Differential Pressure Switch (4000EL)
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
_______
ONE HOUR.
_______
PARTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific covers
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-34-15-991-150 Fig. 401

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-34-15

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-34-15-941-052
1(2).
Subtask 73-34-15-010-051

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 73-34-15-680-050-A
C. Drain the fuel cooled oil cooler (Ref. TASK 79-21-43-000-010)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-34-15-020-051
A. Removal of the Fuel Filter Pressure Switch
(1) Disconnect the electrical connector 4002EL-A (3) from the fuel filter
differential pressure switch (4).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-34-15-991-150)
(2) Remove the switch:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-34-15-991-150)
(a) Remove the bolts (2) and the switch (4).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-34-15

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Filter Differential Pressure Switch

Figure 401/TASK 73-34-15-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-34-15

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) Discard the seals (1).
(3) Install covers on all exposed openings.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-34-15

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-34-15-400-010
Installation of the Fuel Differential Pressure Switch (4000EL)
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
_______
PARTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 seals 73-34-15 80A-030

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-34-15

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-34-15-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-34-15-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 73-34-15-010-052
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 73-34-15-630-050
C. Remove the covers from the openings.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-34-15

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-34-15-110-050
D. Safety Precautions
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Use a clean, lint free cloth made moist with cleaning fluid (Material
No. V01-002) (Ref 70-30-00) to clean the mating face on the fuel
filter housing.
Subtask 73-34-15-210-050
E. Make sure that the mating face on the fuel filter housing has no damage.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 73-34-15-420-051
A. Installation of the Fuel Filter Pressure Switch
(1) Install the fuel filter differential pressure switch:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-34-15-991-150)
(a) Put new seals (1) on the switch (4) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
(b) Put the switch in position on the fuel filter housing.
(c) Attach the switch with the bolts (2).
(d) TORQUE the bolts to 100 lbf.in (1.13 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-
911-013).
(2) Connect the electrical connector 4002EL-A (3) to the switch (4)
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-34-15-991-150)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-15-912-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-34-15

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-34-15-410-051
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 73-34-15-790-050
B. Do an idle leak check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-012).
NOTE : A dry motor leak check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-045) may be used to
____
check for leaks, but this must be followed by an idle leak check
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-34-15

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

SENSOR - FUEL TEMPERATURE (4017KS) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________
TASK 73-35-15-000-010
Removal of the Fuel Cooled Oil Cooler Fuel Temperature Thermocouple (4017KS)
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH THE FUEL OR OIL SYSTEM COMPONENTS FOR A SHORT TIME AFTER
_______
THE ENGINE IS SHUT DOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS STAY HOT FOR SOME TIME
AND CAN CAUSE INJURY.
_______
PARTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific container minimum capacity 2 USgal (8l)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-35-15-991-150 Fig. 401
73-35-15-991-151 Fig. 402

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-35-15

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-35-15-941-051
1(2).
Subtask 73-35-15-010-052

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-35-15-991-150)
Subtask 73-35-15-680-051
A. Drain the Fuel Cooled Oil Cooler (FCOC).
(1) Remove the wire (7) from the drain plug (5).
(2) Remove the fuel drain plug with sealing ring (6) and drain the fuel
in to the clean container minimum capacity 2 USgal (8l)
(3) Discard the sealing ring.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-35-15

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Temperature Thermocouple

Figure 401/TASK 73-35-15-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-35-15

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-35-15-020-051
B. Disconnection of electrical connector from the FCOC.
PRE SBE 71-0183

PRE SBE 73-0071
(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (2) from the FCOC fuel
temperature thermocouple.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-35-15-991-150)
Subtask 73-35-15-020-052
C. Disconnection of electrical connector 4017KS-A.
SBE 71-0183: Powerplant - Electrical harnesses - Introduction of

production standard EEC harness to suit FCOC fuel temperature
thermocouple with stud type thermocouple.
SBE 73-0071: Fuel and Control - Replacement of fuel temperature
thermocouple with stud and nut terminations.
(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (2) 4017KS-A.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 73-35-15-991-151)
(a) If the themocouple is not to be removed, remove and install the

two thermocouple securing bolts (3) one at a time.
(b) Remove the two bolts (3) that secure the thermocouple. Disconnect
the harness ground connectors and refit the two bolts (3).
(c) Remove the two nuts (8) and the two nuts (9) and disconnect the
terminals of electrical connector (2).
Subtask 73-35-15-020-053
D. Remove the thermocouple from the FCOC.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-35-15-991-150)
(1) Remove the two bolts (3) that attach the thermocouple to the FCOC.
(2) Remove the thermocouple (1) with the ring (4).
(3) Discard the ring.
(4) Install covers to all exposed openings.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-35-15

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

73-35-15

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

R Fuel Temperature Thermocouple - SBE 73-0071

R Figure 402/TASK 73-35-15-991-151- 12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-35-15

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

R Fuel Temperature Thermocouple - SBE 73-0071

R Figure 402/TASK 73-35-15-991-151- 22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-35-15

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 73-35-15-400-010
Installation of the Fuel Temperature Thermocouple (4017KS)
_______
PARTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CoMat (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-077 USA MIL-L-23699
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-35-15

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 ring 73-35-15 80A-040

4 ring 73-35-15 80B-040
6 sealing ring 73-12-42 80B-070
6 sealing ring 73-12-42 80C-070
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-35-15-991-150 Fig. 401
73-35-15-991-151 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 73-35-15-860-051
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-35-15

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-35-15-010-053
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 73-35-15-630-051
C. Remove the covers from the openings.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-35-15-991-150)
Subtask 73-35-15-420-051
A. Installation of the Fuel Temperature Thermocouple
PRE SBE 71-0183

PRE SBE 73-0071
(1) Install the fuel temperature thermocouple in the Fuel Cooled Oil
Cooler (FCOC).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-35-15-991-150)
(a) Lubricate the new ring (4) with clean lubricant (engine oil)
(b) Install the ring (4) on the thermocouple (1) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-
911-010).
(c) Install the thermocouple with the ring on the FCOC.
(d) Install the two bolts (3).
(e) TORQUE the bolts to 100 lbf.in (1.13 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-
911-013).
(f) Connect the electrical connector (2) (Ref. TASK 70-23-15-912-

010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-35-15

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 73-35-15-420-052
B. Installation of the Fuel Temperature Thermocouple
SBE 71-0183: Powerplant - Electrical harnesses - Introduction of

production standard EEC harness to suit FCOC fuel temperature
thermocouple with stud type thermocouple
SBE 73-0071: Fuel Temperature Thermocouple with stud and nut

terminations.
(1) Install the fuel temperature thermocouple on the Fuel Cooled Oil
Cooler (FCOC).
R NOTE : Make sure that the larger studs are at the top of the unit
____
R before tightening the bolts.
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-35-15-991-150, 402/TASK 73-35-15-991-151)
(a) Lubricate the new ring (4) with clean lubricant (engine oil)
(b) Install the ring (4) on the thermocouple (1) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-
911-010).
(c) Install the thermocouple with the ring on the FCOC and install
the two bolts (3). Tighten the two bolts to hold the thermocouple
in position.
NOTE : Make sure that the larger studs are at the top of the unit
____
before tightening the bolts.
(d) Connect the electrical connector (2) 4017KS-A (Ref. TASK 70-23-
15-912-010) and
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 73-35-15-991-151)
(e) If the thermocouple is not to be removed, remove and install the

thermocouple securing bolts (3) one at a time.
(f) Remove the two bolts (3) that secure the thermocouple to the
FCOC.
WARNING : WHEN YOU USE COMAT 01-002 INHIBITED AND STABILIZED

_______
TRICHLOROETHANE, YOU MUST USE THE NECESSARY PROTECTIVE
CLOTHING. DO NOT GET THE SOLVENT ON YOUR SKIN OR IN
YOUR EYES. YOU MUST NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE SOLVENT
AS THE VAPOR CHANGES AND BECOMES TOXIC.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-35-15

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(g) Remove the grease, the fingerprints and the unwanted material
from the mating surfaces of the ground terminals and thermocouple
earth positions with CoMat (Material No. V01-002) inhibited and
stabilized trichloroethane. Use a clean lint free cotton cloth
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) moistened with the solvent.
(h) Install the harness ground terminal connectors on the two bolts
(3). Install the two bolts (3).
(i) TORQUE the two bolts (3) to 100 lbf.in (1.13 m.daN).
_______
TORQUING CAN RESULT IN FRACTURE OF THE THERMOCOUPLE
STUDS.
(j) Install channel A and B thermocouple lead assemblies on the fuel

temperature thermocouple studs. Install the two nuts (9) on the
top studs. Install the two nuts (8) on the bottom studs.
(k) TORQUE the two nuts (9) to between 18 and 22 lbf.in (0.20 and
0.24 m.daN).
(l) TORQUE the two nuts (8) to between 15 and 18 lbf.in (0.16 and
0.20 m.daN).
(m) Adjust the harness clips as necessary to obtain the correct

clearance and drip loop. TORQUE the clip bolt/nut to 40 lbf.in
(0.45 m.daN).
Subtask 73-35-15-420-053
C. Installation of the fuel drain plug

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 73-35-15-991-150)
(1) Install the fuel drain plug:
(a) Lubricate the new sealing ring (6) with clean V10-077 engine oil
(Ref. 70-30-00).
(b) Install the sealing ring on the drain plug (5) (Ref. TASK 70-23-
13-911-010).
(c) Install the drain plug with the sealing ring on the FCOC.
(d) TORQUE the drain plug to between 110 and 120 lbf.in (1.24 and
1.35 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-35-15

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(e) Safety the drain plug (5) with corrosion resistant steel lockwire
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 73-35-15-410-051
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 73-35-15-790-051
(1) Do an operational test of the FADEC (Ref. TASK 73-22-00-710-040) and

make sure that, on CFDS, no fault related to the Fuel Temperature
Thermocouple is shown.

____

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 73-35-15

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES

Nammcesa 000052 PDF

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Nammcesa 000052 PDF

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10

L.E.P. 1- 6 REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION INDICATING

73-10-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-10-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-11-41 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-11-47 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-11-47 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-11-48 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-11-48 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-11-49 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-12-41 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-12-42 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-12-42 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-13-41 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-13-42 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-13-42 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-13-43 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-20-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-22-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-22-11 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-22-11 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-22-11 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-22-15 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-22-34 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-22-34 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

73-22-35 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-22-35 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-22-35 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-22-38 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-22-48 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-22-48 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-22-49 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-22-49 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-22-51 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-22-52 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-22-52 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-25-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-25-34 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

73-25-34 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-30-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-30-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-31-17 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-34-15 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

73-35-15 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

RECORD 73-10-00 R 16 Feb01/10 73-11-47 R 406 Feb01/10

73-12-41 R 403 Feb01/10 73-13-41 R 410 Feb01/10 73-13-42 R 509 Feb01/10

73-20-00 R 5 Feb01/10 73-20-00 R 56 Feb01/10 73-22-34 R 401 Feb01/10

73-22-35 R 809 Feb01/10 73-22-49 R 202 Feb01/10 73-22-52 R 421 Feb01/10

73-25-00 R 12 Feb01/10 73-25-00 R 63 Feb01/10 73-25-34 R 503 Feb01/10

73-35-15 R 401 Feb01/10

ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL

ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL

ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL

ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL

ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL

FADEC SYSTEM 73-22-00

ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL

ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL